File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 3709, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||||||
10 | // | ||||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||||||
39 | |||||||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
42 | |||||||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||||||
44 | |||||||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||||
48 | }); | ||||||||
49 | } | ||||||||
50 | |||||||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||||||
52 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||||||
57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||||||
58 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||||||
60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||||
61 | // called on both. | ||||||||
62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||||
63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||||
64 | // being used. | ||||||||
65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||||||
66 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||||||
68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||||||
69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||||
70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||||||
71 | |||||||||
72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||||||
73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||||
75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||||
76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||||||
77 | } | ||||||||
78 | } | ||||||||
79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||||||
80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||||
81 | } | ||||||||
82 | |||||||||
83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
86 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
88 | |||||||||
89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
93 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||||||
97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||||||
98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
100 | |||||||||
101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
105 | |||||||||
106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
110 | |||||||||
111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
115 | |||||||||
116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||||||
117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||||||
118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||||||
120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||||||
142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||||||
146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||||||
147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||||||
148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||||||
150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||||||
151 | }; | ||||||||
152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||||||
153 | } | ||||||||
154 | |||||||||
155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||||||
156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||||||
157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
159 | "No conversion", | ||||||||
160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||||||
161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||||||
162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||||||
163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||||||
164 | "Qualification", | ||||||||
165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||||||
166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||||||
167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||||||
168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||||||
169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||||||
170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||||||
171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||||||
172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||||||
174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||||||
175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||||||
176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||||||
177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||||||
178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||||||
179 | "Vector splat", | ||||||||
180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||||||
181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||||||
183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||||||
184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||||||
185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||||||
186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||||||
187 | }; | ||||||||
188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||||||
189 | } | ||||||||
190 | |||||||||
191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||||||
192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||||||
193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||||||
194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||||||
200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||||||
201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||||||
202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||||||
204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
207 | } | ||||||||
208 | |||||||||
209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||||||
211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||||||
213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||||||
214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||||||
215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||||||
216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||||||
217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||||||
218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||||||
219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||||||
220 | return Rank; | ||||||||
221 | } | ||||||||
222 | |||||||||
223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||||||
224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||||||
225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||||||
228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||||||
230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||||||
231 | // a pointer. | ||||||||
232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||||
235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||||||
238 | return true; | ||||||||
239 | |||||||||
240 | return false; | ||||||||
241 | } | ||||||||
242 | |||||||||
243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||||||
244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||||||
245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||||||
246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
247 | bool | ||||||||
248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||||||
249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||||||
250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||||||
251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
252 | |||||||||
253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||||||
255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||||||
256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
258 | |||||||||
259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||||||
262 | |||||||||
263 | return false; | ||||||||
264 | } | ||||||||
265 | |||||||||
266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||||||
267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||||||
268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||||||
270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||||||
271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||||||
272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||||||
274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||||||
275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||||||
276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||||||
277 | } | ||||||||
278 | |||||||||
279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||||
281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||||
282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||||||
284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||||
285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||||
287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||||||
288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||||
289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
290 | continue; | ||||||||
291 | |||||||||
292 | default: | ||||||||
293 | return Converted; | ||||||||
294 | } | ||||||||
295 | } | ||||||||
296 | |||||||||
297 | return Converted; | ||||||||
298 | } | ||||||||
299 | |||||||||
300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||||||
301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||||||
302 | /// | ||||||||
303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||||||
304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||||||
310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||||||
311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||||||
312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||||||
313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||||||
314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")((Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
315 | |||||||||
316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||||||
317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||||||
318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||||||
319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
320 | |||||||||
321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||||||
322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||||||
323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||||||
324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||||
325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
326 | |||||||||
327 | switch (Second) { | ||||||||
328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||||||
329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||||
331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||||||
332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||||||
334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||||||
335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
336 | |||||||||
337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||||||
338 | // | ||||||||
339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||||||
340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||||||
341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||||||
342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||||||
343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||||||
345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||||||
350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")((Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
353 | |||||||||
354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
357 | |||||||||
358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||||||
359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||||||
361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||||||
362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||||||
363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||||||
364 | // And back. | ||||||||
365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||||||
366 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||||||
368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||||||
369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||||||
371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||||||
372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
374 | } | ||||||||
375 | } else { | ||||||||
376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||||||
377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
378 | } | ||||||||
379 | } | ||||||||
380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
381 | |||||||||
382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||||||
383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||||||
385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||||||
386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||||||
389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||||||
390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
391 | |||||||||
392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
395 | |||||||||
396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||||||
397 | // Constant! | ||||||||
398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())((ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||||||
400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||||||
401 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||||||
403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||||||
404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||||||
405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||||||
406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||||||
407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||||
408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
410 | } | ||||||||
411 | } else { | ||||||||
412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
413 | } | ||||||||
414 | } | ||||||||
415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
416 | |||||||||
417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||||||
418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||||||
419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||||||
421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||||||
422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||||||
423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||||||
424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||||||
428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||||||
430 | |||||||||
431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||||||
432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||||||
433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||||||
434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||||||
435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
436 | |||||||||
437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
440 | |||||||||
441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||||||
443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||||||
444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
445 | } | ||||||||
446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||||||
448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||||||
449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||||||
450 | // narrowing. | ||||||||
451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||||||
452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
453 | } else { | ||||||||
454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||||||
455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||||||
456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||||||
457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||||||
458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||||||
459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||||||
460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||||||
461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||||||
462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||
463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||||||
464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||||||
466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
467 | } | ||||||||
468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||||||
469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||||||
471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
472 | } | ||||||||
473 | } | ||||||||
474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
475 | } | ||||||||
476 | |||||||||
477 | default: | ||||||||
478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||||||
479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
480 | } | ||||||||
481 | } | ||||||||
482 | |||||||||
483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||||||
488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||||||
490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
491 | } | ||||||||
492 | |||||||||
493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
496 | } | ||||||||
497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||||||
498 | |||||||||
499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||||||
500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||||||
501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||||||
503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||||||
505 | } | ||||||||
506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
507 | } | ||||||||
508 | |||||||||
509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
512 | } | ||||||||
513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||||||
514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
515 | } | ||||||||
516 | |||||||||
517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||||||
519 | } | ||||||||
520 | } | ||||||||
521 | |||||||||
522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||||||
527 | Before.dump(); | ||||||||
528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
529 | } | ||||||||
530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||||||
532 | else | ||||||||
533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||||||
534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||||||
535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
536 | After.dump(); | ||||||||
537 | } | ||||||||
538 | } | ||||||||
539 | |||||||||
540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||||||
546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||||||
547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||||||
548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||||||
549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||||||
550 | break; | ||||||||
551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||||||
553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||||||
554 | break; | ||||||||
555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||||||
557 | break; | ||||||||
558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||||||
560 | break; | ||||||||
561 | case BadConversion: | ||||||||
562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||||||
563 | break; | ||||||||
564 | } | ||||||||
565 | |||||||||
566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||||||
567 | } | ||||||||
568 | |||||||||
569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||||||
570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
571 | } | ||||||||
572 | |||||||||
573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||||||
574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
575 | } | ||||||||
576 | |||||||||
577 | void | ||||||||
578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||||||
579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||||||
580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||||||
581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||||||
582 | } | ||||||||
583 | |||||||||
584 | namespace { | ||||||||
585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
586 | // template argument information. | ||||||||
587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||||||
588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||||||
589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||||||
590 | }; | ||||||||
591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||||||
593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||||||
595 | }; | ||||||||
596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||||||
597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||||||
598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
601 | }; | ||||||||
602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||||||
603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||||||
604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||||||
605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
607 | }; | ||||||||
608 | } | ||||||||
609 | |||||||||
610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||||||
611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||||||
612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||||||
613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||||||
615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||||||
616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||||||
617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||||||
618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
627 | break; | ||||||||
628 | |||||||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||||||
632 | break; | ||||||||
633 | |||||||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||||
636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||||||
638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
643 | break; | ||||||||
644 | } | ||||||||
645 | |||||||||
646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||||
647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||||||
649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
652 | break; | ||||||||
653 | } | ||||||||
654 | |||||||||
655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||||
659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||||||
661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||||||
662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
665 | break; | ||||||||
666 | } | ||||||||
667 | |||||||||
668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||||||
670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||||||
673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||||||
674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||||||
675 | } | ||||||||
676 | break; | ||||||||
677 | |||||||||
678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||||
679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||||||
680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||||||
682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
683 | break; | ||||||||
684 | } | ||||||||
685 | |||||||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||||||
689 | } | ||||||||
690 | |||||||||
691 | return Result; | ||||||||
692 | } | ||||||||
693 | |||||||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
705 | break; | ||||||||
706 | |||||||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
715 | break; | ||||||||
716 | |||||||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
723 | } | ||||||||
724 | break; | ||||||||
725 | |||||||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
732 | } | ||||||||
733 | break; | ||||||||
734 | |||||||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
737 | break; | ||||||||
738 | } | ||||||||
739 | } | ||||||||
740 | |||||||||
741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||||||
742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||||||
743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||||||
744 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
745 | } | ||||||||
746 | |||||||||
747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||||||
748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
762 | |||||||||
763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||||||
766 | |||||||||
767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||||||
771 | |||||||||
772 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
774 | break; | ||||||||
775 | } | ||||||||
776 | |||||||||
777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
778 | } | ||||||||
779 | |||||||||
780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||||||
781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
795 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
796 | |||||||||
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
800 | |||||||||
801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||||||
803 | |||||||||
804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
806 | |||||||||
807 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
809 | break; | ||||||||
810 | } | ||||||||
811 | |||||||||
812 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
813 | } | ||||||||
814 | |||||||||
815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||||||
816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
828 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
829 | |||||||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||||||
837 | |||||||||
838 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
840 | break; | ||||||||
841 | } | ||||||||
842 | |||||||||
843 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
844 | } | ||||||||
845 | |||||||||
846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||||||
847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
860 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
861 | |||||||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||||||
868 | |||||||||
869 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
871 | break; | ||||||||
872 | } | ||||||||
873 | |||||||||
874 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
875 | } | ||||||||
876 | |||||||||
877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||||||
878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
882 | |||||||||
883 | default: | ||||||||
884 | return llvm::None; | ||||||||
885 | } | ||||||||
886 | } | ||||||||
887 | |||||||||
888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||||||
891 | return false; | ||||||||
892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||||||
893 | } | ||||||||
894 | |||||||||
895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||||||
898 | return false; | ||||||||
899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||||||
900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||||||
901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||||||
902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||||||
903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||||||
904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
905 | } | ||||||||
906 | |||||||||
907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||||
908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||||||
910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||||||
911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||||
912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||||
913 | } | ||||||||
914 | } | ||||||||
915 | |||||||||
916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||||
917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||||
918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||||||
919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||||||
920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||||
921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||||||
922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||||||
923 | } | ||||||||
924 | |||||||||
925 | namespace { | ||||||||
926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||||||
927 | struct Entry { | ||||||||
928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||||||
929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||||||
930 | }; | ||||||||
931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||||||
932 | |||||||||
933 | public: | ||||||||
934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||||||
935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||||||
937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||||||
938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||||
939 | } | ||||||||
940 | |||||||||
941 | void restore() { | ||||||||
942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||||||
943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||||||
945 | } | ||||||||
946 | }; | ||||||||
947 | } | ||||||||
948 | |||||||||
949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||||||
950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||||||
951 | /// | ||||||||
952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||||||
953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||||||
954 | /// | ||||||||
955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||||||
956 | static bool | ||||||||
957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||||||
958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||||||
959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||||||
961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||||||
962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||||||
963 | |||||||||
964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||||||
965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||||||
966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||||
967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||||||
968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||||||
969 | return false; | ||||||||
970 | } | ||||||||
971 | |||||||||
972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||||||
973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
975 | return true; | ||||||||
976 | |||||||||
977 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
978 | return false; | ||||||||
979 | } | ||||||||
980 | |||||||||
981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
982 | return false; | ||||||||
983 | } | ||||||||
984 | |||||||||
985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||||||
986 | /// placeholders. | ||||||||
987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||||||
988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||||||
990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||||||
992 | return true; | ||||||||
993 | |||||||||
994 | return false; | ||||||||
995 | } | ||||||||
996 | |||||||||
997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||||||
998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||||||
999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||||||
1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||||||
1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||||||
1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||||||
1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||||||
1004 | /// declaration. | ||||||||
1005 | /// | ||||||||
1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||||||
1007 | /// | ||||||||
1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||||||
1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||||||
1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||||||
1011 | /// | ||||||||
1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||||||
1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||||||
1014 | /// | ||||||||
1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||||||
1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||||||
1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||||||
1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||||||
1019 | /// | ||||||||
1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||||||
1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||||||
1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||||||
1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||||||
1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||||||
1025 | /// | ||||||||
1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||||||
1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||||||
1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||||||
1029 | /// signature. | ||||||||
1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||||||
1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||||||
1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||||||
1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||||||
1036 | |||||||||
1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||||||
1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||||||
1040 | |||||||||
1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||||||
1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||||||
1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||||||
1044 | |||||||||
1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
1046 | } | ||||||||
1047 | |||||||||
1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||||||
1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||||||
1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||||||
1051 | continue; | ||||||||
1052 | |||||||||
1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||||||
1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||||||
1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||||||
1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||||||
1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||||||
1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||||||
1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||||||
1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||||||
1061 | |||||||||
1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||||
1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||||||
1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||||||
1066 | continue; | ||||||||
1067 | } | ||||||||
1068 | |||||||||
1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||||||
1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||||||
1071 | continue; | ||||||||
1072 | |||||||||
1073 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
1075 | } | ||||||||
1076 | |||||||||
1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||||||
1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||||||
1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||||||
1080 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1082 | } | ||||||||
1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||||||
1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||||||
1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)((Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||||||
1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||||||
1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||||||
1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||||||
1093 | // | ||||||||
1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||||||
1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||||||
1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||||
1097 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1099 | } | ||||||||
1100 | } else { | ||||||||
1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||||||
1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||||||
1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
1104 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1106 | } | ||||||||
1107 | } | ||||||||
1108 | |||||||||
1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||||||
1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||||||
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||||||
1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||||||
1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||||||
1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||||||
1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||||||
1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||||||
1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||||||
1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||||||
1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||||||
1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||||||
1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||||||
1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||||||
1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||||||
1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||||||
1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||||||
1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||||||
1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||||||
1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||||||
1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||||||
1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||||||
1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
1134 | } | ||||||||
1135 | |||||||||
1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||||
1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
1138 | } | ||||||||
1139 | |||||||||
1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
1141 | } | ||||||||
1142 | |||||||||
1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||||||
1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||||||
1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||||||
1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||||||
1148 | return false; | ||||||||
1149 | |||||||||
1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||||||
1152 | return false; | ||||||||
1153 | |||||||||
1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
1156 | |||||||||
1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||||||
1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||||||
1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||||||
1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||||||
1161 | return true; | ||||||||
1162 | |||||||||
1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||||||
1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||||||
1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||||||
1166 | |||||||||
1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||||||
1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||||||
1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||||||
1170 | |||||||||
1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||||||
1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||||||
1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||||||
1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||||||
1175 | return false; | ||||||||
1176 | |||||||||
1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||||||
1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||||||
1179 | |||||||||
1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||||||
1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||||||
1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||||||
1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||||||
1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||||||
1187 | return true; | ||||||||
1188 | |||||||||
1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||||||
1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||||||
1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||||||
1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||||||
1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||||||
1194 | // signature. | ||||||||
1195 | // | ||||||||
1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||||||
1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||||||
1198 | // | ||||||||
1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||||||
1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||||||
1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||||||
1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||||||
1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||||||
1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||||||
1207 | return true; | ||||||||
1208 | |||||||||
1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||||||
1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||||||
1211 | // | ||||||||
1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||||||
1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||||||
1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||||||
1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||||||
1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||||||
1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||||
1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||||
1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||||||
1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||||||
1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||||||
1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||||||
1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||||||
1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||||||
1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||||||
1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||||||
1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||||||
1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||||||
1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||||||
1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||||||
1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||||
1234 | } | ||||||||
1235 | return true; | ||||||||
1236 | } | ||||||||
1237 | |||||||||
1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||||||
1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||||||
1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||||||
1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||||||
1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||||||
1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||||||
1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||||||
1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||||||
1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||||||
1251 | return true; | ||||||||
1252 | } | ||||||||
1253 | |||||||||
1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||||||
1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||||||
1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||||||
1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||||||
1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||||||
1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||||||
1260 | return true; | ||||||||
1261 | |||||||||
1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||||||
1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||||||
1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||||||
1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||||||
1270 | return true; | ||||||||
1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||||||
1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||||||
1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
1275 | return true; | ||||||||
1276 | } | ||||||||
1277 | |||||||||
1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||||||
1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||||||
1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||||||
1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||||||
1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||||||
1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||||||
1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||||||
1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1287 | |||||||||
1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||||||
1289 | // target attributes. | ||||||||
1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||||||
1291 | return true; | ||||||||
1292 | } | ||||||||
1293 | } | ||||||||
1294 | } | ||||||||
1295 | |||||||||
1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||||||
1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||||
1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||||||
1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||||||
1301 | return true; | ||||||||
1302 | |||||||||
1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||||||
1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||||||
1309 | return true; | ||||||||
1310 | } | ||||||||
1311 | } | ||||||||
1312 | |||||||||
1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||||||
1314 | return false; | ||||||||
1315 | } | ||||||||
1316 | |||||||||
1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||||||
1318 | /// | ||||||||
1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||||||
1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||||||
1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
1330 | |||||||||
1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||||||
1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||||||
1333 | // we can perform. | ||||||||
1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1335 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1336 | } | ||||||||
1337 | |||||||||
1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||||||
1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||||||
1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||||||
1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||||||
1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||||
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||||||
1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||||
1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||||
1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||||||
1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||||||
1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||||||
1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||||||
1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||||||
1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||||||
1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||||||
1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
1374 | } | ||||||||
1375 | } | ||||||||
1376 | break; | ||||||||
1377 | |||||||||
1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||||||
1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||||||
1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
1386 | break; | ||||||||
1387 | |||||||||
1388 | // Fall through. | ||||||||
1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1391 | break; | ||||||||
1392 | } | ||||||||
1393 | |||||||||
1394 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1395 | } | ||||||||
1396 | |||||||||
1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||||||
1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||||||
1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||||||
1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||||||
1401 | /// | ||||||||
1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||||||
1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||||||
1404 | /// | ||||||||
1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||||||
1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||||||
1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||||||
1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
1409 | // | ||||||||
1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||||||
1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||||||
1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||||||
1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||||||
1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||||||
1415 | /// | ||||||||
1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||||||
1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
1419 | /// permitted. | ||||||||
1420 | /// | ||||||||
1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||||||
1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||||||
1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||||||
1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||||||
1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1436 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1437 | } | ||||||||
1438 | |||||||||
1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1441 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1442 | } | ||||||||
1443 | |||||||||
1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||||||
1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||||||
1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
1459 | |||||||||
1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||||||
1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||||||
1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||||||
1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||||||
1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
1465 | |||||||||
1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||||
1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
1469 | |||||||||
1470 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1471 | } | ||||||||
1472 | |||||||||
1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
1477 | } | ||||||||
1478 | |||||||||
1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
1490 | } | ||||||||
1491 | |||||||||
1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||||||
1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||||||
1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||||||
1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||||
1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1502 | |||||||||
1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||||||
1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||||||
1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||
1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||||||
1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||||||
1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||||||
1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||||||
1518 | } | ||||||||
1519 | |||||||||
1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||||||
1522 | /// type. | ||||||||
1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||||||
1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1526 | return false; | ||||||||
1527 | |||||||||
1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||||||
1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||||||
1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||||||
1531 | // - a pointer | ||||||||
1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||||||
1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||||||
1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||||||
1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||||||
1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||||||
1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||||||
1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||||||
1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||||||
1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||||||
1551 | return false; | ||||||||
1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1554 | } else { | ||||||||
1555 | return false; | ||||||||
1556 | } | ||||||||
1557 | |||||||||
1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||||||
1561 | return false; | ||||||||
1562 | } | ||||||||
1563 | |||||||||
1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||||||
1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
1566 | |||||||||
1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||||||
1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
1569 | |||||||||
1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
1571 | |||||||||
1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||||||
1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||||||
1575 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1576 | } | ||||||||
1577 | |||||||||
1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||||||
1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||||||
1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||||||
1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||||||
1584 | EST_None) | ||||||||
1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
1586 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1587 | } | ||||||||
1588 | |||||||||
1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||||||
1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||||||
1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||||||
1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||||||
1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||||||
1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||||||
1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||||
1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||||||
1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||||||
1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||||||
1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
1603 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1604 | } | ||||||||
1605 | } | ||||||||
1606 | |||||||||
1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||||||
1608 | return false; | ||||||||
1609 | |||||||||
1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())((QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||||||
1612 | |||||||||
1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||||||
1614 | return true; | ||||||||
1615 | } | ||||||||
1616 | |||||||||
1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||||||
1619 | /// | ||||||||
1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||||||
1621 | /// conversion. | ||||||||
1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||||||
1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||||||
1625 | // conversion. | ||||||||
1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
1627 | return false; | ||||||||
1628 | |||||||||
1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||||||
1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1631 | return false; | ||||||||
1632 | |||||||||
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||||||
1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||||||
1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||||||
1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||||
1638 | return false; | ||||||||
1639 | |||||||||
1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||||||
1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||||||
1643 | return true; | ||||||||
1644 | } | ||||||||
1645 | } | ||||||||
1646 | |||||||||
1647 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
1648 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1649 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1650 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
1651 | return true; | ||||||||
1652 | } | ||||||||
1653 | |||||||||
1654 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||||||
1655 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||||||
1656 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||||||
1657 | // same size | ||||||||
1658 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||||||
1659 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||||||
1660 | // only | ||||||||
1661 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1663 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||||||
1664 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||||||
1665 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
1666 | return true; | ||||||||
1667 | } | ||||||||
1668 | } | ||||||||
1669 | |||||||||
1670 | return false; | ||||||||
1671 | } | ||||||||
1672 | |||||||||
1673 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1674 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1675 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
1676 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
1677 | |||||||||
1678 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||||||
1679 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||||||
1680 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
1681 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||||||
1682 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||||||
1683 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||||||
1684 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||||||
1685 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||||||
1686 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1687 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1688 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
1689 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1690 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
1691 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
1692 | |||||||||
1693 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||||||
1694 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1695 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
1696 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1697 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
1698 | |||||||||
1699 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||||||
1700 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||||||
1701 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
1702 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
1703 | return false; | ||||||||
1704 | |||||||||
1705 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||||||
1706 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||||||
1707 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
1708 | |||||||||
1709 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
1710 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||||||
1711 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||||||
1712 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||||||
1713 | AccessPair)) { | ||||||||
1714 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||||||
1715 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||||||
1716 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1718 | |||||||||
1719 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||||||
1720 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||||||
1721 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
1722 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||||||
1723 | QualType resultTy; | ||||||||
1724 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||||||
1725 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||||||
1726 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||||||
1727 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||||||
1728 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||||||
1729 | return false; | ||||||||
1730 | } | ||||||||
1731 | |||||||||
1732 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||||||
1733 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||||||
1734 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||||||
1735 | // expression. | ||||||||
1736 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||||||
1737 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
1738 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1739 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1740 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1741 | == UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1742 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1743 | const Type *ClassType | ||||||||
1744 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
1745 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||||||
1746 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
1747 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1748 | UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1749 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1750 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
1751 | } | ||||||||
1752 | |||||||||
1753 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||||||
1754 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||||||
1755 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||||||
1756 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1757 | FromType,((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1758 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1759 | } else { | ||||||||
1760 | return false; | ||||||||
1761 | } | ||||||||
1762 | } | ||||||||
1763 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||||||
1764 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||||||
1765 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||||||
1766 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||||||
1767 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||||||
1768 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||||||
1769 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
1770 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||||
1771 | |||||||||
1772 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||||
1773 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||||
1774 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||||
1775 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
1776 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||||||
1777 | |||||||||
1778 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||||||
1779 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||||||
1780 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||||||
1781 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||||||
1782 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1783 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
1784 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||||||
1785 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
1786 | |||||||||
1787 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||||||
1788 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||||||
1789 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||||||
1790 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
1791 | |||||||||
1792 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1793 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||||||
1794 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||||||
1795 | |||||||||
1796 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||||||
1797 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||||||
1798 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||||||
1799 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||||||
1800 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1801 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
1802 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
1803 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||||||
1804 | return true; | ||||||||
1805 | } | ||||||||
1806 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||||||
1807 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||||||
1808 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
1809 | |||||||||
1810 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
1811 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
1812 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||||
1813 | return false; | ||||||||
1814 | |||||||||
1815 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||||||
1816 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||||||
1817 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||||||
1818 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
1819 | } else { | ||||||||
1820 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||||||
1821 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1822 | } | ||||||||
1823 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||||
1824 | |||||||||
1825 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||||||
1826 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||||||
1827 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||||||
1828 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
1829 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||||||
1830 | // conversion. | ||||||||
1831 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
1832 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1833 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1834 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||||||
1835 | // conversion to do. | ||||||||
1836 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1837 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1838 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||||||
1839 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||||||
1840 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1841 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1842 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||||||
1843 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||||||
1844 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1845 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1846 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||||||
1847 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||||||
1848 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1849 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
1850 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||||||
1851 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||||
1852 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
1853 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||||
1854 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||||||
1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||||||
1856 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
1857 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
1858 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||||
1859 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||||||
1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||||
1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1862 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||||
1863 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||||||
1864 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||||
1865 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1866 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||||||
1867 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||||||
1868 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||||||
1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||||
1870 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1871 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
1872 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||||||
1873 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||||||
1874 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||||||
1875 | |||||||||
1876 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||||||
1877 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||||||
1878 | return false; | ||||||||
1879 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||||||
1880 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||||||
1881 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||||||
1882 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||||||
1883 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||||||
1884 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||||||
1885 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||||||
1886 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||||||
1887 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||||
1888 | return false; | ||||||||
1889 | } | ||||||||
1890 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||||||
1891 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||||
1892 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1893 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
1894 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||||||
1895 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
1896 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||||||
1897 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||||||
1898 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||||||
1899 | return false; | ||||||||
1900 | |||||||||
1901 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
1902 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||||
1903 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1904 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1905 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
1906 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||||||
1907 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1908 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||||||
1909 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1910 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
1911 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||||||
1912 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
1913 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
1914 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1915 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||||||
1916 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1917 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||||||
1918 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||||||
1919 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||||||
1920 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||||||
1921 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1922 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
1923 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1924 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||||||
1925 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
1926 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1927 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
1928 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1929 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||||||
1930 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||||||
1931 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1932 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
1933 | CStyle)) { | ||||||||
1934 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
1935 | // appropriately. | ||||||||
1936 | return true; | ||||||||
1937 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||||||
1938 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
1939 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||||||
1940 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||||||
1941 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1942 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||||||
1943 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
1944 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||||||
1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||||||
1946 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1947 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||||
1948 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||||
1949 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
1950 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1951 | } else { | ||||||||
1952 | // No second conversion required. | ||||||||
1953 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1954 | } | ||||||||
1955 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||||||
1956 | |||||||||
1957 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||||||
1958 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||||||
1959 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
1960 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1961 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||||||
1962 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||||||
1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||||||
1964 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||||||
1965 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||||||
1966 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
1967 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
1968 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1969 | } else { | ||||||||
1970 | // No conversion required | ||||||||
1971 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1972 | } | ||||||||
1973 | |||||||||
1974 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||||||
1975 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||||||
1976 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||||||
1977 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||||||
1978 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
1979 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
1980 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||||||
1981 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||||
1982 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||||
1983 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1984 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||||||
1985 | } | ||||||||
1986 | |||||||||
1987 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||||||
1988 | |||||||||
1989 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||||||
1990 | return true; | ||||||||
1991 | |||||||||
1992 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||||||
1993 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||||||
1994 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
1995 | return false; | ||||||||
1996 | |||||||||
1997 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||||||
1998 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||||||
1999 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||||||
2000 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||||||
2001 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||||||
2002 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||||
2003 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||||||
2004 | switch (Conv) { | ||||||||
2005 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||||||
2006 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||||||
2007 | break; | ||||||||
2008 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||||||
2009 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||||||
2010 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||||||
2011 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||||
2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||||
2013 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||||
2014 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
2015 | break; | ||||||||
2016 | default: | ||||||||
2017 | return false; | ||||||||
2018 | } | ||||||||
2019 | |||||||||
2020 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||||||
2021 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||||||
2022 | // function. | ||||||||
2023 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||||||
2024 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||||
2025 | |||||||||
2026 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||||||
2027 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||||||
2028 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||||||
2029 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||||||
2030 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
2031 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||||||
2032 | return true; | ||||||||
2033 | } | ||||||||
2034 | |||||||||
2035 | static bool | ||||||||
2036 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
2037 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
2038 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2039 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
2040 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
2041 | |||||||||
2042 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||||
2043 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||||
2044 | return false; | ||||||||
2045 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||||
2046 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
2047 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||||
2048 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||||
2049 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
2050 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||||||
2051 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||||||
2052 | return true; | ||||||||
2053 | } | ||||||||
2054 | } | ||||||||
2055 | return false; | ||||||||
2056 | } | ||||||||
2057 | |||||||||
2058 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||||||
2059 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||||||
2060 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||||||
2061 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
2062 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2063 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
2064 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||||||
2065 | if (!To) { | ||||||||
2066 | return false; | ||||||||
2067 | } | ||||||||
2068 | |||||||||
2069 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||||||
2070 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||||||
2071 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||||||
2072 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||||||
2073 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||||||
2074 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
2075 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
2076 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||||||
2077 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||||||
2078 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||||||
2079 | // less than int to an int. | ||||||||
2080 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||||||
2081 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
2082 | } | ||||||||
2083 | |||||||||
2084 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
2085 | } | ||||||||
2086 | |||||||||
2087 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||||||
2088 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||||||
2089 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||||||
2090 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||||||
2091 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||||||
2092 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||||||
2093 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||||||
2094 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
2095 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||||||
2096 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||||||
2097 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||||||
2098 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||||||
2099 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||||||
2100 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
2101 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||||||
2102 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||||||
2103 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||||||
2104 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||||||
2105 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||||
2106 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||||||
2107 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||||||
2108 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||||
2109 | return false; | ||||||||
2110 | |||||||||
2111 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||||||
2112 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||||||
2113 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||||||
2114 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||||||
2115 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||||||
2116 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
2117 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||||||
2118 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||||||
2119 | } | ||||||||
2120 | |||||||||
2121 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||||||
2122 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
2123 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||||||
2124 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
2125 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||||||
2126 | |||||||||
2127 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||||||
2128 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||||||
2129 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||||||
2130 | // | ||||||||
2131 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||||||
2132 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
2133 | return false; | ||||||||
2134 | } | ||||||||
2135 | |||||||||
2136 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||||||
2137 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||||||
2138 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||||||
2139 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||||||
2140 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||||||
2141 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||||||
2142 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||||||
2143 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||||||
2144 | // type. | ||||||||
2145 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||||||
2146 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
2147 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||||||
2148 | // unsigned. | ||||||||
2149 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||||||
2150 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||||||
2151 | |||||||||
2152 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||||||
2153 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||||||
2154 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||||||
2155 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||||||
2156 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||||||
2157 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||||||
2158 | }; | ||||||||
2159 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||||||
2160 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
2161 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||||||
2162 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||||||
2163 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||||||
2164 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||||||
2165 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||||||
2166 | // promotion. | ||||||||
2167 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
2168 | } | ||||||||
2169 | } | ||||||||
2170 | } | ||||||||
2171 | |||||||||
2172 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||||||
2173 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||||||
2174 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||||||
2175 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||||||
2176 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||||||
2177 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||||||
2178 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||||||
2179 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||||||
2180 | // conversion. | ||||||||
2181 | // | ||||||||
2182 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||||||
2183 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||||||
2184 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||||||
2185 | // compatibility. | ||||||||
2186 | if (From) { | ||||||||
2187 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||||||
2188 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||||||
2189 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||||||
2190 | (BitWidth = | ||||||||
2191 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||||||
2192 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||||||
2193 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||||||
2194 | |||||||||
2195 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||||||
2196 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||||||
2197 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||||||
2198 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
2199 | } | ||||||||
2200 | |||||||||
2201 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||||||
2202 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||||||
2203 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||||||
2204 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
2205 | } | ||||||||
2206 | |||||||||
2207 | return false; | ||||||||
2208 | } | ||||||||
2209 | } | ||||||||
2210 | } | ||||||||
2211 | |||||||||
2212 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||||||
2213 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||||||
2214 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||||||
2215 | return true; | ||||||||
2216 | } | ||||||||
2217 | |||||||||
2218 | return false; | ||||||||
2219 | } | ||||||||
2220 | |||||||||
2221 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
2222 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||||||
2223 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
2224 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2225 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||||
2226 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||
2227 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||||||
2228 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||||||
2229 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||||
2230 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||||
2231 | return true; | ||||||||
2232 | |||||||||
2233 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||||||
2234 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||||||
2235 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||||||
2236 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
2237 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||||
2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||||||
2239 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||||||
2240 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||||||
2241 | return true; | ||||||||
2242 | |||||||||
2243 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||||||
2244 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||||||
2245 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||||||
2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||||||
2247 | return true; | ||||||||
2248 | } | ||||||||
2249 | |||||||||
2250 | return false; | ||||||||
2251 | } | ||||||||
2252 | |||||||||
2253 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||||||
2254 | /// | ||||||||
2255 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||||||
2256 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||||||
2257 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||||||
2258 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2259 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
2260 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||||||
2261 | return false; | ||||||||
2262 | |||||||||
2263 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
2264 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||||||
2265 | return false; | ||||||||
2266 | |||||||||
2267 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
2268 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||||||
2269 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
2270 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||||||
2271 | } | ||||||||
2272 | |||||||||
2273 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||||||
2274 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||||||
2275 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||||||
2276 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||||||
2277 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||||||
2278 | /// | ||||||||
2279 | static QualType | ||||||||
2280 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||||||
2281 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2282 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
2283 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||||||
2284 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2285 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2286 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2287 | |||||||||
2288 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||||||
2289 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||||
2290 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2291 | |||||||||
2292 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||||||
2293 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
2294 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2295 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2296 | |||||||||
2297 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||||||
2298 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
2299 | |||||||||
2300 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||||||
2301 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||||||
2302 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||||||
2303 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||||||
2304 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2305 | |||||||||
2306 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||||||
2307 | // already. | ||||||||
2308 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
2309 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2310 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2311 | } | ||||||||
2312 | |||||||||
2313 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||||||
2314 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||||||
2315 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||||||
2316 | |||||||||
2317 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
2318 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
2319 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
2320 | } | ||||||||
2321 | |||||||||
2322 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||||||
2323 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2324 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
2325 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||||||
2326 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||||||
2327 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
2328 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
2329 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||||||
2330 | |||||||||
2331 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
2332 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
2333 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
2334 | } | ||||||||
2335 | |||||||||
2336 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
2337 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||||||
2338 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||||||
2339 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||||||
2340 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||||||
2341 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||||||
2342 | /// | ||||||||
2343 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||||||
2344 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||||||
2345 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||||||
2346 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||||||
2347 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||||||
2348 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||||||
2349 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||||||
2350 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||||||
2351 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||||||
2352 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2353 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2354 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2355 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
2356 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2357 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2358 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
2359 | return true; | ||||||||
2360 | |||||||||
2361 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
2362 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
2363 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2365 | return true; | ||||||||
2366 | } | ||||||||
2367 | |||||||||
2368 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||||||
2369 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
2370 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2372 | return true; | ||||||||
2373 | } | ||||||||
2374 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||||||
2375 | // pointer type. | ||||||||
2376 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
2377 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2378 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2379 | return true; | ||||||||
2380 | } | ||||||||
2381 | |||||||||
2382 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||||||
2383 | // pointer constant. | ||||||||
2384 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||||
2385 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2386 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2387 | return true; | ||||||||
2388 | } | ||||||||
2389 | |||||||||
2390 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
2391 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
2392 | return false; | ||||||||
2393 | |||||||||
2394 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||||||
2395 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2396 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2397 | return true; | ||||||||
2398 | } | ||||||||
2399 | |||||||||
2400 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||||||
2401 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||||||
2402 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2403 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
2404 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
2405 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||||||
2406 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||||
2407 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2408 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2409 | return true; | ||||||||
2410 | } | ||||||||
2411 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
2412 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
2413 | return false; | ||||||||
2414 | |||||||||
2415 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2416 | |||||||||
2417 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||||||
2418 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||||||
2419 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2420 | return false; | ||||||||
2421 | |||||||||
2422 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||||||
2423 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||||||
2424 | // 4.10p2). | ||||||||
2425 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||||||
2426 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2427 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2428 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2429 | ToType, Context, | ||||||||
2430 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||||||
2431 | return true; | ||||||||
2432 | } | ||||||||
2433 | |||||||||
2434 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||||||
2435 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
2436 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2437 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2438 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2439 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2440 | return true; | ||||||||
2441 | } | ||||||||
2442 | |||||||||
2443 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||||||
2444 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||||||
2445 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
2446 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2447 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2448 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2449 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2450 | return true; | ||||||||
2451 | } | ||||||||
2452 | |||||||||
2453 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||||||
2454 | // | ||||||||
2455 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||||||
2456 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||||||
2457 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||||||
2458 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||||||
2459 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||||||
2460 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||||||
2461 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||||||
2462 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||||||
2463 | // | ||||||||
2464 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||||||
2465 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||||||
2466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
2467 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
2468 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||||||
2469 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2471 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2472 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2473 | return true; | ||||||||
2474 | } | ||||||||
2475 | |||||||||
2476 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
2477 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2478 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2479 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2480 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2481 | return true; | ||||||||
2482 | } | ||||||||
2483 | |||||||||
2484 | return false; | ||||||||
2485 | } | ||||||||
2486 | |||||||||
2487 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||||||
2488 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||||||
2489 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2490 | |||||||||
2491 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||||||
2492 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||||||
2493 | return T; | ||||||||
2494 | |||||||||
2495 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||||||
2496 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||||
2497 | |||||||||
2498 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||||||
2499 | } | ||||||||
2500 | |||||||||
2501 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||||||
2502 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||||||
2503 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||||||
2504 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2505 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2506 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
2507 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
2508 | return false; | ||||||||
2509 | |||||||||
2510 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||||||
2511 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2512 | |||||||||
2513 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||||||
2514 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||||||
2515 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2516 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||||||
2517 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2518 | |||||||||
2519 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||||||
2520 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||||||
2521 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2522 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2523 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
2524 | return false; | ||||||||
2525 | |||||||||
2526 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||||||
2527 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
2529 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
2530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||||||
2531 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||||
2532 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
2533 | return false; | ||||||||
2534 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
2535 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2536 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2537 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2538 | return true; | ||||||||
2539 | } | ||||||||
2540 | |||||||||
2541 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
2542 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||||||
2543 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||||||
2544 | // complain about it. | ||||||||
2545 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2546 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
2547 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2548 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2549 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2550 | return true; | ||||||||
2551 | } | ||||||||
2552 | } | ||||||||
2553 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||||||
2554 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
2555 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2556 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2557 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2558 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
2559 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||||||
2560 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||||||
2561 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
2562 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2563 | return true; | ||||||||
2564 | } | ||||||||
2565 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2566 | } | ||||||||
2567 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2568 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
2569 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||||||
2570 | // pointer to any object. | ||||||||
2571 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2572 | return true; | ||||||||
2573 | } | ||||||||
2574 | else | ||||||||
2575 | return false; | ||||||||
2576 | |||||||||
2577 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
2578 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2579 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2580 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2581 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2582 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2583 | else | ||||||||
2584 | return false; | ||||||||
2585 | |||||||||
2586 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||||||
2587 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||||||
2588 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
2589 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2590 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2591 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||||||
2592 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2593 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
2594 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2595 | return true; | ||||||||
2596 | } | ||||||||
2597 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||||||
2598 | // as in I* to id. | ||||||||
2599 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2600 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2601 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2602 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2603 | |||||||||
2604 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
2605 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2606 | return true; | ||||||||
2607 | } | ||||||||
2608 | |||||||||
2609 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
2610 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
2611 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||||||
2612 | // complain about it). | ||||||||
2613 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
2614 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2615 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
2616 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2617 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||||||
2618 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||||||
2619 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2620 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||||||
2621 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2622 | return false; | ||||||||
2623 | |||||||||
2624 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
2625 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
2626 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
2627 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
2628 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||||
2629 | return false; | ||||||||
2630 | |||||||||
2631 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||||||
2632 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||||||
2633 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2634 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2635 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2636 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2637 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2638 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2639 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
2640 | } else { | ||||||||
2641 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2642 | return false; | ||||||||
2643 | } | ||||||||
2644 | |||||||||
2645 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
2646 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2647 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
2648 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2649 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2650 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||||||
2651 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
2652 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2653 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||||||
2654 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2655 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2656 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
2657 | } else { | ||||||||
2658 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2659 | return false; | ||||||||
2660 | } | ||||||||
2661 | } | ||||||||
2662 | |||||||||
2663 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||||||
2664 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||||||
2665 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||||||
2666 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2667 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2668 | return true; | ||||||||
2669 | } | ||||||||
2670 | } | ||||||||
2671 | |||||||||
2672 | return false; | ||||||||
2673 | } | ||||||||
2674 | |||||||||
2675 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||||||
2676 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||||||
2677 | /// | ||||||||
2678 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||||||
2679 | /// | ||||||||
2680 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||||||
2681 | /// | ||||||||
2682 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||||||
2683 | /// this conversion. | ||||||||
2684 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2685 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
2686 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||||||
2687 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
2688 | return false; | ||||||||
2689 | |||||||||
2690 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||||||
2691 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||||||
2692 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2693 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2694 | else | ||||||||
2695 | return false; | ||||||||
2696 | |||||||||
2697 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2698 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
2699 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||||||
2700 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||||||
2701 | return false; | ||||||||
2702 | |||||||||
2703 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||||||
2704 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||||||
2705 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2706 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2707 | else | ||||||||
2708 | return false; | ||||||||
2709 | |||||||||
2710 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2711 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
2712 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||||||
2713 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||||||
2714 | return false; | ||||||||
2715 | |||||||||
2716 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||||||
2717 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||||
2718 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
2719 | return false; | ||||||||
2720 | |||||||||
2721 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||||||
2722 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||||||
2723 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||||||
2724 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2725 | |||||||||
2726 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||||||
2727 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2728 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
2729 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||||||
2730 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||||||
2731 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||||||
2732 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
2733 | return false; | ||||||||
2734 | |||||||||
2735 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||||||
2736 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||||||
2737 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||||||
2738 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||||||
2739 | return true; | ||||||||
2740 | } | ||||||||
2741 | |||||||||
2742 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2743 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
2744 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
2745 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2746 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2747 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2748 | else | ||||||||
2749 | return false; | ||||||||
2750 | |||||||||
2751 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
2752 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2753 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2754 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2755 | else | ||||||||
2756 | return false; | ||||||||
2757 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
2758 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
2759 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||||||
2760 | |||||||||
2761 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
2762 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2763 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
2764 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2765 | |||||||||
2766 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||||||
2767 | return false; | ||||||||
2768 | |||||||||
2769 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2770 | return true; | ||||||||
2771 | |||||||||
2772 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
2773 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
2774 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
2775 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
2776 | return false; | ||||||||
2777 | |||||||||
2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
2779 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
2780 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||||||
2781 | return false; | ||||||||
2782 | |||||||||
2783 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2784 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2785 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2786 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2787 | } else { | ||||||||
2788 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2789 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2790 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||||||
2791 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||
2792 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2793 | |||||||||
2794 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||||||
2795 | // OK exact match. | ||||||||
2796 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||||||
2797 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2798 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
2799 | return false; | ||||||||
2800 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2801 | } | ||||||||
2802 | else | ||||||||
2803 | return false; | ||||||||
2804 | } | ||||||||
2805 | |||||||||
2806 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
2807 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2808 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
2809 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2810 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2811 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2812 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
2813 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2814 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||||||
2815 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2816 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
2817 | return false; | ||||||||
2818 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2819 | } else | ||||||||
2820 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2821 | return false; | ||||||||
2822 | } | ||||||||
2823 | |||||||||
2824 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
2825 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
2826 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||||||
2827 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||||||
2828 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||||||
2829 | return false; | ||||||||
2830 | |||||||||
2831 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2832 | return true; | ||||||||
2833 | } | ||||||||
2834 | |||||||||
2835 | enum { | ||||||||
2836 | ft_default, | ||||||||
2837 | ft_different_class, | ||||||||
2838 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||||||
2839 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||||||
2840 | ft_return_type, | ||||||||
2841 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||||||
2842 | ft_noexcept | ||||||||
2843 | }; | ||||||||
2844 | |||||||||
2845 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||||||
2846 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||||||
2847 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||||||
2848 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
2849 | return FPT; | ||||||||
2850 | |||||||||
2851 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2852 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2853 | |||||||||
2854 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
2855 | } | ||||||||
2856 | |||||||||
2857 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||||||
2858 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||||||
2859 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||||||
2860 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||||||
2861 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2862 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||||||
2863 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
2864 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2865 | return; | ||||||||
2866 | } | ||||||||
2867 | |||||||||
2868 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||||||
2869 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
2870 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||||||
2871 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2872 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||||||
2873 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||||||
2874 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
2875 | return; | ||||||||
2876 | } | ||||||||
2877 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2878 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2879 | } | ||||||||
2880 | |||||||||
2881 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
2882 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2883 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
2884 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2885 | |||||||||
2886 | // Remove references. | ||||||||
2887 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
2888 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
2889 | |||||||||
2890 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||||||
2891 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||||
2892 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||||
2893 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2894 | return; | ||||||||
2895 | } | ||||||||
2896 | |||||||||
2897 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||||||
2898 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
2899 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2900 | return; | ||||||||
2901 | } | ||||||||
2902 | |||||||||
2903 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||||||
2904 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||||||
2905 | |||||||||
2906 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||||||
2907 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||||||
2908 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2909 | return; | ||||||||
2910 | } | ||||||||
2911 | |||||||||
2912 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||||||
2914 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2915 | return; | ||||||||
2916 | } | ||||||||
2917 | |||||||||
2918 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||||||
2919 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||||||
2920 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||||||
2921 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||||||
2922 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||||||
2923 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||||||
2924 | return; | ||||||||
2925 | } | ||||||||
2926 | |||||||||
2927 | // Handle different return type. | ||||||||
2928 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2929 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2930 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
2931 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2932 | return; | ||||||||
2933 | } | ||||||||
2934 | |||||||||
2935 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||||||
2936 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||||||
2937 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||||
2938 | return; | ||||||||
2939 | } | ||||||||
2940 | |||||||||
2941 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||||||
2942 | // onwards). | ||||||||
2943 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
2944 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||||||
2945 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
2946 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
2947 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||||||
2948 | return; | ||||||||
2949 | } | ||||||||
2950 | |||||||||
2951 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||||||
2952 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2953 | } | ||||||||
2954 | |||||||||
2955 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||||||
2956 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||||||
2957 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||||||
2958 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||||||
2959 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||||||
2960 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||||||
2961 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||||||
2962 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
2963 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
2964 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||||||
2965 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||||||
2966 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||||||
2967 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||||||
2968 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
2969 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
2970 | |||||||||
2971 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||||||
2972 | if (ArgPos) | ||||||||
2973 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||||||
2974 | return false; | ||||||||
2975 | } | ||||||||
2976 | } | ||||||||
2977 | return true; | ||||||||
2978 | } | ||||||||
2979 | |||||||||
2980 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
2981 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||||||
2982 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||||||
2983 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||||||
2984 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||||||
2985 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||||||
2986 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2987 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
2988 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||||||
2989 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||||||
2990 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
2991 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
2992 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||||||
2993 | |||||||||
2994 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
2995 | |||||||||
2996 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||||
2997 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||||
2998 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||||
2999 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
3000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||||||
3001 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||||||
3002 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
3003 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
3004 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||||||
3005 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3006 | } | ||||||||
3007 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3008 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3009 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
3010 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
3011 | |||||||||
3012 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
3013 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
3014 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||||||
3015 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||||||
3016 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||||||
3017 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||||||
3018 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
3019 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||||||
3020 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||||||
3021 | } | ||||||||
3022 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||||||
3023 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||||||
3024 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||||||
3025 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||||||
3026 | return true; | ||||||||
3027 | |||||||||
3028 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||||||
3029 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
3030 | } | ||||||||
3031 | |||||||||
3032 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||||||
3033 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
3034 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3035 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3036 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||||||
3037 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3038 | } | ||||||||
3039 | } | ||||||||
3040 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||||||
3041 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3042 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||||||
3043 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3044 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||||||
3045 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||||||
3046 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||||||
3047 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
3048 | return false; | ||||||||
3049 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
3050 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
3051 | } else { | ||||||||
3052 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
3053 | } | ||||||||
3054 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
3055 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
3056 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||||
3057 | } | ||||||||
3058 | |||||||||
3059 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||||||
3060 | // reasons. | ||||||||
3061 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||||
3062 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||||
3063 | |||||||||
3064 | return false; | ||||||||
3065 | } | ||||||||
3066 | |||||||||
3067 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
3068 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||||||
3069 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||||||
3070 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||||||
3071 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||||||
3072 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
3073 | QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3074 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
3075 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
3076 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3077 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
3078 | return false; | ||||||||
3079 | |||||||||
3080 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||||||
3081 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
3082 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
3083 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
3084 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
3085 | return true; | ||||||||
3086 | } | ||||||||
3087 | |||||||||
3088 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||||||
3089 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3090 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
3091 | return false; | ||||||||
3092 | |||||||||
3093 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||||||
3094 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||||||
3095 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3096 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3097 | |||||||||
3098 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||||||
3099 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||||||
3100 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
3101 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
3102 | return true; | ||||||||
3103 | } | ||||||||
3104 | |||||||||
3105 | return false; | ||||||||
3106 | } | ||||||||
3107 | |||||||||
3108 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
3109 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||||||
3110 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||||||
3111 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||||||
3112 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||||||
3113 | /// otherwise. | ||||||||
3114 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3115 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
3116 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||||||
3117 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||||||
3118 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
3119 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3120 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||||||
3121 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||||||
3122 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3123 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3124 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3125 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||||||
3126 | return false; | ||||||||
3127 | } | ||||||||
3128 | |||||||||
3129 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3130 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3131 | "that is not a member pointer.")((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3132 | |||||||||
3133 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3134 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3135 | |||||||||
3136 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||||||
3137 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3138 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3138, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3139 | |||||||||
3140 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||||
3141 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||||||
3142 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||||||
3143 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||||||
3144 | assert(DerivationOkay &&((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3145 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3146 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||||||
3147 | |||||||||
3148 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||||||
3149 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||||
3150 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||||||
3151 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||||||
3152 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3153 | return true; | ||||||||
3154 | } | ||||||||
3155 | |||||||||
3156 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||||
3157 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||||||
3158 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||||||
3159 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3160 | return true; | ||||||||
3161 | } | ||||||||
3162 | |||||||||
3163 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||||||
3164 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||||||
3165 | Paths.front(), | ||||||||
3166 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||||||
3167 | |||||||||
3168 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||||||
3169 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||||||
3170 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||||||
3171 | return false; | ||||||||
3172 | } | ||||||||
3173 | |||||||||
3174 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||||||
3175 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||||||
3176 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||||||
3177 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||||||
3178 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||||||
3179 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||||||
3180 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||||||
3181 | return false; | ||||||||
3182 | |||||||||
3183 | return true; | ||||||||
3184 | } | ||||||||
3185 | |||||||||
3186 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||||||
3187 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||||||
3188 | /// | ||||||||
3189 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||||||
3190 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||||||
3191 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||||||
3192 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3193 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||||||
3194 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
3195 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
3196 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
3197 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
3198 | |||||||||
3199 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||||||
3200 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
3201 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
3202 | |||||||||
3203 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||||||
3204 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||||||
3205 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
3206 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||||||
3207 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||||||
3208 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||||||
3209 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
3210 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
3211 | } else { | ||||||||
3212 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||||||
3213 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||||||
3214 | return false; | ||||||||
3215 | } | ||||||||
3216 | } | ||||||||
3217 | |||||||||
3218 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||||||
3219 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||||
3220 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||||||
3221 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
3222 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
3223 | } | ||||||||
3224 | |||||||||
3225 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||||||
3226 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||||||
3227 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
3228 | return false; | ||||||||
3229 | |||||||||
3230 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||||||
3231 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||||||
3232 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||||||
3233 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||||||
3234 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||||||
3235 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||||||
3236 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||||||
3237 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||||||
3238 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||||||
3239 | return false; | ||||||||
3240 | |||||||||
3241 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||||||
3242 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||||||
3243 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
3244 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||||||
3245 | return false; | ||||||||
3246 | |||||||||
3247 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||||||
3248 | // include const. | ||||||||
3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||||||
3250 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||||||
3251 | return true; | ||||||||
3252 | } | ||||||||
3253 | |||||||||
3254 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
3255 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||||||
3256 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||||||
3257 | /// | ||||||||
3258 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||||||
3259 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||||||
3260 | /// object lifetime. | ||||||||
3261 | bool | ||||||||
3262 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3263 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
3264 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
3265 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
3266 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
3267 | |||||||||
3268 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||||||
3269 | // qualification conversion. | ||||||||
3270 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||||||
3271 | return false; | ||||||||
3272 | |||||||||
3273 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||||||
3274 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||||||
3275 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||||||
3276 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
3277 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||||||
3278 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
3279 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||||||
3280 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||||||
3281 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
3282 | return false; | ||||||||
3283 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||||||
3284 | } | ||||||||
3285 | |||||||||
3286 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||||||
3287 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||||||
3288 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||||||
3289 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||||||
3290 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
3291 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||||||
3292 | } | ||||||||
3293 | |||||||||
3294 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||||||
3295 | /// atomic type. | ||||||||
3296 | /// | ||||||||
3297 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||||||
3298 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||||||
3299 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3300 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
3301 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
3302 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
3303 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||||||
3304 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||||||
3305 | return false; | ||||||||
3306 | |||||||||
3307 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||||||
3308 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||||||
3309 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||||||
3310 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||||||
3311 | return false; | ||||||||
3312 | |||||||||
3313 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||||||
3314 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||||||
3315 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||||||
3316 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
3317 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
3318 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
3319 | return true; | ||||||||
3320 | } | ||||||||
3321 | |||||||||
3322 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
3323 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||||||
3324 | QualType Type) { | ||||||||
3325 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
3326 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||||||
3327 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||||||
3328 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||||
3329 | return true; | ||||||||
3330 | } | ||||||||
3331 | return false; | ||||||||
3332 | } | ||||||||
3333 | |||||||||
3334 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
3335 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3336 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||||||
3337 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
3338 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3339 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
3340 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3341 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||||||
3342 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
3343 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
3344 | continue; | ||||||||
3345 | |||||||||
3346 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||||
3347 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||||||
3348 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
3349 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
3350 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
3351 | bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
3352 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
3353 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
3354 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3355 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||||||
3356 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3357 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3358 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
3359 | else | ||||||||
3360 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||||||
3361 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3362 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
3363 | } | ||||||||
3364 | } | ||||||||
3365 | |||||||||
3366 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
3367 | |||||||||
3368 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
3369 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
3370 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
3371 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
3372 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
3373 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
3374 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
3375 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
3376 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
3377 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3378 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3379 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
3380 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3381 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3382 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
3383 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
3384 | return Result; | ||||||||
3385 | } | ||||||||
3386 | |||||||||
3387 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
3388 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
3389 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
3390 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
3391 | } | ||||||||
3392 | |||||||||
3393 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3393); | ||||||||
3394 | } | ||||||||
3395 | |||||||||
3396 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||||||
3397 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||||||
3398 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||||||
3399 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||||||
3400 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||||||
3401 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||||||
3402 | /// | ||||||||
3403 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||||||
3404 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||||||
3405 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||||||
3406 | /// | ||||||||
3407 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||||||
3408 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||||||
3409 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||||||
3410 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
3411 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3412 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
3413 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3414 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
3415 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
3416 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3417 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3418 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3419 | |||||||||
3420 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||||||
3421 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||||||
3422 | |||||||||
3423 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||||||
3424 | // constructors. | ||||||||
3425 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
3426 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||||||
3427 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||||||
3428 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||||||
3429 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||||||
3430 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||||||
3431 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||||||
3432 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||||||
3433 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||||||
3434 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||||||
3435 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
3436 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||||||
3437 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||||||
3438 | |||||||||
3439 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||||||
3440 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||||||
3441 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||||||
3442 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
3443 | |||||||||
3444 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||||||
3445 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||||
3446 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||||||
3447 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3448 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||||||
3449 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||||||
3450 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3451 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3452 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||||||
3453 | return Result; | ||||||||
3454 | // Never mind. | ||||||||
3455 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||||||
3456 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3457 | |||||||||
3458 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||||||
3459 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||||||
3460 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||||||
3461 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
3462 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||||||
3463 | } | ||||||||
3464 | |||||||||
3465 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||||||
3466 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
3467 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
3468 | continue; | ||||||||
3469 | |||||||||
3470 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
3471 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||||||
3472 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||||||
3473 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
3474 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
3475 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||||||
3476 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||||||
3477 | SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||||
3478 | if (NumArgs == 1) { | ||||||||
3479 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
3480 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
3481 | SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
3482 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
3483 | } | ||||||||
3484 | } | ||||||||
3485 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
3486 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
3487 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3488 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
3489 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3490 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3491 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3492 | else | ||||||||
3493 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||||||
3494 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||||||
3495 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3496 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
3497 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3498 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3499 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3500 | } | ||||||||
3501 | } | ||||||||
3502 | } | ||||||||
3503 | } | ||||||||
3504 | |||||||||
3505 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||||||
3506 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3507 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||||||
3508 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||||||
3509 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||||||
3510 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
3511 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||||||
3512 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
3513 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||||||
3514 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
3515 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
3516 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||||||
3517 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
3518 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
3519 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
3520 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
3521 | |||||||||
3522 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
3523 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||||
3524 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||||
3525 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
3526 | else | ||||||||
3527 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
3528 | |||||||||
3529 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
3530 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
3531 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
3532 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
3533 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
3534 | else | ||||||||
3535 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
3536 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
3537 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
3538 | } | ||||||||
3539 | } | ||||||||
3540 | } | ||||||||
3541 | |||||||||
3542 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
3543 | |||||||||
3544 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
3545 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
3546 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
3547 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
3548 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
3549 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
3550 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
3551 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
3552 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
3553 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
3554 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||||||
3555 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||||||
3556 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||||||
3557 | // | ||||||||
3558 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
3559 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3560 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
3561 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3562 | } else { | ||||||||
3563 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||||||
3564 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||||||
3565 | else { | ||||||||
3566 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
3567 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
3568 | } | ||||||||
3569 | } | ||||||||
3570 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3571 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
3572 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3573 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3574 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
3575 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
3576 | return Result; | ||||||||
3577 | } | ||||||||
3578 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||||||
3579 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
3580 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
3581 | // | ||||||||
3582 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
3583 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||||||
3584 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||||||
3585 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||||||
3586 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
3587 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3588 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||||
3589 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3590 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
3591 | |||||||||
3592 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||||||
3593 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||||||
3594 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||||||
3595 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
3596 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||||||
3597 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||||||
3598 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||||||
3599 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||||||
3600 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
3601 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
3602 | return Result; | ||||||||
3603 | } | ||||||||
3604 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3604); | ||||||||
3605 | |||||||||
3606 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
3607 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
3608 | |||||||||
3609 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
3610 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
3611 | } | ||||||||
3612 | |||||||||
3613 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3613); | ||||||||
3614 | } | ||||||||
3615 | |||||||||
3616 | bool | ||||||||
3617 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
3618 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
3619 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
3620 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
3621 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||||||
3622 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
3623 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||||||
3624 | |||||||||
3625 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||||||
3626 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||||||
3627 | return false; | ||||||||
3628 | |||||||||
3629 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||||||
3630 | *this, | ||||||||
3631 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||||
3632 | From); | ||||||||
3633 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||||||
3634 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||||||
3635 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3636 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||||
3637 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
3638 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||||||
3639 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||||||
3640 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||||||
3641 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||||||
3642 | } | ||||||||
3643 | |||||||||
3644 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
3645 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||||||
3646 | return true; | ||||||||
3647 | } | ||||||||
3648 | |||||||||
3649 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||||||
3650 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||||||
3651 | static const FunctionType * | ||||||||
3652 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||||||
3653 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
3654 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||||||
3655 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
3656 | |||||||||
3657 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||||||
3658 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
3659 | |||||||||
3660 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
3661 | } | ||||||||
3662 | |||||||||
3663 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||||||
3664 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||||||
3665 | /// is possible. | ||||||||
3666 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3667 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||||||
3668 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||||||
3669 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||||||
3670 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||||||
3671 | if (!Conv1
| ||||||||
3672 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3673 | |||||||||
3674 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||||||
3675 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3676 | |||||||||
3677 | // Objective-C++: | ||||||||
3678 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||||||
3679 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||||||
3680 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||||||
3681 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||||||
3682 | // to keep code working. | ||||||||
3683 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
3684 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
3685 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
3686 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||||||
3687 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3688 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3689 | } | ||||||||
3690 | |||||||||
3691 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||||||
3692 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||||||
3693 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||||||
3694 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||||||
3695 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||||||
3696 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||||||
3697 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||||||
3698 | |||||||||
3699 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||||||
3700 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||||||
3701 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
3702 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
3703 | |||||||||
3704 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||||
3705 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||||||
3706 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
3707 | |||||||||
3708 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||||
3709 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
| |||||||||
3710 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
3711 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||||||
3712 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
3713 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||||||
3714 | |||||||||
3715 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||||||
3716 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||||||
3717 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||||||
3718 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3719 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||||||
3720 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3721 | } | ||||||||
3722 | } | ||||||||
3723 | |||||||||
3724 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3725 | } | ||||||||
3726 | |||||||||
3727 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||||||
3728 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||||
3729 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||||||
3730 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||||||
3731 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||||||
3732 | } | ||||||||
3733 | |||||||||
3734 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||||||
3735 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
3736 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||||||
3737 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3738 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
3739 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||||||
3740 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||||||
3741 | { | ||||||||
3742 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||||||
3743 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||||||
3744 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||||||
3745 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||||||
3746 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||||||
3747 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||||||
3748 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||||||
3749 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
3750 | // | ||||||||
3751 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||||||
3752 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||||||
3753 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||||||
3754 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||||||
3755 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
3756 | |||||||||
3757 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||||||
3758 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||||||
3759 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||||||
3760 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||||||
3761 | // standard. For example: | ||||||||
3762 | // | ||||||||
3763 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||||||
3764 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||||||
3765 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||||||
3766 | // | ||||||||
3767 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||||||
3768 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||||||
3769 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||||||
3770 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||||||
3771 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||||||
3772 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||||||
3773 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||||||
3774 | |||||||||
3775 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||||
3776 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||||||
3777 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||||||
3778 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||||||
3779 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3780 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3781 | |||||||||
3782 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
3783 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3784 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
3785 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3786 | |||||||||
3787 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||||||
3788 | // the same kind. | ||||||||
3789 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||||||
3790 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3791 | |||||||||
3792 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||||
3793 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3794 | |||||||||
3795 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||||||
3796 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||||||
3797 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
3798 | |||||||||
3799 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
3800 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||||||
3801 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||||||
3802 | // if not that, | ||||||||
3803 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||||||
3804 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||||||
3805 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||||||
3806 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||||||
3807 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
3808 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
3809 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3810 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
3811 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
3812 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3813 | } | ||||||||
3814 | |||||||||
3815 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||||||
3816 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
3817 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||||||
3818 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
3819 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||||||
3820 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
3821 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||||||
3822 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||||||
3823 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||||||
3824 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
3825 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
3826 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
3827 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||||||
3828 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
3829 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
3830 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||||||
3831 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
3832 | else | ||||||||
3833 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||||||
3834 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||||||
3835 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||||
3836 | } | ||||||||
3837 | |||||||||
3838 | return Result; | ||||||||
3839 | } | ||||||||
3840 | |||||||||
3841 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||||||
3842 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||||||
3843 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3844 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
3845 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
3846 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
3847 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
3848 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3849 | |||||||||
3850 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||||||
3851 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||||||
3852 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
3853 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3854 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
3855 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3856 | |||||||||
3857 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||||||
3858 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3859 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3860 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3861 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3862 | else | ||||||||
3863 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3864 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||||||
3865 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3866 | |||||||||
3867 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||||||
3868 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||||||
3869 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3870 | } | ||||||||
3871 | |||||||||
3872 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3873 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3874 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
3875 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3876 | |||||||||
3877 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3878 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3879 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
3880 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3881 | |||||||||
3882 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3883 | } | ||||||||
3884 | |||||||||
3885 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||||||
3886 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||||||
3887 | static bool | ||||||||
3888 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||||||
3889 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||||||
3890 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
3891 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||||||
3892 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||||||
3893 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||||||
3894 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||||||
3895 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||||||
3896 | // reference*. | ||||||||
3897 | // | ||||||||
3898 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||||||
3899 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||||||
3900 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||||||
3901 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||||||
3902 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||||||
3903 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||||||
3904 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||||||
3905 | return false; | ||||||||
3906 | |||||||||
3907 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||||||
3908 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||||||
3909 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||||||
3910 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||||||
3911 | } | ||||||||
3912 | |||||||||
3913 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||||||
3914 | None, | ||||||||
3915 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||||||
3916 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||||||
3917 | }; | ||||||||
3918 | |||||||||
3919 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||||||
3920 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||||||
3921 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
3922 | |||||||||
3923 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||||||
3924 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3925 | |||||||||
3926 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||||||
3927 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
3928 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3929 | |||||||||
3930 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||||
3931 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||||||
3932 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3933 | |||||||||
3934 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
3935 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||||||
3936 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
3937 | |||||||||
3938 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
3939 | } | ||||||||
3940 | |||||||||
3941 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||||||
3942 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
3943 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
3944 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3945 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
3946 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
3947 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||||||
3948 | { | ||||||||
3949 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||||||
3950 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
3951 | |||||||||
3952 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||||||
3953 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||||||
3954 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||||||
3955 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||||||
3956 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||||||
3957 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||||||
3958 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
3959 | return CK; | ||||||||
3960 | |||||||||
3961 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||||||
3962 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||||||
3963 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||||||
3964 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||||||
3965 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||||||
3966 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3967 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||||||
3968 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3969 | |||||||||
3970 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||||||
3971 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||||||
3972 | // applies: | ||||||||
3973 | |||||||||
3974 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||||||
3975 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||||||
3976 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||||||
3977 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||||||
3978 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||||||
3979 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3980 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3981 | |||||||||
3982 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
3983 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||||||
3984 | // | ||||||||
3985 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
3986 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||||||
3987 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||||||
3988 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||||||
3989 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||||||
3990 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||||||
3991 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||||||
3992 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||||||
3993 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3994 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3995 | |||||||||
3996 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
3997 | // | ||||||||
3998 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||||||
3999 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||||||
4000 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||||||
4001 | // of B* to void*. | ||||||||
4002 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
4003 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
4004 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
4005 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
4006 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
4007 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||||||
4008 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||||||
4009 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4010 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4011 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
4012 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||||||
4013 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||||||
4014 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||||||
4015 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4016 | return DerivedCK; | ||||||||
4017 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||||||
4018 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||||||
4019 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||||||
4020 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||||||
4021 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||||||
4022 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4023 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4024 | |||||||||
4025 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
4026 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
4027 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4028 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4029 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4030 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4031 | |||||||||
4032 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4033 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4034 | |||||||||
4035 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4036 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4037 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4038 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4039 | |||||||||
4040 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||||||
4041 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||||||
4042 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||||||
4043 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4044 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||||||
4045 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4046 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||||||
4047 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||||||
4048 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||||||
4049 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||||||
4050 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||||||
4051 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||||||
4052 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4053 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4054 | } | ||||||||
4055 | } | ||||||||
4056 | } | ||||||||
4057 | |||||||||
4058 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
4059 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||||||
4060 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4061 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4062 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||||||
4063 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4064 | } | ||||||||
4065 | |||||||||
4066 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||||||
4067 | // bullet 3). | ||||||||
4068 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||||||
4069 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4070 | return QualCK; | ||||||||
4071 | |||||||||
4072 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
4073 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
4074 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||||||
4075 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||||||
4076 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||||||
4077 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||||||
4078 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||||||
4079 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4080 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4081 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
4082 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
4083 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4084 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4085 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4086 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
4087 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||||||
4088 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||||||
4089 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||||||
4090 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||||||
4091 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||||||
4092 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4093 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4094 | } | ||||||||
4095 | |||||||||
4096 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||||||
4097 | // type for comparison. | ||||||||
4098 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||||||
4099 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4100 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||||||
4101 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4102 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||||||
4103 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4104 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||||||
4105 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4106 | } | ||||||||
4107 | } | ||||||||
4108 | |||||||||
4109 | // In Microsoft mode (below 19.28), prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||||||
4110 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||||||
4111 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||||||
4112 | // For example: | ||||||||
4113 | // void f(float); | ||||||||
4114 | // void f(int); | ||||||||
4115 | // int main { | ||||||||
4116 | // long a; | ||||||||
4117 | // f(a); | ||||||||
4118 | // } | ||||||||
4119 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||||||
4120 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||||||
4121 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||||||
4122 | !S.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2019_8) && | ||||||||
4123 | SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||||||
4124 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||||||
4125 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||||||
4126 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||||||
4127 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4128 | |||||||||
4129 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||||||
4130 | // For example: | ||||||||
4131 | // | ||||||||
4132 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||||||
4133 | // void f(vector float); | ||||||||
4134 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||||||
4135 | // int main() { | ||||||||
4136 | // __v4sf a; | ||||||||
4137 | // f(a); | ||||||||
4138 | // } | ||||||||
4139 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||||||
4140 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||||||
4141 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
4142 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4143 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
4144 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4145 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
4146 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4147 | |||||||||
4148 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||||||
4149 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||||||
4150 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4151 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4152 | } | ||||||||
4153 | |||||||||
4154 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
4155 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4156 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
4157 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4158 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
4159 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4160 | |||||||||
4161 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||||||
4162 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||||||
4163 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||||||
4164 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4165 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4166 | } | ||||||||
4167 | |||||||||
4168 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4169 | } | ||||||||
4170 | |||||||||
4171 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
4172 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
4173 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||||||
4174 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
4175 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
4176 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
4177 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
4178 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||||||
4179 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||||||
4180 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||||||
4181 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||||||
4182 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||||||
4183 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||||||
4184 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||||||
4185 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||||||
4186 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4187 | |||||||||
4188 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||||||
4189 | // conversion (!) | ||||||||
4190 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4191 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4192 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
4193 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
4194 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())((!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4195 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4196 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4197 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4198 | |||||||||
4199 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||||||
4200 | // them. | ||||||||
4201 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||||||
4202 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4203 | |||||||||
4204 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
4205 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4206 | |||||||||
4207 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||||||
4208 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||||||
4209 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||||||
4210 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||||||
4211 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||||||
4212 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
4213 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4214 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4215 | } | ||||||||
4216 | |||||||||
4217 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||||||
4218 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||||||
4219 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||||||
4220 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||||||
4221 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||||||
4222 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||||||
4223 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||||||
4224 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||||||
4225 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||||||
4226 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||||||
4227 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
4228 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||||||
4229 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||||||
4230 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||||||
4231 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||||||
4232 | ; | ||||||||
4233 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||||||
4234 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
4235 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
4236 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
4237 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
4238 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4239 | |||||||||
4240 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4241 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||||||
4242 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
4243 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||||||
4244 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
4245 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
4246 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4247 | |||||||||
4248 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4249 | } else { | ||||||||
4250 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||||||
4251 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4252 | } | ||||||||
4253 | |||||||||
4254 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||||||
4255 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4256 | break; | ||||||||
4257 | } | ||||||||
4258 | |||||||||
4259 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||||||
4260 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||||||
4261 | switch (Result) { | ||||||||
4262 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||||
4263 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
4264 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4265 | break; | ||||||||
4266 | |||||||||
4267 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||||
4268 | break; | ||||||||
4269 | |||||||||
4270 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||||
4271 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
4272 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4273 | break; | ||||||||
4274 | } | ||||||||
4275 | |||||||||
4276 | return Result; | ||||||||
4277 | } | ||||||||
4278 | |||||||||
4279 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
4280 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
4281 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||||||
4282 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||||||
4283 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||||||
4284 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
4285 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4286 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
4287 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
4288 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4289 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||||||
4290 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4291 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||||||
4292 | |||||||||
4293 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
4294 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
4295 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4296 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4297 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4298 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4299 | |||||||||
4300 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||||||
4301 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4302 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||||||
4303 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4304 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||||||
4305 | |||||||||
4306 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||||||
4307 | // | ||||||||
4308 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||||||
4309 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||||||
4310 | // | ||||||||
4311 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||||||
4312 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4313 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4314 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||||||
4315 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
4316 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
4317 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||||||
4318 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4319 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||||||
4320 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4321 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||||||
4322 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4323 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||||||
4324 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4325 | |||||||||
4326 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
4327 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4328 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
4329 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4330 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
4331 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4332 | } | ||||||||
4333 | |||||||||
4334 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
4335 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4336 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4337 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4338 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4339 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4340 | } | ||||||||
4341 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4342 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4343 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||||||
4344 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4345 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||||||
4346 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4347 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||||||
4348 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4349 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||||||
4350 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4351 | |||||||||
4352 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||||||
4353 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||||||
4354 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||||||
4355 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||||||
4356 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||||||
4357 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||||||
4358 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||||||
4359 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||||||
4360 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||||||
4361 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||||||
4362 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||||||
4363 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||||||
4364 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||||||
4365 | |||||||||
4366 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||||||
4367 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
4368 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
4369 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4370 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4371 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
4372 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4373 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4374 | |||||||||
4375 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
4376 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||||||
4377 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4378 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4379 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4380 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4381 | |||||||||
4382 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||||||
4383 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||||||
4384 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4385 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4386 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4387 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4388 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4389 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4390 | |||||||||
4391 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
4392 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||||||
4393 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4394 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4395 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4396 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4397 | |||||||||
4398 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
4399 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4400 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4401 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||||||
4402 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||||
4403 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||||||
4404 | // C *. | ||||||||
4405 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||||||
4406 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
4407 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||||||
4408 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
4409 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||||||
4410 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
4411 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4412 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
4413 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4414 | } | ||||||||
4415 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4416 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4417 | } | ||||||||
4418 | |||||||||
4419 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
4420 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||||||
4421 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||||||
4422 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4423 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4424 | } | ||||||||
4425 | } | ||||||||
4426 | |||||||||
4427 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||||||
4428 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||||||
4429 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||||
4430 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
4431 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4432 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4433 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4434 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4435 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
4436 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
4437 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
4438 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
4439 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4440 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4441 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4442 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4443 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||||||
4444 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4445 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
4446 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4447 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
4448 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4449 | } | ||||||||
4450 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||||||
4451 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||||||
4452 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4453 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4454 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4455 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4456 | } | ||||||||
4457 | } | ||||||||
4458 | |||||||||
4459 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
4460 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||||||
4461 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||||||
4462 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
4463 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
4464 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4465 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
4466 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||||||
4467 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4468 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||||||
4469 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4470 | } | ||||||||
4471 | |||||||||
4472 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||||||
4473 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||||||
4474 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
4475 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
4476 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4477 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
4478 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||||||
4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4480 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||||||
4481 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4482 | } | ||||||||
4483 | } | ||||||||
4484 | |||||||||
4485 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4486 | } | ||||||||
4487 | |||||||||
4488 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||||||
4489 | /// C++ class. | ||||||||
4490 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||||||
4491 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
4492 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
4493 | |||||||||
4494 | return true; | ||||||||
4495 | } | ||||||||
4496 | |||||||||
4497 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||||
4498 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||||||
4499 | return T; | ||||||||
4500 | |||||||||
4501 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||||
4502 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||||||
4503 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4504 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||||||
4505 | } | ||||||||
4506 | |||||||||
4507 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||||||
4508 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||||||
4509 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||||||
4510 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||||||
4511 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||||||
4512 | /// type being initialized. | ||||||||
4513 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||||||
4514 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4515 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||||||
4516 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||||||
4517 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4518 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4519 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")((!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4519, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4520 | |||||||||
4521 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||||||
4522 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||||||
4523 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4524 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4525 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4526 | |||||||||
4527 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||||||
4528 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||||||
4529 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||||||
4530 | |||||||||
4531 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||||||
4532 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
4533 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||||||
4534 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||||||
4535 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||||||
4536 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||||||
4537 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
4538 | |||||||||
4539 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||||||
4540 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||||||
4541 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||||||
4542 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||||||
4543 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
4544 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
4545 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||||||
4546 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||||||
4547 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||||||
4548 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
4549 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
4550 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
4551 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||||||
4552 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||||||
4553 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
4554 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||||||
4555 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||||||
4556 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||||||
4557 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||||||
4558 | } | ||||||||
4559 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||||||
4560 | |||||||||
4561 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||||||
4562 | // similar at the same time. | ||||||||
4563 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
4564 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||||||
4565 | do { | ||||||||
4566 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||||||
4567 | break; | ||||||||
4568 | |||||||||
4569 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
4570 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||||||
4571 | |||||||||
4572 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||||||
4573 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||||||
4574 | // overload resolution. | ||||||||
4575 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||||||
4576 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||||||
4577 | |||||||||
4578 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
4579 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||||||
4580 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||||||
4581 | |||||||||
4582 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||||||
4583 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||||||
4584 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
4585 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||||||
4586 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
4587 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
4588 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4589 | ? Ref_Related | ||||||||
4590 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
4591 | |||||||||
4592 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||||||
4593 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||||||
4594 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
4595 | |||||||||
4596 | TopLevel = false; | ||||||||
4597 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||||||
4598 | |||||||||
4599 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||||||
4600 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||||||
4601 | // to convert the referent. | ||||||||
4602 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4603 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||||||
4604 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
4605 | } | ||||||||
4606 | |||||||||
4607 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||||||
4608 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||||||
4609 | static bool | ||||||||
4610 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||||||
4611 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4612 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||||||
4613 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
4614 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")((T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4614, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4615 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||||
4616 | |||||||||
4617 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||||
4618 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
4619 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
4620 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
4621 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||||
4622 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
4623 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
4624 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
4625 | |||||||||
4626 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||||||
4627 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
4628 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
4629 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
4630 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
4631 | else | ||||||||
4632 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
4633 | |||||||||
4634 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||||||
4635 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||||||
4636 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||||||
4637 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
4638 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||||||
4639 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4640 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
4641 | continue; | ||||||||
4642 | } | ||||||||
4643 | |||||||||
4644 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||||||
4645 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||||||
4646 | DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4647 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||||||
4648 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||||||
4649 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
4650 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||||||
4651 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
4652 | continue; | ||||||||
4653 | } else { | ||||||||
4654 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||||||
4655 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||||||
4656 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||||||
4657 | |||||||||
4658 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||||||
4659 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4660 | if (!RefType || | ||||||||
4661 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||||||
4662 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||||
4663 | continue; | ||||||||
4664 | } | ||||||||
4665 | |||||||||
4666 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
4667 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
4668 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
4669 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
4670 | else | ||||||||
4671 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
4672 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
4673 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
4674 | } | ||||||||
4675 | |||||||||
4676 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
4677 | |||||||||
4678 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
4679 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
4680 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
4681 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
4682 | // | ||||||||
4683 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||||||
4684 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||||||
4685 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
4686 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||||||
4687 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||||||
4688 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||||||
4689 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||||||
4690 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||||||
4691 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||||||
4692 | return false; | ||||||||
4693 | |||||||||
4694 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
4695 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
4697 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
4698 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||||||
4699 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
4700 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
4701 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4702 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4703 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4703, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4704 | return true; | ||||||||
4705 | |||||||||
4706 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
4707 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
4708 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||||||
4709 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
4710 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
4711 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
4712 | return true; | ||||||||
4713 | |||||||||
4714 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
4715 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
4716 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||||||
4717 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||||||
4718 | return false; | ||||||||
4719 | } | ||||||||
4720 | |||||||||
4721 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4721); | ||||||||
4722 | } | ||||||||
4723 | |||||||||
4724 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||||||
4725 | /// initialization. | ||||||||
4726 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
4727 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||||||
4728 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4729 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4730 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
4731 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")((DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4731, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4732 | |||||||||
4733 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||||||
4734 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
4735 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4736 | |||||||||
4737 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4738 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
4739 | |||||||||
4740 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
4741 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
4742 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
4743 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
4744 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
4745 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||||||
4746 | false, Found)) | ||||||||
4747 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
4748 | } | ||||||||
4749 | |||||||||
4750 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
4751 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
4752 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||||||
4753 | |||||||||
4754 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||||||
4755 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
4756 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||||||
4757 | |||||||||
4758 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||||||
4759 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
4760 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4761 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||||||
4762 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||||||
4763 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||||||
4764 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||||||
4765 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||||||
4766 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||||||
4767 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4768 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||||||
4769 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||||||
4770 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||||||
4771 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||||||
4772 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||||||
4773 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||||||
4774 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4775 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||||||
4776 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||||||
4777 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||||||
4778 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||||||
4779 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4780 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||||||
4781 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4782 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
4783 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||||||
4784 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4785 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||||||
4786 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||||||
4787 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
4788 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
4789 | }; | ||||||||
4790 | |||||||||
4791 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||||
4792 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||||||
4793 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||||||
4794 | |||||||||
4795 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||||||
4796 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||||||
4797 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
4798 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||||||
4799 | // | ||||||||
4800 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||||||
4801 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||||||
4802 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
4803 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||||||
4804 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
4805 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||||||
4806 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||||||
4807 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
4808 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
4809 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||||||
4810 | |||||||||
4811 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||||||
4812 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||||||
4813 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||||||
4814 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||||||
4815 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4816 | } | ||||||||
4817 | |||||||||
4818 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||||||
4819 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||||||
4820 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||||||
4821 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||||||
4822 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||||||
4823 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||||||
4824 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||||||
4825 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
4826 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
4827 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||||||
4828 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4829 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||||||
4830 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||||||
4831 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4832 | } | ||||||||
4833 | } | ||||||||
4834 | |||||||||
4835 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||||||
4836 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||||||
4837 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||||||
4838 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
4839 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
4840 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4841 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4842 | } | ||||||||
4843 | |||||||||
4844 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||||||
4845 | // | ||||||||
4846 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||||||
4847 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||||||
4848 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||||||
4849 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||||||
4850 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||||||
4851 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||||||
4852 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||||||
4853 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||||||
4854 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||||||
4855 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||||||
4856 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||||||
4857 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||||||
4858 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||||||
4859 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||||||
4860 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4861 | } | ||||||||
4862 | |||||||||
4863 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||||||
4864 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||||||
4865 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||||||
4866 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||||||
4867 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||||||
4868 | // | ||||||||
4869 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||||||
4870 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||||||
4871 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||||||
4872 | // class subobject). | ||||||||
4873 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
4874 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
4875 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4876 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||||||
4877 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||||||
4878 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||||||
4879 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||||||
4880 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
4881 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
4882 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||||||
4883 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||||||
4884 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4885 | |||||||||
4886 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4887 | } | ||||||||
4888 | |||||||||
4889 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||||||
4890 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
4891 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4892 | |||||||||
4893 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||||||
4894 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||||||
4895 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||||||
4896 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||||||
4897 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||||||
4898 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||||||
4899 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
4900 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
4901 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||||||
4902 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||||||
4903 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||||||
4904 | // initialization fails. | ||||||||
4905 | // | ||||||||
4906 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||||||
4907 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||||||
4908 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
4909 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
4910 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
4911 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
4912 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
4913 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
4914 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
4915 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4916 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4917 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||||||
4918 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4919 | } | ||||||||
4920 | |||||||||
4921 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||||||
4922 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||||||
4923 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||||||
4924 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||||||
4925 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||||||
4926 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
4927 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
4928 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4929 | |||||||||
4930 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||||||
4931 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||||||
4932 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||||||
4933 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||||||
4934 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4935 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4936 | } | ||||||||
4937 | |||||||||
4938 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||||||
4939 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||||||
4940 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
4941 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||||||
4942 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||||||
4943 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||||||
4944 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||||||
4945 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||||||
4946 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||||||
4947 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||||||
4948 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4949 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
4950 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
4951 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
4952 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
4953 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
4954 | |||||||||
4955 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||||||
4956 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||||||
4957 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4958 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4959 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
4960 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
4961 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4962 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
4963 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
4964 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||||||
4965 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
4966 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4967 | |||||||||
4968 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||||||
4969 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||||||
4970 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||||||
4971 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||||||
4972 | // lvalue. | ||||||||
4973 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||||||
4974 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||||||
4975 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4976 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4977 | } | ||||||||
4978 | |||||||||
4979 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4980 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4981 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
4982 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||||||
4983 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4984 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
4985 | } | ||||||||
4986 | |||||||||
4987 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4988 | } | ||||||||
4989 | |||||||||
4990 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
4991 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
4992 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4993 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
4994 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
4995 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||||||
4996 | |||||||||
4997 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||||||
4998 | /// initializer list From. | ||||||||
4999 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5000 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
5001 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5002 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5003 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
5004 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||||||
5005 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||||||
5006 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||||||
5007 | |||||||||
5008 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||||||
5009 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
5010 | |||||||||
5011 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||||||
5012 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||||||
5013 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||||||
5014 | return Result; | ||||||||
5015 | |||||||||
5016 | // Per DR1467: | ||||||||
5017 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||||||
5018 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||||||
5019 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||||||
5020 | // to the parameter type. | ||||||||
5021 | // | ||||||||
5022 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||||||
5023 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||||||
5024 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||||||
5025 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
5026 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
5027 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5028 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||||||
5029 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||||||
5030 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||||||
5031 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
5032 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5033 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5034 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5035 | } | ||||||||
5036 | |||||||||
5037 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||||||
5038 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||||||
5039 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
5040 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
5041 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
5042 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||||||
5043 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5044 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5045 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5046 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5047 | return Result; | ||||||||
5048 | } | ||||||||
5049 | } | ||||||||
5050 | } | ||||||||
5051 | } | ||||||||
5052 | |||||||||
5053 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||||||
5054 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||||||
5055 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||||||
5056 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||||||
5057 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||||||
5058 | // element of the list to X. | ||||||||
5059 | // | ||||||||
5060 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
5061 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||||||
5062 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||||||
5063 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||||||
5064 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||||||
5065 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||||||
5066 | // | ||||||||
5067 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||||||
5068 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||||||
5069 | QualType X; | ||||||||
5070 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
5071 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||||||
5072 | else | ||||||||
5073 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||||||
5074 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||||||
5075 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||||
5076 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||||||
5077 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5078 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5079 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5080 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5081 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||||||
5082 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
5083 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
5084 | break; | ||||||||
5085 | } | ||||||||
5086 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||||||
5087 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||||
5088 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||||||
5089 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
5090 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
5091 | } | ||||||||
5092 | |||||||||
5093 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5094 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5095 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||||||
5096 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5097 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5098 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5099 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5100 | } | ||||||||
5101 | |||||||||
5102 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||||||
5103 | return Result; | ||||||||
5104 | } | ||||||||
5105 | |||||||||
5106 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
5107 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
5108 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||||||
5109 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||||||
5110 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||||||
5111 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||||||
5112 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5113 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
5114 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||||||
5115 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5116 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
5117 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5118 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5119 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5120 | } | ||||||||
5121 | |||||||||
5122 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
5123 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
5124 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||||||
5125 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5126 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5127 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
5128 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||||||
5129 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||||||
5130 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||||||
5131 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
5132 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
5133 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
5134 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||||||
5135 | From)) { | ||||||||
5136 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
5137 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5138 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||||||
5139 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||||||
5140 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||||||
5141 | |||||||||
5142 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5143 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5144 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5145 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||||||
5146 | } | ||||||||
5147 | return Result; | ||||||||
5148 | } | ||||||||
5149 | |||||||||
5150 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
5151 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
5152 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||||||
5153 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
5154 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||||||
5155 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||||||
5156 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||||||
5157 | |||||||||
5158 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5159 | |||||||||
5160 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||||||
5161 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||||||
5162 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
5163 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||||||
5164 | |||||||||
5165 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
5166 | |||||||||
5167 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
5168 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
5169 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
5170 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
5171 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
5172 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||||
5173 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||||||
5174 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
5175 | } | ||||||||
5176 | |||||||||
5177 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
5178 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
5179 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||||||
5180 | |||||||||
5181 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
5182 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5183 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5184 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5185 | } | ||||||||
5186 | } | ||||||||
5187 | |||||||||
5188 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||||||
5189 | // initializer list. | ||||||||
5190 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5191 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5192 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5193 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||||||
5194 | return Result; | ||||||||
5195 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5196, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5196 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5196, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5197 | |||||||||
5198 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||||||
5199 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||||||
5200 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
5201 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||||||
5202 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
5203 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
5204 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
5205 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
5206 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
5207 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
5208 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
5209 | } else | ||||||||
5210 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||||||
5211 | From, ToType); | ||||||||
5212 | return Result; | ||||||||
5213 | } | ||||||||
5214 | |||||||||
5215 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
5216 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
5217 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||||||
5218 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5219 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||||||
5220 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
5221 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||||||
5222 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
5223 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||||||
5224 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
5225 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5226 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5227 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5228 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5229 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
5230 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||||||
5231 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5232 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5233 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5234 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5235 | } | ||||||||
5236 | return Result; | ||||||||
5237 | } | ||||||||
5238 | |||||||||
5239 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||||||
5240 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
5241 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||||||
5242 | return Result; | ||||||||
5243 | } | ||||||||
5244 | |||||||||
5245 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||||||
5246 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5247 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||||||
5248 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||||||
5249 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||||||
5250 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||||||
5251 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5252 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
5253 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5254 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5255 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5256 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
5257 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||||||
5258 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5259 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5260 | |||||||||
5261 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
5262 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
5263 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5264 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
5265 | |||||||||
5266 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
5267 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5268 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
5269 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5270 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5271 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5272 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5273 | } | ||||||||
5274 | |||||||||
5275 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||||||
5276 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||||||
5277 | Sema &S, | ||||||||
5278 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
5279 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||||||
5280 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||||||
5281 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5282 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||||||
5283 | |||||||||
5284 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||||||
5285 | } | ||||||||
5286 | |||||||||
5287 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||||||
5288 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||||||
5289 | /// expression @p From. | ||||||||
5290 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5291 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
5292 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||||||
5293 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
5294 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||||||
5295 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||||||
5296 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||||||
5297 | // const volatile object. | ||||||||
5298 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5299 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||||
5300 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||||||
5301 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||||||
5302 | } | ||||||||
5303 | |||||||||
5304 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||||||
5305 | |||||||||
5306 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||||||
5307 | // to exit early. | ||||||||
5308 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
5309 | |||||||||
5310 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||||||
5311 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5312 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5313 | |||||||||
5314 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||||
5315 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||||||
5316 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())((FromClassification.isLValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5316, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5317 | } | ||||||||
5318 | |||||||||
5319 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())((FromType->isRecordType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5319, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5320 | |||||||||
5321 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||||
5322 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||||
5323 | // parameter is | ||||||||
5324 | // | ||||||||
5325 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||||
5326 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||||
5327 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||||
5328 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||||
5329 | // | ||||||||
5330 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||||||
5331 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||||||
5332 | // | ||||||||
5333 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||||||
5334 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||||||
5335 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||||||
5336 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||||||
5337 | // non-constant references. | ||||||||
5338 | |||||||||
5339 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||||||
5340 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
5341 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||||||
5342 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
5343 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||||||
5344 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
5345 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5346 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5347 | } | ||||||||
5348 | |||||||||
5349 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
5350 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5351 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5352 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||||||
5353 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
5354 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5355 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5356 | } | ||||||||
5357 | } | ||||||||
5358 | |||||||||
5359 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||||||
5360 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||||||
5361 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||||||
5362 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||||||
5363 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||||||
5364 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5365 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||||||
5366 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
5367 | else { | ||||||||
5368 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||||||
5369 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5370 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5371 | } | ||||||||
5372 | |||||||||
5373 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||||||
5374 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
5375 | case RQ_None: | ||||||||
5376 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||||||
5377 | break; | ||||||||
5378 | |||||||||
5379 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||||
5380 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||||
5381 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||||||
5382 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
5383 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5384 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5385 | } | ||||||||
5386 | break; | ||||||||
5387 | |||||||||
5388 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||||
5389 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||||||
5390 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||||||
5391 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
5392 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5393 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5394 | } | ||||||||
5395 | break; | ||||||||
5396 | } | ||||||||
5397 | |||||||||
5398 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||||||
5399 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5400 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5401 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||||||
5402 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
5403 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5404 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
5405 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||||||
5406 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
5407 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
5408 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||||||
5409 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||||||
5410 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||||||
5411 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5412 | } | ||||||||
5413 | |||||||||
5414 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||||||
5415 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||||||
5416 | /// expression. | ||||||||
5417 | ExprResult | ||||||||
5418 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||||||
5419 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||||
5420 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
5421 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||||
5422 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||||||
5423 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||||||
5424 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5425 | |||||||||
5426 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||||||
5427 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5428 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5429 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||||
5430 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||||
5431 | } else { | ||||||||
5432 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
5433 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||||||
5434 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||||||
5435 | |||||||||
5436 | // When performing member access on an rvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||||||
5437 | if (From->isRValue()) { | ||||||||
5438 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||||||
5439 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||||||
5440 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||||||
5441 | } | ||||||||
5442 | } | ||||||||
5443 | |||||||||
5444 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||||||
5445 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||||||
5446 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
5447 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||||||
5448 | Method->getParent()); | ||||||||
5449 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
5450 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||||||
5451 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||||||
5452 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5453 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5454 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5455 | if (CVR) { | ||||||||
5456 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||||||
5457 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||||||
5458 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5459 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
5460 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5461 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5462 | } | ||||||||
5463 | break; | ||||||||
5464 | } | ||||||||
5465 | |||||||||
5466 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||||||
5467 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||||||
5468 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||||||
5469 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
5470 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||||||
5471 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||||||
5472 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||||||
5473 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
5474 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5475 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5476 | } | ||||||||
5477 | |||||||||
5478 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||||||
5479 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||||||
5480 | break; | ||||||||
5481 | } | ||||||||
5482 | |||||||||
5483 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||||||
5484 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||||||
5485 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5486 | } | ||||||||
5487 | |||||||||
5488 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
5489 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||||||
5490 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
5491 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5492 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5493 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||||||
5494 | } | ||||||||
5495 | |||||||||
5496 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||||||
5497 | CastKind CK; | ||||||||
5498 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5499 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||||||
5500 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
5501 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||||||
5502 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
5503 | else | ||||||||
5504 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
5505 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||||||
5506 | } | ||||||||
5507 | return From; | ||||||||
5508 | } | ||||||||
5509 | |||||||||
5510 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||||||
5511 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
5512 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5513 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5514 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||||||
5515 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||||||
5516 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||||||
5517 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||||||
5518 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||||
5519 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||||||
5520 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
5521 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||||||
5522 | |||||||||
5523 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||||||
5524 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
5525 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
5526 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5527 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
5528 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5529 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5530 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5531 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5532 | } | ||||||||
5533 | |||||||||
5534 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||||||
5535 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
5536 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5537 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
5538 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5539 | |||||||||
5540 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||||||
5541 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
5542 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5543 | |||||||||
5544 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
5545 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||||||
5546 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5547 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5548 | } | ||||||||
5549 | |||||||||
5550 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||||||
5551 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||||||
5552 | /// is acceptable. | ||||||||
5553 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
5554 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
5555 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
5556 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||||||
5557 | // conversions are fine. | ||||||||
5558 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||||||
5559 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||||||
5560 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||||||
5561 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||||||
5562 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||||||
5563 | return true; | ||||||||
5564 | |||||||||
5565 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
5566 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||||||
5567 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||||||
5568 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||||||
5569 | // | ||||||||
5570 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||||||
5571 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||||||
5572 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||||||
5573 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
5574 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||||||
5575 | |||||||||
5576 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5577 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||||||
5578 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||||||
5579 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||||||
5580 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||||||
5581 | |||||||||
5582 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||||||
5583 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||||||
5584 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
5585 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||||||
5586 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
5587 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||||||
5588 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||||||
5589 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
5590 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
5591 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||||||
5592 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||||||
5593 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5594 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||||||
5595 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||||||
5596 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||||||
5597 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||||||
5598 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5599 | return false; | ||||||||
5600 | |||||||||
5601 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||||||
5602 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
5603 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
5604 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5604); | ||||||||
5605 | |||||||||
5606 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||||||
5607 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||||||
5608 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5608); | ||||||||
5609 | |||||||||
5610 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||||||
5611 | break; | ||||||||
5612 | } | ||||||||
5613 | |||||||||
5614 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5614); | ||||||||
5615 | } | ||||||||
5616 | |||||||||
5617 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||||||
5618 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||||||
5619 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||||||
5620 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||||||
5621 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||||||
5622 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
5623 | bool RequireInt, | ||||||||
5624 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
5625 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5626 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5627 | |||||||||
5628 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||||||
5629 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5630 | |||||||||
5631 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||||||
5632 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||||||
5633 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||||||
5634 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5635 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||||||
5636 | // C++1z [stmt.if]p2: | ||||||||
5637 | // If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the | ||||||||
5638 | // condition shall be a contextually converted constant expression of type | ||||||||
5639 | // bool. | ||||||||
5640 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5641 | CCE == Sema::CCEK_ConstexprIf || CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool | ||||||||
5642 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||||||
5643 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||||||
5644 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5645 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5646 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5647 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5648 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||||||
5649 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
5650 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
5651 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||||||
5652 | break; | ||||||||
5653 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
5654 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
5655 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||||||
5656 | else | ||||||||
5657 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
5658 | break; | ||||||||
5659 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
5660 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
5661 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||||||
5662 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5663 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||||||
5664 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5665 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5666 | |||||||||
5667 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
5668 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5668); | ||||||||
5669 | } | ||||||||
5670 | |||||||||
5671 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||||||
5672 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||||||
5673 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5674 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||||||
5675 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5676 | } | ||||||||
5677 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||||||
5678 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
5679 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5680 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||||||
5681 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5682 | } | ||||||||
5683 | |||||||||
5684 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||||||
5685 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||||||
5686 | // class type. | ||||||||
5687 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
5688 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5689 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5690, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5690 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5690, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5691 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
5692 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||||||
5693 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||||||
5694 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||||||
5695 | } else { | ||||||||
5696 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5697 | } | ||||||||
5698 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5699 | return Result; | ||||||||
5700 | |||||||||
5701 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||||||
5702 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||||||
5703 | Result = | ||||||||
5704 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5705 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||||||
5706 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5707 | return Result; | ||||||||
5708 | |||||||||
5709 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||||
5710 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||||||
5711 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||||
5712 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||||
5713 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||||
5714 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||||||
5715 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5716 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||||
5717 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||||
5718 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5719 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||||
5720 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||||||
5721 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5722 | break; | ||||||||
5723 | |||||||||
5724 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5725 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||||||
5726 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
5727 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||||||
5728 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||||||
5729 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||||||
5730 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||||||
5731 | break; | ||||||||
5732 | } | ||||||||
5733 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
5734 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||||
5735 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||||||
5736 | break; | ||||||||
5737 | |||||||||
5738 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5739 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||||||
5740 | // constant expression. | ||||||||
5741 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
5742 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||||||
5743 | break; | ||||||||
5744 | } | ||||||||
5745 | |||||||||
5746 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||
5747 | Value = APValue(); | ||||||||
5748 | return Result; | ||||||||
5749 | } | ||||||||
5750 | |||||||||
5751 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||||||
5752 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||||
5753 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||||
5754 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||||
5755 | |||||||||
5756 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||||||
5757 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
5758 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
5759 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||||||
5760 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
5761 | else | ||||||||
5762 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||||||
5763 | |||||||||
5764 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||||||
5765 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||||||
5766 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||||||
5767 | // the AST. | ||||||||
5768 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||||||
5769 | } else { | ||||||||
5770 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||||||
5771 | |||||||||
5772 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||||||
5773 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||||||
5774 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||||||
5775 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||||||
5776 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||||||
5777 | return E; | ||||||||
5778 | } | ||||||||
5779 | } | ||||||||
5780 | |||||||||
5781 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||||||
5782 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
5783 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||||
5784 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||||||
5785 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
5786 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||||||
5787 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||||||
5788 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
5789 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
5790 | } else { | ||||||||
5791 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||||||
5792 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5793 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
5794 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
5795 | } | ||||||||
5796 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5797 | } | ||||||||
5798 | |||||||||
5799 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
5800 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
5801 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
5802 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||||||
5803 | Dest); | ||||||||
5804 | } | ||||||||
5805 | |||||||||
5806 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
5807 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||||||
5808 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||||||
5809 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")((T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5809, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5810 | |||||||||
5811 | APValue V; | ||||||||
5812 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||||||
5813 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
5814 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
5815 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||||||
5816 | return R; | ||||||||
5817 | } | ||||||||
5818 | |||||||||
5819 | |||||||||
5820 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
5821 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||||||
5822 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5823 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
5824 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
5825 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5826 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5827 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||||||
5828 | } | ||||||||
5829 | } | ||||||||
5830 | |||||||||
5831 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||||||
5832 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
5833 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5834 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5835 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
5836 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
5837 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||||||
5838 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||||||
5839 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||||||
5840 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5841 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
5842 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5843 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5844 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5845 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
5846 | |||||||||
5847 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||||||
5848 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
5849 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
5850 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
5851 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
5852 | break; | ||||||||
5853 | |||||||||
5854 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
5855 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
5856 | break; | ||||||||
5857 | |||||||||
5858 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
5859 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||||||
5860 | break; | ||||||||
5861 | } | ||||||||
5862 | |||||||||
5863 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5864 | } | ||||||||
5865 | |||||||||
5866 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||||||
5867 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
5868 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||||||
5869 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5870 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
5871 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5872 | |||||||||
5873 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
5874 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5875 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||||||
5876 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
5877 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5878 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||
5879 | } | ||||||||
5880 | |||||||||
5881 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||||||
5882 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||||||
5883 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||||||
5884 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||||||
5885 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
5886 | } | ||||||||
5887 | |||||||||
5888 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
5889 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||||
5890 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||||
5891 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { | ||||||||
5892 | |||||||||
5893 | if (Converter.Suppress) | ||||||||
5894 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5895 | |||||||||
5896 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5897 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||
5898 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = | ||||||||
5899 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||||
5900 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
5901 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); | ||||||||
5902 | } | ||||||||
5903 | return From; | ||||||||
5904 | } | ||||||||
5905 | |||||||||
5906 | static bool | ||||||||
5907 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||||
5908 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||||
5909 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
5910 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { | ||||||||
5911 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { | ||||||||
5912 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; | ||||||||
5913 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||||
5914 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||||
5915 | |||||||||
5916 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit | ||||||||
5917 | // conversion; use it. | ||||||||
5918 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
5919 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||||||
5920 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||
5921 | |||||||||
5922 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) | ||||||||
5923 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5924 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") | ||||||||
5925 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||||
5926 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||||||
5927 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); | ||||||||
5928 | |||||||||
5929 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the | ||||||||
5930 | // explicit conversion function. | ||||||||
5931 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||||
5932 | return true; | ||||||||
5933 | |||||||||
5934 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||||
5935 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||||
5936 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||||
5937 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5938 | return true; | ||||||||
5939 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||||
5940 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
5941 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||||
5942 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
5943 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
5944 | } | ||||||||
5945 | return false; | ||||||||
5946 | } | ||||||||
5947 | |||||||||
5948 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||||
5949 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||||
5950 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
5951 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { | ||||||||
5952 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||||
5953 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||||
5954 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||||
5955 | |||||||||
5956 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
5957 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { | ||||||||
5958 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||||
5959 | return true; | ||||||||
5960 | |||||||||
5961 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) | ||||||||
5962 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5963 | } | ||||||||
5964 | |||||||||
5965 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||||
5966 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||||
5967 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5968 | return true; | ||||||||
5969 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||||
5970 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
5971 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||||
5972 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
5973 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
5974 | return false; | ||||||||
5975 | } | ||||||||
5976 | |||||||||
5977 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
5978 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||||
5979 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||||
5980 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) | ||||||||
5981 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) | ||||||||
5982 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5983 | |||||||||
5984 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||||
5985 | } | ||||||||
5986 | |||||||||
5987 | static void | ||||||||
5988 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
5989 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, | ||||||||
5990 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
5991 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||
5992 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; | ||||||||
5993 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
5994 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
5995 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
5996 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
5997 | |||||||||
5998 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
5999 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||||
6000 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||||
6001 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
6002 | else | ||||||||
6003 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
6004 | |||||||||
6005 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
6006 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
6007 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6008 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
6009 | else | ||||||||
6010 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, | ||||||||
6011 | ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6012 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, | ||||||||
6013 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
6014 | } | ||||||||
6015 | } | ||||||||
6016 | |||||||||
6017 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted | ||||||||
6018 | /// by the given converter. | ||||||||
6019 | /// | ||||||||
6020 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a | ||||||||
6021 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class | ||||||||
6022 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching | ||||||||
6023 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only | ||||||||
6024 | /// one target type. | ||||||||
6025 | /// | ||||||||
6026 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the | ||||||||
6027 | /// conversion. | ||||||||
6028 | /// | ||||||||
6029 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. | ||||||||
6030 | /// | ||||||||
6031 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. | ||||||||
6032 | /// | ||||||||
6033 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if | ||||||||
6034 | /// successful. | ||||||||
6035 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
6036 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||||
6037 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||||||
6038 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
6039 | return From; | ||||||||
6040 | |||||||||
6041 | // Process placeholders immediately. | ||||||||
6042 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
6043 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); | ||||||||
6044 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6045 | return result; | ||||||||
6046 | From = result.get(); | ||||||||
6047 | } | ||||||||
6048 | |||||||||
6049 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. | ||||||||
6050 | QualType T = From->getType(); | ||||||||
6051 | if (Converter.match(T)) | ||||||||
6052 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||||
6053 | |||||||||
6054 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? | ||||||||
6055 | |||||||||
6056 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class | ||||||||
6057 | // type. | ||||||||
6058 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
6059 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
6060 | if (!Converter.Suppress) | ||||||||
6061 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6062 | return From; | ||||||||
6063 | } | ||||||||
6064 | |||||||||
6065 | // We must have a complete class type. | ||||||||
6066 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { | ||||||||
6067 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; | ||||||||
6068 | Expr *From; | ||||||||
6069 | |||||||||
6070 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) | ||||||||
6071 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} | ||||||||
6072 | |||||||||
6073 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||||
6074 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6075 | } | ||||||||
6076 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); | ||||||||
6077 | |||||||||
6078 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) | ||||||||
6079 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) | ||||||||
6080 | return From; | ||||||||
6081 | |||||||||
6082 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. | ||||||||
6083 | UnresolvedSet<4> | ||||||||
6084 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. | ||||||||
6085 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; | ||||||||
6086 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||||||
6087 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
6088 | |||||||||
6089 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = | ||||||||
6090 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); | ||||||||
6091 | |||||||||
6092 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: | ||||||||
6093 | QualType ToType; | ||||||||
6094 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; | ||||||||
6095 | |||||||||
6096 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. | ||||||||
6097 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
6098 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
6099 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; | ||||||||
6100 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
6101 | if (ConvTemplate) { | ||||||||
6102 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | ||||||||
6103 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
6104 | else | ||||||||
6105 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). | ||||||||
6106 | } else | ||||||||
6107 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
6108 | |||||||||
6109 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6110 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6111 | "viable in C++1y")(((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6111, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6112 | |||||||||
6113 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
6114 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { | ||||||||
6115 | |||||||||
6116 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||||
6117 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? | ||||||||
6118 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() | ||||||||
6119 | if (!ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
6120 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||||
6121 | } else { | ||||||||
6122 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||||
6123 | if (ToType.isNull()) | ||||||||
6124 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
6125 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && | ||||||||
6126 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) | ||||||||
6127 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; | ||||||||
6128 | } | ||||||||
6129 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||||
6130 | } | ||||||||
6131 | } | ||||||||
6132 | } | ||||||||
6133 | |||||||||
6134 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||||
6135 | // C++1y [conv]p6: | ||||||||
6136 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context | ||||||||
6137 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified | ||||||||
6138 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly | ||||||||
6139 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched | ||||||||
6140 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to | ||||||||
6141 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be | ||||||||
6142 | // exactly one such T. | ||||||||
6143 | |||||||||
6144 | // If no unique T is found: | ||||||||
6145 | if (ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
6146 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6147 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
6148 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||||
6149 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6150 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||||
6151 | } | ||||||||
6152 | |||||||||
6153 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: | ||||||||
6154 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) | ||||||||
6155 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6156 | ViableConversions); | ||||||||
6157 | |||||||||
6158 | // If one unique T is found: | ||||||||
6159 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded | ||||||||
6160 | // potentially viable conversions. | ||||||||
6161 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
6162 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, | ||||||||
6163 | CandidateSet); | ||||||||
6164 | |||||||||
6165 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. | ||||||||
6166 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
6167 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { | ||||||||
6168 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
6169 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||||
6170 | DeclAccessPair Found = | ||||||||
6171 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||||
6172 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6173 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||||
6174 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6175 | break; | ||||||||
6176 | } | ||||||||
6177 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
6178 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6179 | ViableConversions); | ||||||||
6180 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
6181 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6182 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
6183 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||||
6184 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6185 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
6186 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
6187 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||||
6188 | break; | ||||||||
6189 | } | ||||||||
6190 | } else { | ||||||||
6191 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { | ||||||||
6192 | case 0: { | ||||||||
6193 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6194 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
6195 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||||
6196 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6197 | |||||||||
6198 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||||
6199 | break; | ||||||||
6200 | } | ||||||||
6201 | case 1: { | ||||||||
6202 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||||
6203 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; | ||||||||
6204 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6205 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||||
6206 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
6207 | break; | ||||||||
6208 | } | ||||||||
6209 | default: | ||||||||
6210 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||||
6211 | ViableConversions); | ||||||||
6212 | } | ||||||||
6213 | } | ||||||||
6214 | |||||||||
6215 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||||
6216 | } | ||||||||
6217 | |||||||||
6218 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is | ||||||||
6219 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose | ||||||||
6220 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine | ||||||||
6221 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning | ||||||||
6222 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||||
6223 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
6224 | FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||||
6225 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||||
6226 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
6227 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); | ||||||||
6228 | |||||||||
6229 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) | ||||||||
6230 | return true; | ||||||||
6231 | |||||||||
6232 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
6233 | return true; | ||||||||
6234 | |||||||||
6235 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
6236 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) | ||||||||
6237 | return false; | ||||||||
6238 | |||||||||
6239 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
6240 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
6241 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) | ||||||||
6242 | return true; | ||||||||
6243 | } | ||||||||
6244 | |||||||||
6245 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) | ||||||||
6246 | return false; | ||||||||
6247 | |||||||||
6248 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
6249 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
6250 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) | ||||||||
6251 | return true; | ||||||||
6252 | } | ||||||||
6253 | |||||||||
6254 | return false; | ||||||||
6255 | } | ||||||||
6256 | |||||||||
6257 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of | ||||||||
6258 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If | ||||||||
6259 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined | ||||||||
6260 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. | ||||||||
6261 | /// | ||||||||
6262 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading | ||||||||
6263 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by | ||||||||
6264 | /// code completion. | ||||||||
6265 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
6266 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6267 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6268 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||||
6269 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||||
6270 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
6271 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||||
6272 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||||
6273 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6273, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6274 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6275, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6275 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")((!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6275, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6276 | |||||||||
6277 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||||
6278 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||||
6279 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function | ||||||||
6280 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., | ||||||||
6281 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created | ||||||||
6282 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member | ||||||||
6283 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied | ||||||||
6284 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context | ||||||||
6285 | // is irrelevant. | ||||||||
6286 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), | ||||||||
6287 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, | ||||||||
6288 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6289 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); | ||||||||
6290 | return; | ||||||||
6291 | } | ||||||||
6292 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object | ||||||||
6293 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. | ||||||||
6294 | } | ||||||||
6295 | |||||||||
6296 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) | ||||||||
6297 | return; | ||||||||
6298 | |||||||||
6299 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] | ||||||||
6300 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by | ||||||||
6301 | // overload resolution. | ||||||||
6302 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); | ||||||||
6303 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && | ||||||||
6304 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||||
6305 | return; | ||||||||
6306 | |||||||||
6307 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
6308 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
6309 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
6310 | |||||||||
6311 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||||
6312 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the | ||||||||
6313 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to | ||||||||
6314 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there | ||||||||
6315 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to | ||||||||
6316 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are | ||||||||
6317 | // candidate functions. | ||||||||
6318 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||||||
6319 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) | ||||||||
6320 | return; | ||||||||
6321 | |||||||||
6322 | // Add this candidate | ||||||||
6323 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||||
6324 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); | ||||||||
6325 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
6326 | Candidate.Function = Function; | ||||||||
6327 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||||
6328 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||||
6329 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); | ||||||||
6330 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
6331 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||||
6332 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
6333 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
6334 | |||||||||
6335 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||||
6336 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||||
6337 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||||
6338 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { | ||||||||
6339 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6340 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||||
6341 | return; | ||||||||
6342 | } | ||||||||
6343 | |||||||||
6344 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||||
6345 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||||
6346 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6347 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||||
6348 | return; | ||||||||
6349 | } | ||||||||
6350 | |||||||||
6351 | if (Constructor) { | ||||||||
6352 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: | ||||||||
6353 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy | ||||||||
6354 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. | ||||||||
6355 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||||
6356 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && | ||||||||
6357 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || | ||||||||
6358 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||||
6359 | ClassType))) { | ||||||||
6360 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6361 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; | ||||||||
6362 | return; | ||||||||
6363 | } | ||||||||
6364 | |||||||||
6365 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) | ||||||||
6366 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter | ||||||||
6367 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated | ||||||||
6368 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when | ||||||||
6369 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly | ||||||||
6370 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related | ||||||||
6371 | // to C. | ||||||||
6372 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||||
6373 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && | ||||||||
6374 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
6375 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
6376 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||||
6377 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); | ||||||||
6378 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
6379 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && | ||||||||
6380 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { | ||||||||
6381 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6382 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; | ||||||||
6383 | return; | ||||||||
6384 | } | ||||||||
6385 | } | ||||||||
6386 | |||||||||
6387 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the | ||||||||
6388 | // destination address space. | ||||||||
6389 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( | ||||||||
6390 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), | ||||||||
6391 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { | ||||||||
6392 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6393 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; | ||||||||
6394 | } | ||||||||
6395 | } | ||||||||
6396 | |||||||||
6397 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
6398 | |||||||||
6399 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||||
6400 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||||
6401 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||||
6402 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||||
6403 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
6404 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6405 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||||
6406 | return; | ||||||||
6407 | } | ||||||||
6408 | |||||||||
6409 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||||
6410 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||||
6411 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||||
6412 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||||
6413 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||||
6414 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||||
6415 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||||
6416 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||||
6417 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6418 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||||
6419 | return; | ||||||||
6420 | } | ||||||||
6421 | |||||||||
6422 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||||
6423 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||||
6424 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||||
6425 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this | ||||||||
6426 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is | ||||||||
6427 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of | ||||||||
6428 | // the class. | ||||||||
6429 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { | ||||||||
6430 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6431 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||||
6432 | return; | ||||||||
6433 | } | ||||||||
6434 | |||||||||
6435 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||||
6436 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
6437 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction) || | ||||||||
6438 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||||
6439 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6440 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||||
6441 | return; | ||||||||
6442 | } | ||||||||
6443 | } | ||||||||
6444 | |||||||||
6445 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||||
6446 | // arguments. | ||||||||
6447 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
6448 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||||
6449 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; | ||||||||
6450 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||||
6451 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||||
6452 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||||
6453 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||||
6454 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||||
6455 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
6456 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||||
6457 | // parameter of F. | ||||||||
6458 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
6459 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
6460 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6461 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
6462 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
6463 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); | ||||||||
6464 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||||
6465 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6466 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
6467 | return; | ||||||||
6468 | } | ||||||||
6469 | } else { | ||||||||
6470 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||||
6471 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||||
6472 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
6473 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||||
6474 | } | ||||||||
6475 | } | ||||||||
6476 | |||||||||
6477 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||||
6478 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { | ||||||||
6479 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6480 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||||
6481 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||||
6482 | return; | ||||||||
6483 | } | ||||||||
6484 | |||||||||
6485 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL && isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Function)) { | ||||||||
6486 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6487 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_ext_disabled; | ||||||||
6488 | return; | ||||||||
6489 | } | ||||||||
6490 | } | ||||||||
6491 | |||||||||
6492 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||||
6493 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, | ||||||||
6494 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||||||
6495 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) | ||||||||
6496 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6497 | |||||||||
6498 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||||
6499 | bool Match = true; | ||||||||
6500 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; | ||||||||
6501 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||||||
6502 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||||||
6503 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||||||
6504 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) | ||||||||
6505 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||||||
6506 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) | ||||||||
6507 | continue; | ||||||||
6508 | |||||||||
6509 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||||||
6510 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||||||
6511 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
6512 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6513 | break; | ||||||||
6514 | } | ||||||||
6515 | |||||||||
6516 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||||||
6517 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||||||
6518 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")((argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6518, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6519 | |||||||||
6520 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||||||
6521 | // a consumed argument. | ||||||||
6522 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||||||
6523 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||||||
6524 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||||||
6525 | |||||||||
6526 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. | ||||||||
6527 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
6528 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6529 | break; | ||||||||
6530 | } | ||||||||
6531 | |||||||||
6532 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState | ||||||||
6533 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), | ||||||||
6534 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, | ||||||||
6535 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
6536 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
6537 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||||
6538 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); | ||||||||
6539 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider | ||||||||
6540 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. | ||||||||
6541 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || | ||||||||
6542 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && | ||||||||
6543 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == | ||||||||
6544 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { | ||||||||
6545 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6546 | break; | ||||||||
6547 | } | ||||||||
6548 | } | ||||||||
6549 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||||||
6550 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
6551 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||||
6552 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
6553 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6554 | break; | ||||||||
6555 | } | ||||||||
6556 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||||
6557 | nullptr); | ||||||||
6558 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
6559 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6560 | break; | ||||||||
6561 | } | ||||||||
6562 | } | ||||||||
6563 | } else { | ||||||||
6564 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||||||
6565 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) | ||||||||
6566 | Match = false; | ||||||||
6567 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { | ||||||||
6568 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select | ||||||||
6569 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. | ||||||||
6570 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||||
6571 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
6572 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) | ||||||||
6573 | return Methods[b]; | ||||||||
6574 | } | ||||||||
6575 | } | ||||||||
6576 | } | ||||||||
6577 | |||||||||
6578 | if (Match) | ||||||||
6579 | return Method; | ||||||||
6580 | } | ||||||||
6581 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6582 | } | ||||||||
6583 | |||||||||
6584 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||||
6585 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||||
6586 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, | ||||||||
6587 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { | ||||||||
6588 | if (ThisArg) { | ||||||||
6589 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); | ||||||||
6590 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6591, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6591 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6591, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6592 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")((!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6592, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6593 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
6594 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); | ||||||||
6595 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6596 | return false; | ||||||||
6597 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); | ||||||||
6598 | } else { | ||||||||
6599 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||||
6600 | (void)MD; | ||||||||
6601 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6602 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6603 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl >(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6603, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6604 | } | ||||||||
6605 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; | ||||||||
6606 | } | ||||||||
6607 | |||||||||
6608 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the | ||||||||
6609 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. | ||||||||
6610 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); | ||||||||
6611 | |||||||||
6612 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
6613 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { | ||||||||
6614 | ExprResult R; | ||||||||
6615 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
6616 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), | ||||||||
6617 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); | ||||||||
6618 | |||||||||
6619 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6620 | return false; | ||||||||
6621 | |||||||||
6622 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||||
6623 | } | ||||||||
6624 | |||||||||
6625 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||||
6626 | return false; | ||||||||
6627 | |||||||||
6628 | // Push default arguments if needed. | ||||||||
6629 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
6630 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
6631 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); | ||||||||
6632 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||||||
6633 | return false; | ||||||||
6634 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); | ||||||||
6635 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
6636 | return false; | ||||||||
6637 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||||
6638 | } | ||||||||
6639 | |||||||||
6640 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||||
6641 | return false; | ||||||||
6642 | } | ||||||||
6643 | return true; | ||||||||
6644 | } | ||||||||
6645 | |||||||||
6646 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||||
6647 | SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||||
6648 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6649 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { | ||||||||
6650 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
6651 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) | ||||||||
6652 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6653 | |||||||||
6654 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | ||||||||
6655 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; | ||||||||
6656 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. | ||||||||
6657 | Expr *DiscardedThis; | ||||||||
6658 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||||
6659 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, | ||||||||
6660 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) | ||||||||
6661 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); | ||||||||
6662 | |||||||||
6663 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { | ||||||||
6664 | APValue Result; | ||||||||
6665 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is | ||||||||
6666 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. | ||||||||
6667 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||||
6668 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||||
6669 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) | ||||||||
6670 | return EIA; | ||||||||
6671 | |||||||||
6672 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) | ||||||||
6673 | return EIA; | ||||||||
6674 | } | ||||||||
6675 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
6676 | } | ||||||||
6677 | |||||||||
6678 | template <typename CheckFn> | ||||||||
6679 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||||
6680 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
6681 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { | ||||||||
6682 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; | ||||||||
6683 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { | ||||||||
6684 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) | ||||||||
6685 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); | ||||||||
6686 | } | ||||||||
6687 | |||||||||
6688 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. | ||||||||
6689 | if (Attrs.empty()) | ||||||||
6690 | return false; | ||||||||
6691 | |||||||||
6692 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( | ||||||||
6693 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), | ||||||||
6694 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); | ||||||||
6695 | |||||||||
6696 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the | ||||||||
6697 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). | ||||||||
6698 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), | ||||||||
6699 | IsSuccessful); | ||||||||
6700 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { | ||||||||
6701 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; | ||||||||
6702 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||||
6703 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||||
6704 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6705 | return true; | ||||||||
6706 | } | ||||||||
6707 | |||||||||
6708 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) | ||||||||
6709 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { | ||||||||
6710 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||||
6711 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||||
6712 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
6713 | } | ||||||||
6714 | |||||||||
6715 | return false; | ||||||||
6716 | } | ||||||||
6717 | |||||||||
6718 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||||
6719 | const Expr *ThisArg, | ||||||||
6720 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6721 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
6722 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||||
6723 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, | ||||||||
6724 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||||
6725 | APValue Result; | ||||||||
6726 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since | ||||||||
6727 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each | ||||||||
6728 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. | ||||||||
6729 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||||
6730 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) | ||||||||
6731 | return false; | ||||||||
6732 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); | ||||||||
6733 | }); | ||||||||
6734 | } | ||||||||
6735 | |||||||||
6736 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||||
6737 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
6738 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||||
6739 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, | ||||||||
6740 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||||
6741 | bool Result; | ||||||||
6742 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && | ||||||||
6743 | Result; | ||||||||
6744 | }); | ||||||||
6745 | } | ||||||||
6746 | |||||||||
6747 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to | ||||||||
6748 | /// the overload candidate set. | ||||||||
6749 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||||
6750 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6751 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6752 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
6753 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6754 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
6755 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { | ||||||||
6756 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||||
6757 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
6758 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||||
6759 | |||||||||
6760 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
6761 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||||
6762 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
6763 | |||||||||
6764 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
6765 | QualType ObjectType; | ||||||||
6766 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; | ||||||||
6767 | if (Args.size() > 0) { | ||||||||
6768 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { | ||||||||
6769 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: | ||||||||
6770 | ObjectType = E->getType(); | ||||||||
6771 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||||
6772 | // always classify them as l-values. | ||||||||
6773 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
6774 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||||
6775 | else | ||||||||
6776 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); | ||||||||
6777 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. | ||||||||
6778 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||||
6779 | } | ||||||||
6780 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||||
6781 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||||
6782 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||||
6783 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), | ||||||||
6784 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||||
6785 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6786 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
6787 | } else { | ||||||||
6788 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), | ||||||||
6789 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, | ||||||||
6790 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6791 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
6792 | } | ||||||||
6793 | } else { | ||||||||
6794 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. | ||||||||
6795 | |||||||||
6796 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access | ||||||||
6797 | // static method as non-static. | ||||||||
6798 | if (Args.size() > 0 && | ||||||||
6799 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | ||||||||
6800 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { | ||||||||
6801 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())((cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6801, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6802 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||||
6803 | } | ||||||||
6804 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||||
6805 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||||
6806 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, | ||||||||
6807 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6808 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
6809 | } else { | ||||||||
6810 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6811 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
6812 | } | ||||||||
6813 | } | ||||||||
6814 | } | ||||||||
6815 | } | ||||||||
6816 | |||||||||
6817 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of | ||||||||
6818 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. | ||||||||
6819 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||||
6820 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||||
6821 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6822 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6823 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6824 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
6825 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
6826 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
6827 | |||||||||
6828 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) | ||||||||
6829 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
6830 | |||||||||
6831 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||||||
6832 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6833, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6833 | "Expected a member function template")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Expected a member function template") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6833, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6834 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||||
6835 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, | ||||||||
6836 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6837 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); | ||||||||
6838 | } else { | ||||||||
6839 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||||
6840 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6841 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); | ||||||||
6842 | } | ||||||||
6843 | } | ||||||||
6844 | |||||||||
6845 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set | ||||||||
6846 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments | ||||||||
6847 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call | ||||||||
6848 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain | ||||||||
6849 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't | ||||||||
6850 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion | ||||||||
6851 | /// operators. | ||||||||
6852 | void | ||||||||
6853 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
6854 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||||
6855 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||||
6856 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
6857 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
6858 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6859 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
6860 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||||
6861 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
6862 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||||
6863 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||||
6864 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")((Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6865 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6866, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
6866 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")((!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6866, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
6867 | |||||||||
6868 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) | ||||||||
6869 | return; | ||||||||
6870 | |||||||||
6871 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] | ||||||||
6872 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is | ||||||||
6873 | // ignored by overload resolution. | ||||||||
6874 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && | ||||||||
6875 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||||
6876 | return; | ||||||||
6877 | |||||||||
6878 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
6879 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
6880 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
6881 | |||||||||
6882 | // Add this candidate | ||||||||
6883 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||||
6884 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); | ||||||||
6885 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
6886 | Candidate.Function = Method; | ||||||||
6887 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||||
6888 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); | ||||||||
6889 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
6890 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
6891 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
6892 | |||||||||
6893 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
6894 | |||||||||
6895 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||||
6896 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||||
6897 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||||
6898 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||||
6899 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
6900 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6901 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||||
6902 | return; | ||||||||
6903 | } | ||||||||
6904 | |||||||||
6905 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||||
6906 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||||
6907 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||||
6908 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||||
6909 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||||
6910 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||||
6911 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||||
6912 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||||
6913 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6914 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||||
6915 | return; | ||||||||
6916 | } | ||||||||
6917 | |||||||||
6918 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||||
6919 | |||||||||
6920 | if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||||||
6921 | // The implicit object argument is ignored. | ||||||||
6922 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; | ||||||||
6923 | else { | ||||||||
6924 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||||
6925 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object | ||||||||
6926 | // parameter. | ||||||||
6927 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
6928 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||||
6929 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||||
6930 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||||
6931 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6932 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
6933 | return; | ||||||||
6934 | } | ||||||||
6935 | } | ||||||||
6936 | |||||||||
6937 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||||
6938 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||||
6939 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||||
6940 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { | ||||||||
6941 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6942 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||||
6943 | return; | ||||||||
6944 | } | ||||||||
6945 | |||||||||
6946 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||||
6947 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
6948 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction) || | ||||||||
6949 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||||
6950 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6951 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||||
6952 | return; | ||||||||
6953 | } | ||||||||
6954 | } | ||||||||
6955 | |||||||||
6956 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||||
6957 | // arguments. | ||||||||
6958 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
6959 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||||
6960 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); | ||||||||
6961 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||||
6962 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||||
6963 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||||
6964 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||||
6965 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||||
6966 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
6967 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||||
6968 | // parameter of F. | ||||||||
6969 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
6970 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||||
6971 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||||
6972 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
6973 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
6974 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
6975 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||||
6976 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||||
6977 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6978 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
6979 | return; | ||||||||
6980 | } | ||||||||
6981 | } else { | ||||||||
6982 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||||
6983 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||||
6984 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
6985 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||||
6986 | } | ||||||||
6987 | } | ||||||||
6988 | |||||||||
6989 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||||
6990 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { | ||||||||
6991 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
6992 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||||
6993 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||||
6994 | return; | ||||||||
6995 | } | ||||||||
6996 | |||||||||
6997 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||||
6998 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||||
6999 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7000 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||||
7001 | } | ||||||||
7002 | } | ||||||||
7003 | |||||||||
7004 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate | ||||||||
7005 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member | ||||||||
7006 | /// function template specialization. | ||||||||
7007 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||||
7008 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7009 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||||
7010 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||||
7011 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7012 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
7013 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
7014 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) | ||||||||
7015 | return; | ||||||||
7016 | |||||||||
7017 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||||
7018 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||||
7019 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||||
7020 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||||
7021 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||||
7022 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||||
7023 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||||
7024 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||||
7025 | // functions. | ||||||||
7026 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||||
7027 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||||
7028 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||||
7029 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||||
7030 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||||
7031 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||||
7032 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||||
7033 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||||
7034 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, | ||||||||
7035 | ObjectClassification, PO); | ||||||||
7036 | })) { | ||||||||
7037 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||||
7038 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||||
7039 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7040 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7041 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7042 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||||
7043 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||||
7044 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
7045 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||||
7046 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || | ||||||||
7047 | ObjectType.isNull(); | ||||||||
7048 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
7049 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||||
7050 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7051 | else { | ||||||||
7052 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||||
7053 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||||
7054 | Info); | ||||||||
7055 | } | ||||||||
7056 | return; | ||||||||
7057 | } | ||||||||
7058 | |||||||||
7059 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||||
7060 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||||
7061 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7061, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7062 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
7063 | "Specialization is not a member function?")((isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && "Specialization is not a member function?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7064 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7065 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, | ||||||||
7066 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
7067 | Conversions, PO); | ||||||||
7068 | } | ||||||||
7069 | |||||||||
7070 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier | ||||||||
7071 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. | ||||||||
7072 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | ||||||||
7073 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); | ||||||||
7074 | } | ||||||||
7075 | |||||||||
7076 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate | ||||||||
7077 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce | ||||||||
7078 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. | ||||||||
7079 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
7080 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7081 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7082 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
7083 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, | ||||||||
7084 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
7085 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) | ||||||||
7086 | return; | ||||||||
7087 | |||||||||
7088 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||||
7089 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||||
7090 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||||
7091 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||||
7092 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||||
7093 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7094 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7095 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7096 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||||
7097 | return; | ||||||||
7098 | } | ||||||||
7099 | |||||||||
7100 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||||
7101 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||||
7102 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||||
7103 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||||
7104 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||||
7105 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||||
7106 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||||
7107 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||||
7108 | // functions. | ||||||||
7109 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||||
7110 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||||
7111 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||||
7112 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||||
7113 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||||
7114 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||||
7115 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||||
7116 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||||
7117 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); | ||||||||
7118 | })) { | ||||||||
7119 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||||
7120 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||||
7121 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7122 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7123 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7124 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||||
7125 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||||
7126 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
7127 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||||
7128 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object | ||||||||
7129 | // type. | ||||||||
7130 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||||
7131 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && | ||||||||
7132 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); | ||||||||
7133 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
7134 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||||
7135 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7136 | else { | ||||||||
7137 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||||
7138 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||||
7139 | Info); | ||||||||
7140 | } | ||||||||
7141 | return; | ||||||||
7142 | } | ||||||||
7143 | |||||||||
7144 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||||
7145 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||||
7146 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7146, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7147 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
7148 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
7149 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
7150 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); | ||||||||
7151 | } | ||||||||
7152 | |||||||||
7153 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument | ||||||||
7154 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's | ||||||||
7155 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. | ||||||||
7156 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||||
7157 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||||||
7158 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
7159 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
7160 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||||
7161 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
7162 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor | ||||||||
7163 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear | ||||||||
7164 | // that is correct. | ||||||||
7165 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; | ||||||||
7166 | |||||||||
7167 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7168 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||||
7169 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | ||||||||
7170 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; | ||||||||
7171 | |||||||||
7172 | Conversions = | ||||||||
7173 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); | ||||||||
7174 | |||||||||
7175 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
7176 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
7177 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
7178 | |||||||||
7179 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't | ||||||||
7180 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and | ||||||||
7181 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. | ||||||||
7182 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && | ||||||||
7183 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
7184 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||||
7185 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
7186 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||||
7187 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||||
7188 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||||
7189 | return true; | ||||||||
7190 | } | ||||||||
7191 | |||||||||
7192 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; | ||||||||
7193 | ++I) { | ||||||||
7194 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; | ||||||||
7195 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
7196 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed | ||||||||
7197 | ? 0 | ||||||||
7198 | : (ThisConversions + I); | ||||||||
7199 | Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||||
7200 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, | ||||||||
7201 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
7202 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
7203 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
7204 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||||
7205 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
7206 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||||
7207 | return true; | ||||||||
7208 | } | ||||||||
7209 | } | ||||||||
7210 | |||||||||
7211 | return false; | ||||||||
7212 | } | ||||||||
7213 | |||||||||
7214 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result | ||||||||
7215 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ | ||||||||
7216 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. | ||||||||
7217 | /// | ||||||||
7218 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. | ||||||||
7219 | /// | ||||||||
7220 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. | ||||||||
7221 | /// | ||||||||
7222 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one | ||||||||
7223 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. | ||||||||
7224 | /// | ||||||||
7225 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. | ||||||||
7226 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, | ||||||||
7227 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
7228 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { | ||||||||
7229 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
7230 | |||||||||
7231 | // Easy case: the types are the same. | ||||||||
7232 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) | ||||||||
7233 | return true; | ||||||||
7234 | |||||||||
7235 | // Allow qualification conversions. | ||||||||
7236 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
7237 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, | ||||||||
7238 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
7239 | return true; | ||||||||
7240 | |||||||||
7241 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, | ||||||||
7242 | // we're done. | ||||||||
7243 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) | ||||||||
7244 | return false; | ||||||||
7245 | |||||||||
7246 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? | ||||||||
7247 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
7248 | QualType ConvertedType; | ||||||||
7249 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
7250 | IncompatibleObjC); | ||||||||
7251 | } | ||||||||
7252 | |||||||||
7253 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a | ||||||||
7254 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], | ||||||||
7255 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, | ||||||||
7256 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to | ||||||||
7257 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the | ||||||||
7258 | /// conversion function produces). | ||||||||
7259 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
7260 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7261 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
7262 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
7263 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||||
7264 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
7265 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")((!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7266 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
7267 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||||
7268 | return; | ||||||||
7269 | |||||||||
7270 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its | ||||||||
7271 | // deduction now. | ||||||||
7272 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||||||
7273 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) | ||||||||
7274 | return; | ||||||||
7275 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
7276 | } | ||||||||
7277 | |||||||||
7278 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion | ||||||||
7279 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. | ||||||||
7280 | if (!AllowResultConversion && | ||||||||
7281 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) | ||||||||
7282 | return; | ||||||||
7283 | |||||||||
7284 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion | ||||||||
7285 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or | ||||||||
7286 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
7287 | // | ||||||||
7288 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we | ||||||||
7289 | // can't select them. | ||||||||
7290 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && | ||||||||
7291 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, | ||||||||
7292 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) | ||||||||
7293 | return; | ||||||||
7294 | |||||||||
7295 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
7296 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
7297 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
7298 | |||||||||
7299 | // Add this candidate | ||||||||
7300 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); | ||||||||
7301 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7302 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; | ||||||||
7303 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
7304 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
7305 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
7306 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); | ||||||||
7307 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
7308 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||||
7309 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||||
7310 | |||||||||
7311 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||||
7312 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||||
7313 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||||
7314 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||||
7315 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7316 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||||
7317 | return; | ||||||||
7318 | } | ||||||||
7319 | |||||||||
7320 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||||
7321 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of | ||||||||
7322 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of | ||||||||
7323 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. | ||||||||
7324 | // | ||||||||
7325 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||||
7326 | // object parameter. | ||||||||
7327 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
7328 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
7329 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
7330 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext | ||||||||
7331 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||||
7332 | |||||||||
7333 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
7334 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), | ||||||||
7335 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); | ||||||||
7336 | |||||||||
7337 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { | ||||||||
7338 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7339 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7340 | return; | ||||||||
7341 | } | ||||||||
7342 | |||||||||
7343 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||||
7344 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
7345 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || | ||||||||
7346 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||||
7347 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7348 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||||
7349 | return; | ||||||||
7350 | } | ||||||||
7351 | } | ||||||||
7352 | |||||||||
7353 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a | ||||||||
7354 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only | ||||||||
7355 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] | ||||||||
7356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||||
7357 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
7358 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
7359 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||||
7360 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { | ||||||||
7361 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7362 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; | ||||||||
7363 | return; | ||||||||
7364 | } | ||||||||
7365 | |||||||||
7366 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the | ||||||||
7367 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to | ||||||||
7368 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the | ||||||||
7369 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This | ||||||||
7370 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to | ||||||||
7371 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this | ||||||||
7372 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be | ||||||||
7373 | // well-formed. | ||||||||
7374 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), | ||||||||
7375 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
7376 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, | ||||||||
7377 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), | ||||||||
7378 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, | ||||||||
7379 | VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||||
7380 | |||||||||
7381 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); | ||||||||
7382 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { | ||||||||
7383 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7384 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||||
7385 | return; | ||||||||
7386 | } | ||||||||
7387 | |||||||||
7388 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); | ||||||||
7389 | |||||||||
7390 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because | ||||||||
7391 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's | ||||||||
7392 | // allocator). | ||||||||
7393 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
7394 | |||||||||
7395 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||||||||
7396 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( | ||||||||
7397 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
7398 | |||||||||
7399 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
7400 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, | ||||||||
7401 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, | ||||||||
7402 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
7403 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||||||
7404 | |||||||||
7405 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
7406 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
7407 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; | ||||||||
7408 | |||||||||
7409 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: | ||||||||
7410 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a | ||||||||
7411 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
7412 | // shall have exact match rank. | ||||||||
7413 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && | ||||||||
7414 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { | ||||||||
7415 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7416 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; | ||||||||
7417 | return; | ||||||||
7418 | } | ||||||||
7419 | |||||||||
7420 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||||
7421 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and | ||||||||
7422 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined | ||||||||
7423 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the | ||||||||
7424 | // program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
7425 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && | ||||||||
7426 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { | ||||||||
7427 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7428 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||||
7429 | return; | ||||||||
7430 | } | ||||||||
7431 | break; | ||||||||
7432 | |||||||||
7433 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
7434 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7435 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||||
7436 | return; | ||||||||
7437 | |||||||||
7438 | default: | ||||||||
7439 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7440) | ||||||||
7440 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7440); | ||||||||
7441 | } | ||||||||
7442 | |||||||||
7443 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||||
7444 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||||
7445 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7446 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||||
7447 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||||
7448 | return; | ||||||||
7449 | } | ||||||||
7450 | |||||||||
7451 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||||
7452 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||||
7453 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7454 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||||
7455 | } | ||||||||
7456 | } | ||||||||
7457 | |||||||||
7458 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization | ||||||||
7459 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction | ||||||||
7460 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function | ||||||||
7461 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ | ||||||||
7462 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). | ||||||||
7463 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
7464 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7465 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
7466 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
7467 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||||
7468 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7469, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
7469 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7469, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7470 | |||||||||
7471 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) | ||||||||
7472 | return; | ||||||||
7473 | |||||||||
7474 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||||
7475 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||||
7476 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||||
7477 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||||
7478 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||||
7479 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7480 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7481 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7482 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||||
7483 | return; | ||||||||
7484 | } | ||||||||
7485 | |||||||||
7486 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||||
7487 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||||
7488 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||||
7489 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, | ||||||||
7490 | Specialization, Info)) { | ||||||||
7491 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||||
7492 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7493 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||||
7494 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7495 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||||
7496 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
7497 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
7498 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||||
7499 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||||
7500 | Info); | ||||||||
7501 | return; | ||||||||
7502 | } | ||||||||
7503 | |||||||||
7504 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by | ||||||||
7505 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. | ||||||||
7506 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")((Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7506, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7507 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, | ||||||||
7508 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
7509 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); | ||||||||
7510 | } | ||||||||
7511 | |||||||||
7512 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that | ||||||||
7513 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the | ||||||||
7514 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it | ||||||||
7515 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is | ||||||||
7516 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. | ||||||||
7517 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, | ||||||||
7518 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
7519 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||||
7520 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||||
7521 | Expr *Object, | ||||||||
7522 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7523 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
7524 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||||
7525 | return; | ||||||||
7526 | |||||||||
7527 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
7528 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
7529 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
7530 | |||||||||
7531 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); | ||||||||
7532 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7533 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||||
7534 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; | ||||||||
7535 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||||
7536 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; | ||||||||
7537 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
7538 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
7539 | |||||||||
7540 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||||
7541 | // object parameter. | ||||||||
7542 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
7543 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), | ||||||||
7544 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); | ||||||||
7545 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { | ||||||||
7546 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7547 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7548 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; | ||||||||
7549 | return; | ||||||||
7550 | } | ||||||||
7551 | |||||||||
7552 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose | ||||||||
7553 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is | ||||||||
7554 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. | ||||||||
7555 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
7556 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; | ||||||||
7557 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
7558 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; | ||||||||
7559 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||||
7560 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; | ||||||||
7561 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After | ||||||||
7562 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; | ||||||||
7563 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
7564 | |||||||||
7565 | // Find the | ||||||||
7566 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
7567 | |||||||||
7568 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||||
7569 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||||
7570 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||||
7571 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
7572 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7573 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||||
7574 | return; | ||||||||
7575 | } | ||||||||
7576 | |||||||||
7577 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if | ||||||||
7578 | // we have enough arguments. | ||||||||
7579 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||||||
7580 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||||
7581 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7582 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||||
7583 | return; | ||||||||
7584 | } | ||||||||
7585 | |||||||||
7586 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||||
7587 | // arguments. | ||||||||
7588 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
7589 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||||
7590 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||||
7591 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
7592 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||||
7593 | // parameter of F. | ||||||||
7594 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
7595 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] | ||||||||
7596 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||||
7597 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
7598 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
7599 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
7600 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||||
7601 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { | ||||||||
7602 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7603 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7604 | return; | ||||||||
7605 | } | ||||||||
7606 | } else { | ||||||||
7607 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||||
7608 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||||
7609 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
7610 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); | ||||||||
7611 | } | ||||||||
7612 | } | ||||||||
7613 | |||||||||
7614 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||||
7615 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||||
7616 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7617 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||||
7618 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||||
7619 | return; | ||||||||
7620 | } | ||||||||
7621 | } | ||||||||
7622 | |||||||||
7623 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given | ||||||||
7624 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. | ||||||||
7625 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( | ||||||||
7626 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7627 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
7628 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
7629 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||||
7630 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
7631 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||||
7632 | |||||||||
7633 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
7634 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||||
7635 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
7636 | |||||||||
7637 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. | ||||||||
7638 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) | ||||||||
7639 | continue; | ||||||||
7640 | |||||||||
7641 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7642, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
7642 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")((!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7642, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7643 | |||||||||
7644 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||||
7645 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
7646 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
7647 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||||
7648 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
7649 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
7650 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, | ||||||||
7651 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
7652 | } else { | ||||||||
7653 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||||
7654 | continue; | ||||||||
7655 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
7656 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||||
7657 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), | ||||||||
7658 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
7659 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, | ||||||||
7660 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
7661 | } | ||||||||
7662 | } | ||||||||
7663 | } | ||||||||
7664 | |||||||||
7665 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are | ||||||||
7666 | /// member functions. | ||||||||
7667 | /// | ||||||||
7668 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions | ||||||||
7669 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such | ||||||||
7670 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and | ||||||||
7671 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ | ||||||||
7672 | /// [over.match.oper]). | ||||||||
7673 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||||
7674 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
7675 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7676 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
7677 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||||
7678 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||||
7679 | |||||||||
7680 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||||
7681 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose | ||||||||
7682 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with | ||||||||
7683 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and | ||||||||
7684 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, | ||||||||
7685 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member | ||||||||
7686 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are | ||||||||
7687 | // constructed as follows: | ||||||||
7688 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
7689 | |||||||||
7690 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being | ||||||||
7691 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the | ||||||||
7692 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, | ||||||||
7693 | // the set of member candidates is empty. | ||||||||
7694 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
7695 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. | ||||||||
7696 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) | ||||||||
7697 | return; | ||||||||
7698 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. | ||||||||
7699 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) | ||||||||
7700 | return; | ||||||||
7701 | |||||||||
7702 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
7703 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); | ||||||||
7704 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
7705 | |||||||||
7706 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), | ||||||||
7707 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); | ||||||||
7708 | Oper != OperEnd; | ||||||||
7709 | ++Oper) | ||||||||
7710 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||||
7711 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), | ||||||||
7712 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); | ||||||||
7713 | } | ||||||||
7714 | } | ||||||||
7715 | |||||||||
7716 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in | ||||||||
7717 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types | ||||||||
7718 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the | ||||||||
7719 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator | ||||||||
7720 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment | ||||||||
7721 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments | ||||||||
7722 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually | ||||||||
7723 | /// converted to bool. | ||||||||
7724 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
7725 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||||
7726 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||||
7727 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||||
7728 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||||
7729 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||||
7730 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||||
7731 | |||||||||
7732 | // Add this candidate | ||||||||
7733 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); | ||||||||
7734 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); | ||||||||
7735 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||||
7736 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||||
7737 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
7738 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); | ||||||||
7739 | |||||||||
7740 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||||
7741 | // arguments. | ||||||||
7742 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||||
7743 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||||
7744 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
7745 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: | ||||||||
7746 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the | ||||||||
7747 | // left operand are restricted as follows: | ||||||||
7748 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and | ||||||||
7749 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left | ||||||||
7750 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most | ||||||||
7751 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. | ||||||||
7752 | // | ||||||||
7753 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined | ||||||||
7754 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of | ||||||||
7755 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that | ||||||||
7756 | // is not of the same type. | ||||||||
7757 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||||
7758 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7759, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
7759 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")((ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7759, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7760 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||||
7761 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
7762 | } else { | ||||||||
7763 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||||
7764 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], | ||||||||
7765 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||||
7766 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
7767 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
7768 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||||
7769 | } | ||||||||
7770 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||||
7771 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||||
7772 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||||
7773 | break; | ||||||||
7774 | } | ||||||||
7775 | } | ||||||||
7776 | } | ||||||||
7777 | |||||||||
7778 | namespace { | ||||||||
7779 | |||||||||
7780 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the | ||||||||
7781 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ | ||||||||
7782 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and | ||||||||
7783 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||||
7784 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { | ||||||||
7785 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. | ||||||||
7786 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, | ||||||||
7787 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; | ||||||||
7788 | |||||||||
7789 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the | ||||||||
7790 | /// built-in candidates. | ||||||||
7791 | TypeSet PointerTypes; | ||||||||
7792 | |||||||||
7793 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be | ||||||||
7794 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||||
7795 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; | ||||||||
7796 | |||||||||
7797 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be | ||||||||
7798 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||||
7799 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; | ||||||||
7800 | |||||||||
7801 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||||
7802 | /// candidates. | ||||||||
7803 | TypeSet VectorTypes; | ||||||||
7804 | |||||||||
7805 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||||
7806 | /// candidates. | ||||||||
7807 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; | ||||||||
7808 | |||||||||
7809 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates | ||||||||
7810 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; | ||||||||
7811 | |||||||||
7812 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types | ||||||||
7813 | /// were present in the candidate set. | ||||||||
7814 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; | ||||||||
7815 | |||||||||
7816 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the | ||||||||
7817 | /// candidate set. | ||||||||
7818 | bool HasNullPtrType; | ||||||||
7819 | |||||||||
7820 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the | ||||||||
7821 | /// candidate type set. | ||||||||
7822 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||||
7823 | |||||||||
7824 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. | ||||||||
7825 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
7826 | |||||||||
7827 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||||
7828 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); | ||||||||
7829 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); | ||||||||
7830 | |||||||||
7831 | public: | ||||||||
7832 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. | ||||||||
7833 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; | ||||||||
7834 | |||||||||
7835 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) | ||||||||
7836 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), | ||||||||
7837 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), | ||||||||
7838 | HasNullPtrType(false), | ||||||||
7839 | SemaRef(SemaRef), | ||||||||
7840 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } | ||||||||
7841 | |||||||||
7842 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||||
7843 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
7844 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||||
7845 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||||
7846 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||||
7847 | |||||||||
7848 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> pointer_types() { return PointerTypes; } | ||||||||
7849 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> member_pointer_types() { | ||||||||
7850 | return MemberPointerTypes; | ||||||||
7851 | } | ||||||||
7852 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> enumeration_types() { | ||||||||
7853 | return EnumerationTypes; | ||||||||
7854 | } | ||||||||
7855 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } | ||||||||
7856 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } | ||||||||
7857 | |||||||||
7858 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } | ||||||||
7859 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } | ||||||||
7860 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } | ||||||||
7861 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } | ||||||||
7862 | }; | ||||||||
7863 | |||||||||
7864 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||
7865 | |||||||||
7866 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to | ||||||||
7867 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||||
7868 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||||
7869 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||||
7870 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||||
7871 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||||
7872 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||||
7873 | /// | ||||||||
7874 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||||
7875 | bool | ||||||||
7876 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||||
7877 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||||
7878 | |||||||||
7879 | // Insert this type. | ||||||||
7880 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||||
7881 | return false; | ||||||||
7882 | |||||||||
7883 | QualType PointeeTy; | ||||||||
7884 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
7885 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; | ||||||||
7886 | if (!PointerTy) { | ||||||||
7887 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
7888 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
7889 | buildObjCPtr = true; | ||||||||
7890 | } else { | ||||||||
7891 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
7892 | } | ||||||||
7893 | |||||||||
7894 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||||
7895 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||||
7896 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||||
7897 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||||
7898 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
7899 | return true; | ||||||||
7900 | |||||||||
7901 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
7902 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||||
7903 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); | ||||||||
7904 | |||||||||
7905 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. | ||||||||
7906 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||||
7907 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||||
7908 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. | ||||||||
7909 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; | ||||||||
7910 | |||||||||
7911 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if | ||||||||
7912 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. | ||||||||
7913 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && | ||||||||
7914 | (!hasRestrict || | ||||||||
7915 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) | ||||||||
7916 | continue; | ||||||||
7917 | |||||||||
7918 | // Build qualified pointee type. | ||||||||
7919 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||||
7920 | |||||||||
7921 | // Build qualified pointer type. | ||||||||
7922 | QualType QPointerTy; | ||||||||
7923 | if (!buildObjCPtr) | ||||||||
7924 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||||
7925 | else | ||||||||
7926 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||||
7927 | |||||||||
7928 | // Insert qualified pointer type. | ||||||||
7929 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); | ||||||||
7930 | } | ||||||||
7931 | |||||||||
7932 | return true; | ||||||||
7933 | } | ||||||||
7934 | |||||||||
7935 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty | ||||||||
7936 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||||
7937 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||||
7938 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||||
7939 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||||
7940 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||||
7941 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||||
7942 | /// | ||||||||
7943 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||||
7944 | bool | ||||||||
7945 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( | ||||||||
7946 | QualType Ty) { | ||||||||
7947 | // Insert this type. | ||||||||
7948 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||||
7949 | return false; | ||||||||
7950 | |||||||||
7951 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
7952 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")((PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7952, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
7953 | |||||||||
7954 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
7955 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||||
7956 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||||
7957 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||||
7958 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||||
7959 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
7960 | return true; | ||||||||
7961 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); | ||||||||
7962 | |||||||||
7963 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR | ||||||||
7964 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
7965 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
7966 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||||
7967 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||||
7968 | |||||||||
7969 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||||
7970 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( | ||||||||
7971 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); | ||||||||
7972 | } | ||||||||
7973 | |||||||||
7974 | return true; | ||||||||
7975 | } | ||||||||
7976 | |||||||||
7977 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p | ||||||||
7978 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're | ||||||||
7979 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also | ||||||||
7980 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. | ||||||||
7981 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion | ||||||||
7982 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we | ||||||||
7983 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class | ||||||||
7984 | /// type. | ||||||||
7985 | void | ||||||||
7986 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||||
7987 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
7988 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||||
7989 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||||
7990 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||||
7991 | // Only deal with canonical types. | ||||||||
7992 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | ||||||||
7993 | |||||||||
7994 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an | ||||||||
7995 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. | ||||||||
7996 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
7997 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
7998 | |||||||||
7999 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. | ||||||||
8000 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
8001 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); | ||||||||
8002 | |||||||||
8003 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. | ||||||||
8004 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8005 | |||||||||
8006 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. | ||||||||
8007 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
8008 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; | ||||||||
8009 | |||||||||
8010 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. | ||||||||
8011 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = | ||||||||
8012 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); | ||||||||
8013 | |||||||||
8014 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) | ||||||||
8015 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||||
8016 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
8017 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set | ||||||||
8018 | // of types. | ||||||||
8019 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) | ||||||||
8020 | return; | ||||||||
8021 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
8022 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. | ||||||||
8023 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) | ||||||||
8024 | return; | ||||||||
8025 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
8026 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||||
8027 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||||
8028 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
8029 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an | ||||||||
8030 | // extension. | ||||||||
8031 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||||
8032 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||||
8033 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||||
8034 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in | ||||||||
8035 | // many contexts as an extension. | ||||||||
8036 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||||
8037 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||||
8038 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||||||
8039 | HasNullPtrType = true; | ||||||||
8040 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { | ||||||||
8041 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. | ||||||||
8042 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) | ||||||||
8043 | return; | ||||||||
8044 | |||||||||
8045 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||||
8046 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||||
8047 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
8048 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
8049 | |||||||||
8050 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything | ||||||||
8051 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. | ||||||||
8052 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
8053 | continue; | ||||||||
8054 | |||||||||
8055 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
8056 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||||||
8057 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, | ||||||||
8058 | VisibleQuals); | ||||||||
8059 | } | ||||||||
8060 | } | ||||||||
8061 | } | ||||||||
8062 | } | ||||||||
8063 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference | ||||||||
8064 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. | ||||||||
8065 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||||
8066 | Expr *Arg) { | ||||||||
8067 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
8068 | } | ||||||||
8069 | |||||||||
8070 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds | ||||||||
8071 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the | ||||||||
8072 | /// given type to the candidate set. | ||||||||
8073 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, | ||||||||
8074 | QualType T, | ||||||||
8075 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
8076 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
8077 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||||
8078 | |||||||||
8079 | // T& operator=(T&, T) | ||||||||
8080 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8081 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); | ||||||||
8082 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||||
8083 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8084 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8085 | |||||||||
8086 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||
8087 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) | ||||||||
8088 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8089 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), | ||||||||
8090 | Args[0])); | ||||||||
8091 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||||
8092 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8093 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8094 | } | ||||||||
8095 | } | ||||||||
8096 | |||||||||
8097 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, | ||||||||
8098 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. | ||||||||
8099 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { | ||||||||
8100 | Qualifiers VRQuals; | ||||||||
8101 | const RecordType *TyRec; | ||||||||
8102 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = | ||||||||
8103 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
8104 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
8105 | else | ||||||||
8106 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
8107 | if (!TyRec) { | ||||||||
8108 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. | ||||||||
8109 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||||
8110 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||||
8111 | return VRQuals; | ||||||||
8112 | } | ||||||||
8113 | |||||||||
8114 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||||
8115 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||||||
8116 | return VRQuals; | ||||||||
8117 | |||||||||
8118 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||||
8119 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
8120 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
8121 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||
8122 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); | ||||||||
8123 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
8124 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8125 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers | ||||||||
8126 | // as see them. | ||||||||
8127 | bool done = false; | ||||||||
8128 | while (!done) { | ||||||||
8129 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||||
8130 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||||
8131 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
8132 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8133 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = | ||||||||
8134 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
8135 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8136 | else | ||||||||
8137 | done = true; | ||||||||
8138 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
8139 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||||
8140 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) | ||||||||
8141 | return VRQuals; | ||||||||
8142 | } | ||||||||
8143 | } | ||||||||
8144 | } | ||||||||
8145 | return VRQuals; | ||||||||
8146 | } | ||||||||
8147 | |||||||||
8148 | namespace { | ||||||||
8149 | |||||||||
8150 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload | ||||||||
8151 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout | ||||||||
8152 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin | ||||||||
8153 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. | ||||||||
8154 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { | ||||||||
8155 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. | ||||||||
8156 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
8157 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; | ||||||||
8158 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||||
8159 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; | ||||||||
8160 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; | ||||||||
8161 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; | ||||||||
8162 | |||||||||
8163 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; | ||||||||
8164 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; | ||||||||
8165 | |||||||||
8166 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in | ||||||||
8167 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic | ||||||||
8168 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). | ||||||||
8169 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, | ||||||||
8170 | LastIntegralType; | ||||||||
8171 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, | ||||||||
8172 | LastPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||||
8173 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, | ||||||||
8174 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||||
8175 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; | ||||||||
8176 | |||||||||
8177 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { | ||||||||
8178 | // Start of promoted types. | ||||||||
8179 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; | ||||||||
8180 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); | ||||||||
8181 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); | ||||||||
8182 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||||
8183 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) | ||||||||
8184 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||||||
8185 | |||||||||
8186 | // Start of integral types. | ||||||||
8187 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8188 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8189 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); | ||||||||
8190 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); | ||||||||
8191 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); | ||||||||
8192 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||||||
8193 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||||||
8194 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||||||
8195 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); | ||||||||
8196 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||||
8197 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||||
8198 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||||
8199 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||||||
8200 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||||||
8201 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||||||
8202 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||||
8203 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8204 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8205 | // End of promoted types. | ||||||||
8206 | |||||||||
8207 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); | ||||||||
8208 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); | ||||||||
8209 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); | ||||||||
8210 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||||||
8211 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); | ||||||||
8212 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); | ||||||||
8213 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); | ||||||||
8214 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); | ||||||||
8215 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); | ||||||||
8216 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||||
8217 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||||
8218 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8219 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||||
8220 | // End of integral types. | ||||||||
8221 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? | ||||||||
8222 | |||||||||
8223 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8224, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
8224 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")((ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8224, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
8225 | } | ||||||||
8226 | |||||||||
8227 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads | ||||||||
8228 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. | ||||||||
8229 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, | ||||||||
8230 | bool HasVolatile, | ||||||||
8231 | bool HasRestrict) { | ||||||||
8232 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||||
8233 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), | ||||||||
8234 | S.Context.IntTy | ||||||||
8235 | }; | ||||||||
8236 | |||||||||
8237 | // Non-volatile version. | ||||||||
8238 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8239 | |||||||||
8240 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: | ||||||||
8241 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. | ||||||||
8242 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||||
8243 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||||
8244 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8245 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); | ||||||||
8246 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8247 | } | ||||||||
8248 | |||||||||
8249 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type | ||||||||
8250 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. | ||||||||
8251 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||||
8252 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { | ||||||||
8253 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||||
8254 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8255 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); | ||||||||
8256 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8257 | |||||||||
8258 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||||
8259 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||||
8260 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8261 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, | ||||||||
8262 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||||||
8263 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||||
8264 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8265 | } | ||||||||
8266 | } | ||||||||
8267 | |||||||||
8268 | } | ||||||||
8269 | |||||||||
8270 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L | ||||||||
8271 | /// and \p R. | ||||||||
8272 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { | ||||||||
8273 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; | ||||||||
8274 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8275 | } | ||||||||
8276 | |||||||||
8277 | public: | ||||||||
8278 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( | ||||||||
8279 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
8280 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||||
8281 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||||
8282 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, | ||||||||
8283 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) | ||||||||
8284 | : S(S), Args(Args), | ||||||||
8285 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), | ||||||||
8286 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( | ||||||||
8287 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), | ||||||||
8288 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), | ||||||||
8289 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
8290 | |||||||||
8291 | InitArithmeticTypes(); | ||||||||
8292 | } | ||||||||
8293 | |||||||||
8294 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. | ||||||||
8295 | // | ||||||||
8296 | // C++ [over.built]p3: | ||||||||
8297 | // | ||||||||
8298 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||||
8299 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||||
8300 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8301 | // | ||||||||
8302 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); | ||||||||
8303 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); | ||||||||
8304 | // | ||||||||
8305 | // C++ [over.built]p4: | ||||||||
8306 | // | ||||||||
8307 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||||
8308 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||||
8309 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8310 | // | ||||||||
8311 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); | ||||||||
8312 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); | ||||||||
8313 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
8314 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8315 | return; | ||||||||
8316 | |||||||||
8317 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { | ||||||||
8318 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||||
8319 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { | ||||||||
8320 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||||||
8321 | continue; | ||||||||
8322 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||||
8323 | continue; | ||||||||
8324 | } | ||||||||
8325 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||||||
8326 | TypeOfT, | ||||||||
8327 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), | ||||||||
8328 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); | ||||||||
8329 | } | ||||||||
8330 | } | ||||||||
8331 | |||||||||
8332 | // C++ [over.built]p5: | ||||||||
8333 | // | ||||||||
8334 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||||
8335 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||||
8336 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8337 | // | ||||||||
8338 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); | ||||||||
8339 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); | ||||||||
8340 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||||
8341 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||||
8342 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||||
8343 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8344 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. | ||||||||
8345 | if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
8346 | continue; | ||||||||
8347 | |||||||||
8348 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||||||
8349 | PtrTy, | ||||||||
8350 | (!PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||||
8351 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), | ||||||||
8352 | (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||||
8353 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); | ||||||||
8354 | } | ||||||||
8355 | } | ||||||||
8356 | |||||||||
8357 | // C++ [over.built]p6: | ||||||||
8358 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there | ||||||||
8359 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8360 | // | ||||||||
8361 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||||
8362 | // | ||||||||
8363 | // C++ [over.built]p7: | ||||||||
8364 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a | ||||||||
8365 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8366 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||||
8367 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { | ||||||||
8368 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8369 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8370 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
8371 | continue; | ||||||||
8372 | |||||||||
8373 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
8374 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) | ||||||||
8375 | continue; | ||||||||
8376 | |||||||||
8377 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8378 | } | ||||||||
8379 | } | ||||||||
8380 | |||||||||
8381 | // C++ [over.built]p9: | ||||||||
8382 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate | ||||||||
8383 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8384 | // | ||||||||
8385 | // T operator+(T); | ||||||||
8386 | // T operator-(T); | ||||||||
8387 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||||
8388 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8389 | return; | ||||||||
8390 | |||||||||
8391 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||||
8392 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { | ||||||||
8393 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||||
8394 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8395 | } | ||||||||
8396 | |||||||||
8397 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. | ||||||||
8398 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||||
8399 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8400 | } | ||||||||
8401 | |||||||||
8402 | // C++ [over.built]p8: | ||||||||
8403 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||||
8404 | // the form | ||||||||
8405 | // | ||||||||
8406 | // T* operator+(T*); | ||||||||
8407 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||||
8408 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) | ||||||||
8409 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8410 | } | ||||||||
8411 | |||||||||
8412 | // C++ [over.built]p10: | ||||||||
8413 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate | ||||||||
8414 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8415 | // | ||||||||
8416 | // T operator~(T); | ||||||||
8417 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||||
8418 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8419 | return; | ||||||||
8420 | |||||||||
8421 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||||
8422 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { | ||||||||
8423 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; | ||||||||
8424 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8425 | } | ||||||||
8426 | |||||||||
8427 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. | ||||||||
8428 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||||
8429 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8430 | } | ||||||||
8431 | |||||||||
8432 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: | ||||||||
8433 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there | ||||||||
8434 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8435 | // | ||||||||
8436 | // bool operator==(T,T); | ||||||||
8437 | // bool operator!=(T,T); | ||||||||
8438 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { | ||||||||
8439 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
8440 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
8441 | |||||||||
8442 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
8443 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8444 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||||
8445 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
8446 | continue; | ||||||||
8447 | |||||||||
8448 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||||
8449 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8450 | } | ||||||||
8451 | |||||||||
8452 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { | ||||||||
8453 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); | ||||||||
8454 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { | ||||||||
8455 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; | ||||||||
8456 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8457 | } | ||||||||
8458 | } | ||||||||
8459 | } | ||||||||
8460 | } | ||||||||
8461 | |||||||||
8462 | // C++ [over.built]p15: | ||||||||
8463 | // | ||||||||
8464 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, | ||||||||
8465 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8466 | // | ||||||||
8467 | // bool operator<(T, T); | ||||||||
8468 | // bool operator>(T, T); | ||||||||
8469 | // bool operator<=(T, T); | ||||||||
8470 | // bool operator>=(T, T); | ||||||||
8471 | // bool operator==(T, T); | ||||||||
8472 | // bool operator!=(T, T); | ||||||||
8473 | // R operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||||
8474 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||||||
8475 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||||
8476 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator | ||||||||
8477 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] | ||||||||
8478 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member | ||||||||
8479 | // candidate. | ||||||||
8480 | // | ||||||||
8481 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there | ||||||||
8482 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator | ||||||||
8483 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other | ||||||||
8484 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, | ||||||||
8485 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place | ||||||||
8486 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. | ||||||||
8487 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > | ||||||||
8488 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; | ||||||||
8489 | |||||||||
8490 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
8491 | if (!CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types().empty()) { | ||||||||
8492 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||||
8493 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||||
8494 | C != CEnd; ++C) { | ||||||||
8495 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) | ||||||||
8496 | continue; | ||||||||
8497 | |||||||||
8498 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||||||
8499 | continue; | ||||||||
8500 | |||||||||
8501 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the | ||||||||
8502 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters | ||||||||
8503 | // reversed", not to the original function. | ||||||||
8504 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); | ||||||||
8505 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) | ||||||||
8506 | ->getType() | ||||||||
8507 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8508 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) | ||||||||
8509 | ->getType() | ||||||||
8510 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
8511 | |||||||||
8512 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. | ||||||||
8513 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || | ||||||||
8514 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
8515 | continue; | ||||||||
8516 | |||||||||
8517 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. | ||||||||
8518 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( | ||||||||
8519 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), | ||||||||
8520 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); | ||||||||
8521 | } | ||||||||
8522 | } | ||||||||
8523 | } | ||||||||
8524 | |||||||||
8525 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
8526 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
8527 | |||||||||
8528 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
8529 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8530 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||||
8531 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
8532 | continue; | ||||||||
8533 | |||||||||
8534 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||||
8535 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8536 | } | ||||||||
8537 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||||
8538 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy); | ||||||||
8539 | |||||||||
8540 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined | ||||||||
8541 | // candidate exists. | ||||||||
8542 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || | ||||||||
8543 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, | ||||||||
8544 | CanonType))) | ||||||||
8545 | continue; | ||||||||
8546 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||||||
8547 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8548 | } | ||||||||
8549 | } | ||||||||
8550 | } | ||||||||
8551 | |||||||||
8552 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||||
8553 | // | ||||||||
8554 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T | ||||||||
8555 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8556 | // | ||||||||
8557 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||||
8558 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] | ||||||||
8559 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||||
8560 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||||
8561 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] | ||||||||
8562 | // | ||||||||
8563 | // C++ [over.built]p14: | ||||||||
8564 | // | ||||||||
8565 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there | ||||||||
8566 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8567 | // | ||||||||
8568 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||||
8569 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
8570 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
8571 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
8572 | |||||||||
8573 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { | ||||||||
8574 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||||
8575 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||||
8576 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||||
8577 | }; | ||||||||
8578 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8579 | QualType PointeeTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
8580 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
8581 | continue; | ||||||||
8582 | |||||||||
8583 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = PtrTy; | ||||||||
8584 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { | ||||||||
8585 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||||
8586 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||||
8587 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8588 | } | ||||||||
8589 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { | ||||||||
8590 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||||
8591 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
8592 | continue; | ||||||||
8593 | |||||||||
8594 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||||
8595 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8596 | } | ||||||||
8597 | } | ||||||||
8598 | } | ||||||||
8599 | } | ||||||||
8600 | |||||||||
8601 | // C++ [over.built]p12: | ||||||||
8602 | // | ||||||||
8603 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there | ||||||||
8604 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8605 | // | ||||||||
8606 | // LR operator*(L, R); | ||||||||
8607 | // LR operator/(L, R); | ||||||||
8608 | // LR operator+(L, R); | ||||||||
8609 | // LR operator-(L, R); | ||||||||
8610 | // bool operator<(L, R); | ||||||||
8611 | // bool operator>(L, R); | ||||||||
8612 | // bool operator<=(L, R); | ||||||||
8613 | // bool operator>=(L, R); | ||||||||
8614 | // bool operator==(L, R); | ||||||||
8615 | // bool operator!=(L, R); | ||||||||
8616 | // | ||||||||
8617 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||||
8618 | // between types L and R. | ||||||||
8619 | // | ||||||||
8620 | // C++ [over.built]p24: | ||||||||
8621 | // | ||||||||
8622 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist | ||||||||
8623 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8624 | // | ||||||||
8625 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); | ||||||||
8626 | // | ||||||||
8627 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||||
8628 | // between types L and R. | ||||||||
8629 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. | ||||||||
8630 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||||
8631 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8632 | return; | ||||||||
8633 | |||||||||
8634 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||||
8635 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { | ||||||||
8636 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||||
8637 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||||
8638 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||||
8639 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||||
8640 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8641 | } | ||||||||
8642 | } | ||||||||
8643 | |||||||||
8644 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the | ||||||||
8645 | // conditional operator for vector types. | ||||||||
8646 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||||
8647 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { | ||||||||
8648 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; | ||||||||
8649 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8650 | } | ||||||||
8651 | } | ||||||||
8652 | |||||||||
8653 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: | ||||||||
8654 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 | ||||||||
8655 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 | ||||||||
8656 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 | ||||||||
8657 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. | ||||||||
8658 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||||
8659 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8660 | return; | ||||||||
8661 | |||||||||
8662 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { | ||||||||
8663 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); | ||||||||
8664 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); | ||||||||
8665 | } | ||||||||
8666 | |||||||||
8667 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { | ||||||||
8668 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); | ||||||||
8669 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) | ||||||||
8670 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); | ||||||||
8671 | } | ||||||||
8672 | } | ||||||||
8673 | |||||||||
8674 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: | ||||||||
8675 | // | ||||||||
8676 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function | ||||||||
8677 | // of the form | ||||||||
8678 | // | ||||||||
8679 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||||
8680 | // | ||||||||
8681 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: | ||||||||
8682 | // | ||||||||
8683 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate | ||||||||
8684 | // operator function of the form | ||||||||
8685 | // | ||||||||
8686 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); | ||||||||
8687 | // | ||||||||
8688 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with | ||||||||
8689 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum | ||||||||
8690 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during | ||||||||
8691 | // overload resolution. For example: | ||||||||
8692 | // | ||||||||
8693 | // enum A : int {a}; | ||||||||
8694 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); | ||||||||
8695 | // | ||||||||
8696 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. | ||||||||
8697 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) | ||||||||
8698 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) | ||||||||
8699 | // | ||||||||
8700 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds | ||||||||
8701 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted | ||||||||
8702 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). | ||||||||
8703 | // | ||||||||
8704 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. | ||||||||
8705 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||||
8706 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
8707 | } | ||||||||
8708 | |||||||||
8709 | // C++ [over.built]p17: | ||||||||
8710 | // | ||||||||
8711 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there | ||||||||
8712 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8713 | // | ||||||||
8714 | // LR operator%(L, R); | ||||||||
8715 | // LR operator&(L, R); | ||||||||
8716 | // LR operator^(L, R); | ||||||||
8717 | // LR operator|(L, R); | ||||||||
8718 | // L operator<<(L, R); | ||||||||
8719 | // L operator>>(L, R); | ||||||||
8720 | // | ||||||||
8721 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||||
8722 | // between types L and R. | ||||||||
8723 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
8724 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8725 | return; | ||||||||
8726 | |||||||||
8727 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||||
8728 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||||
8729 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||||
8730 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||||
8731 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||||
8732 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||||
8733 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8734 | } | ||||||||
8735 | } | ||||||||
8736 | } | ||||||||
8737 | |||||||||
8738 | // C++ [over.built]p20: | ||||||||
8739 | // | ||||||||
8740 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or | ||||||||
8741 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||||
8742 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8743 | // | ||||||||
8744 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); | ||||||||
8745 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||||||
8746 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
8747 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
8748 | |||||||||
8749 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
8750 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||||
8751 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||||||
8752 | continue; | ||||||||
8753 | |||||||||
8754 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, EnumTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8755 | } | ||||||||
8756 | |||||||||
8757 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8758 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
8759 | continue; | ||||||||
8760 | |||||||||
8761 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, MemPtrTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8762 | } | ||||||||
8763 | } | ||||||||
8764 | } | ||||||||
8765 | |||||||||
8766 | // C++ [over.built]p19: | ||||||||
8767 | // | ||||||||
8768 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either | ||||||||
8769 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions | ||||||||
8770 | // of the form | ||||||||
8771 | // | ||||||||
8772 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); | ||||||||
8773 | // | ||||||||
8774 | // C++ [over.built]p21: | ||||||||
8775 | // | ||||||||
8776 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||||
8777 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||||
8778 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8779 | // | ||||||||
8780 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||||
8781 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||||
8782 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||||
8783 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
8784 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
8785 | |||||||||
8786 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8787 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. | ||||||||
8788 | if (isEqualOp) | ||||||||
8789 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)); | ||||||||
8790 | else if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
8791 | continue; | ||||||||
8792 | |||||||||
8793 | // non-volatile version | ||||||||
8794 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||||
8795 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||||||
8796 | isEqualOp ? PtrTy : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||||
8797 | }; | ||||||||
8798 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8799 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8800 | |||||||||
8801 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||||
8802 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||||
8803 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||||
8804 | // volatile version | ||||||||
8805 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||||
8806 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||||||
8807 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8808 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8809 | } | ||||||||
8810 | |||||||||
8811 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||||
8812 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||||
8813 | // restrict version | ||||||||
8814 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||||
8815 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||||||
8816 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8817 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8818 | |||||||||
8819 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||||
8820 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||||
8821 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||||
8822 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||||||
8823 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||||
8824 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8825 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8826 | } | ||||||||
8827 | } | ||||||||
8828 | } | ||||||||
8829 | |||||||||
8830 | if (isEqualOp) { | ||||||||
8831 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
8832 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. | ||||||||
8833 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
8834 | continue; | ||||||||
8835 | |||||||||
8836 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||||
8837 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||||||
8838 | PtrTy, | ||||||||
8839 | }; | ||||||||
8840 | |||||||||
8841 | // non-volatile version | ||||||||
8842 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8843 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8844 | |||||||||
8845 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||||
8846 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||||
8847 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||||
8848 | // volatile version | ||||||||
8849 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8850 | S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||||||
8851 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8852 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8853 | } | ||||||||
8854 | |||||||||
8855 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||||
8856 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||||
8857 | // restrict version | ||||||||
8858 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||||
8859 | S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||||||
8860 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8861 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8862 | |||||||||
8863 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||||
8864 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||||
8865 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||||
8866 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||||||
8867 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||||
8868 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8869 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||||
8870 | } | ||||||||
8871 | } | ||||||||
8872 | } | ||||||||
8873 | } | ||||||||
8874 | } | ||||||||
8875 | |||||||||
8876 | // C++ [over.built]p18: | ||||||||
8877 | // | ||||||||
8878 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, | ||||||||
8879 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted | ||||||||
8880 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||||
8881 | // the form | ||||||||
8882 | // | ||||||||
8883 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8884 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8885 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8886 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8887 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8888 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||||
8889 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8890 | return; | ||||||||
8891 | |||||||||
8892 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { | ||||||||
8893 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||||
8894 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||||
8895 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||||
8896 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||||
8897 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||||
8898 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||||
8899 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||||
8900 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||||
8901 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8902 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8903 | |||||||||
8904 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||||
8905 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||||
8906 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||||
8907 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||||
8908 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8909 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8910 | } | ||||||||
8911 | } | ||||||||
8912 | } | ||||||||
8913 | |||||||||
8914 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. | ||||||||
8915 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||||
8916 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { | ||||||||
8917 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||||
8918 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; | ||||||||
8919 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||||
8920 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||||
8921 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8922 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8923 | |||||||||
8924 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||||
8925 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||||
8926 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||||
8927 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||||
8928 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8929 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||||
8930 | } | ||||||||
8931 | } | ||||||||
8932 | } | ||||||||
8933 | |||||||||
8934 | // C++ [over.built]p22: | ||||||||
8935 | // | ||||||||
8936 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ | ||||||||
8937 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral | ||||||||
8938 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8939 | // | ||||||||
8940 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8941 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8942 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8943 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8944 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8945 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||||
8946 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||||
8947 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||||
8948 | return; | ||||||||
8949 | |||||||||
8950 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||||
8951 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||||
8952 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||||
8953 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||||
8954 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||||
8955 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||||
8956 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||||
8957 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||||
8958 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||||
8959 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8960 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||||
8961 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||||
8962 | ParamTypes[0] = LeftBaseTy; | ||||||||
8963 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||||
8964 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||||
8965 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
8966 | } | ||||||||
8967 | } | ||||||||
8968 | } | ||||||||
8969 | } | ||||||||
8970 | |||||||||
8971 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: | ||||||||
8972 | // | ||||||||
8973 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8974 | // | ||||||||
8975 | // bool operator!(bool); | ||||||||
8976 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); | ||||||||
8977 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); | ||||||||
8978 | void addExclaimOverload() { | ||||||||
8979 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
8980 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8981 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||||
8982 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); | ||||||||
8983 | } | ||||||||
8984 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { | ||||||||
8985 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; | ||||||||
8986 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
8987 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||||
8988 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); | ||||||||
8989 | } | ||||||||
8990 | |||||||||
8991 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||||
8992 | // | ||||||||
8993 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there | ||||||||
8994 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
8995 | // | ||||||||
8996 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||||
8997 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||||
8998 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||||
8999 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] | ||||||||
9000 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||||
9001 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { | ||||||||
9002 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9003 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, S.Context.getPointerDiffType()}; | ||||||||
9004 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9005 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
9006 | continue; | ||||||||
9007 | |||||||||
9008 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||||
9009 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9010 | } | ||||||||
9011 | |||||||||
9012 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9013 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), PtrTy}; | ||||||||
9014 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9015 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||||
9016 | continue; | ||||||||
9017 | |||||||||
9018 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) | ||||||||
9019 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9020 | } | ||||||||
9021 | } | ||||||||
9022 | |||||||||
9023 | // C++ [over.built]p11: | ||||||||
9024 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, | ||||||||
9025 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object | ||||||||
9026 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, | ||||||||
9027 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
9028 | // | ||||||||
9029 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); | ||||||||
9030 | // | ||||||||
9031 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. | ||||||||
9032 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { | ||||||||
9033 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9034 | QualType C1Ty = PtrTy; | ||||||||
9035 | QualType C1; | ||||||||
9036 | QualifierCollector Q1; | ||||||||
9037 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); | ||||||||
9038 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) | ||||||||
9039 | continue; | ||||||||
9040 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. | ||||||||
9041 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a | ||||||||
9042 | // volatile/restrict type. | ||||||||
9043 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) | ||||||||
9044 | continue; | ||||||||
9045 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) | ||||||||
9046 | continue; | ||||||||
9047 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9048 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(MemPtrTy); | ||||||||
9049 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
9050 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
9051 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) | ||||||||
9052 | break; | ||||||||
9053 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||||
9054 | // build CV12 T& | ||||||||
9055 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
9056 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && | ||||||||
9057 | T.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||||
9058 | continue; | ||||||||
9059 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && | ||||||||
9060 | T.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||||
9061 | continue; | ||||||||
9062 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); | ||||||||
9063 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9064 | } | ||||||||
9065 | } | ||||||||
9066 | } | ||||||||
9067 | |||||||||
9068 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been | ||||||||
9069 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are | ||||||||
9070 | // therefore added as binary. | ||||||||
9071 | // | ||||||||
9072 | // C++ [over.built]p25: | ||||||||
9073 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped | ||||||||
9074 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||||
9075 | // | ||||||||
9076 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); | ||||||||
9077 | // | ||||||||
9078 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { | ||||||||
9079 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||||
9080 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||||
9081 | |||||||||
9082 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
9083 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9084 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
9085 | continue; | ||||||||
9086 | |||||||||
9087 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||||
9088 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9089 | } | ||||||||
9090 | |||||||||
9091 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||||
9092 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||||
9093 | continue; | ||||||||
9094 | |||||||||
9095 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||||
9096 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9097 | } | ||||||||
9098 | |||||||||
9099 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
9100 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||||
9101 | if (!EnumTy->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||||
9102 | continue; | ||||||||
9103 | |||||||||
9104 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||||||
9105 | continue; | ||||||||
9106 | |||||||||
9107 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||||||
9108 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9109 | } | ||||||||
9110 | } | ||||||||
9111 | } | ||||||||
9112 | } | ||||||||
9113 | }; | ||||||||
9114 | |||||||||
9115 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||
9116 | |||||||||
9117 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in | ||||||||
9118 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based | ||||||||
9119 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the | ||||||||
9120 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int | ||||||||
9121 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. | ||||||||
9122 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||||
9123 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
9124 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
9125 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
9126 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only | ||||||||
9127 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates | ||||||||
9128 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record | ||||||||
9129 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. | ||||||||
9130 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||||
9131 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); | ||||||||
9132 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) | ||||||||
9133 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
9134 | |||||||||
9135 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; | ||||||||
9136 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; | ||||||||
9137 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; | ||||||||
9138 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
9139 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); | ||||||||
9140 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), | ||||||||
9141 | OpLoc, | ||||||||
9142 | true, | ||||||||
9143 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || | ||||||||
9144 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || | ||||||||
9145 | Op == OO_PipePipe), | ||||||||
9146 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||||
9147 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || | ||||||||
9148 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); | ||||||||
9149 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = | ||||||||
9150 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || | ||||||||
9151 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); | ||||||||
9152 | } | ||||||||
9153 | |||||||||
9154 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set | ||||||||
9155 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. | ||||||||
9156 | // | ||||||||
9157 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have | ||||||||
9158 | // 'bool' overloads. | ||||||||
9159 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && | ||||||||
9160 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) | ||||||||
9161 | return; | ||||||||
9162 | |||||||||
9163 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. | ||||||||
9164 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, | ||||||||
9165 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||||
9166 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||||
9167 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
9168 | |||||||||
9169 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. | ||||||||
9170 | switch (Op) { | ||||||||
9171 | case OO_None: | ||||||||
9172 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||||||
9173 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9173); | ||||||||
9174 | |||||||||
9175 | case OO_New: | ||||||||
9176 | case OO_Delete: | ||||||||
9177 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||||||
9178 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||||
9179 | case OO_Call: | ||||||||
9180 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9181) | ||||||||
9181 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9181); | ||||||||
9182 | |||||||||
9183 | case OO_Comma: | ||||||||
9184 | case OO_Arrow: | ||||||||
9185 | case OO_Coawait: | ||||||||
9186 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||||
9187 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the | ||||||||
9188 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the | ||||||||
9189 | // built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||||
9190 | break; | ||||||||
9191 | |||||||||
9192 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary | ||||||||
9193 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||||
9194 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||||
9195 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
9196 | |||||||||
9197 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary | ||||||||
9198 | if (Args.size() == 1) { | ||||||||
9199 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9200 | } else { | ||||||||
9201 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); | ||||||||
9202 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9203 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9204 | } | ||||||||
9205 | break; | ||||||||
9206 | |||||||||
9207 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary | ||||||||
9208 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||||
9209 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); | ||||||||
9210 | else { | ||||||||
9211 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9212 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9213 | } | ||||||||
9214 | break; | ||||||||
9215 | |||||||||
9216 | case OO_Slash: | ||||||||
9217 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9218 | break; | ||||||||
9219 | |||||||||
9220 | case OO_PlusPlus: | ||||||||
9221 | case OO_MinusMinus: | ||||||||
9222 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||||
9223 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||||
9224 | break; | ||||||||
9225 | |||||||||
9226 | case OO_EqualEqual: | ||||||||
9227 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | ||||||||
9228 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); | ||||||||
9229 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
9230 | |||||||||
9231 | case OO_Less: | ||||||||
9232 | case OO_Greater: | ||||||||
9233 | case OO_LessEqual: | ||||||||
9234 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | ||||||||
9235 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||||
9236 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9237 | break; | ||||||||
9238 | |||||||||
9239 | case OO_Spaceship: | ||||||||
9240 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||||
9241 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9242 | break; | ||||||||
9243 | |||||||||
9244 | case OO_Percent: | ||||||||
9245 | case OO_Caret: | ||||||||
9246 | case OO_Pipe: | ||||||||
9247 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||||||
9248 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||||||
9249 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||||
9250 | break; | ||||||||
9251 | |||||||||
9252 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary | ||||||||
9253 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||||
9254 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||||
9255 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the | ||||||||
9256 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||||
9257 | break; | ||||||||
9258 | |||||||||
9259 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||||
9260 | break; | ||||||||
9261 | |||||||||
9262 | case OO_Tilde: | ||||||||
9263 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||||
9264 | break; | ||||||||
9265 | |||||||||
9266 | case OO_Equal: | ||||||||
9267 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||||
9268 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
9269 | |||||||||
9270 | case OO_PlusEqual: | ||||||||
9271 | case OO_MinusEqual: | ||||||||
9272 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||||
9273 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||
9274 | |||||||||
9275 | case OO_StarEqual: | ||||||||
9276 | case OO_SlashEqual: | ||||||||
9277 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||||
9278 | break; | ||||||||
9279 | |||||||||
9280 | case OO_PercentEqual: | ||||||||
9281 | case OO_LessLessEqual: | ||||||||
9282 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: | ||||||||
9283 | case OO_AmpEqual: | ||||||||
9284 | case OO_CaretEqual: | ||||||||
9285 | case OO_PipeEqual: | ||||||||
9286 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||||
9287 | break; | ||||||||
9288 | |||||||||
9289 | case OO_Exclaim: | ||||||||
9290 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); | ||||||||
9291 | break; | ||||||||
9292 | |||||||||
9293 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||||||
9294 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||||||
9295 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); | ||||||||
9296 | break; | ||||||||
9297 | |||||||||
9298 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||||||
9299 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); | ||||||||
9300 | break; | ||||||||
9301 | |||||||||
9302 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||||||
9303 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); | ||||||||
9304 | break; | ||||||||
9305 | |||||||||
9306 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||||||
9307 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); | ||||||||
9308 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||||
9309 | break; | ||||||||
9310 | } | ||||||||
9311 | } | ||||||||
9312 | |||||||||
9313 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup | ||||||||
9314 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. | ||||||||
9315 | /// | ||||||||
9316 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the | ||||||||
9317 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds | ||||||||
9318 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload | ||||||||
9319 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). | ||||||||
9320 | void | ||||||||
9321 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, | ||||||||
9322 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
9323 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
9324 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
9325 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||||
9326 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||||||
9327 | ADLResult Fns; | ||||||||
9328 | |||||||||
9329 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing | ||||||||
9330 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, | ||||||||
9331 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, | ||||||||
9332 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the | ||||||||
9333 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are | ||||||||
9334 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? | ||||||||
9335 | |||||||||
9336 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? | ||||||||
9337 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); | ||||||||
9338 | |||||||||
9339 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. | ||||||||
9340 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||||
9341 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||||
9342 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) | ||||||||
9343 | if (Cand->Function) { | ||||||||
9344 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); | ||||||||
9345 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||||
9346 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); | ||||||||
9347 | } | ||||||||
9348 | |||||||||
9349 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload | ||||||||
9350 | // set. | ||||||||
9351 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
9352 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); | ||||||||
9353 | |||||||||
9354 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { | ||||||||
9355 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||||
9356 | continue; | ||||||||
9357 | |||||||||
9358 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
9359 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
9360 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, | ||||||||
9361 | /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||||
9362 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { | ||||||||
9363 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
9364 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
9365 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
9366 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
9367 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
9368 | } | ||||||||
9369 | } else { | ||||||||
9370 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); | ||||||||
9371 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
9372 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
9373 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
9374 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||||
9375 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
9376 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||||||
9377 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
9378 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||||||
9379 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
9380 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, | ||||||||
9381 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
9382 | } | ||||||||
9383 | } | ||||||||
9384 | } | ||||||||
9385 | } | ||||||||
9386 | |||||||||
9387 | namespace { | ||||||||
9388 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; | ||||||||
9389 | } | ||||||||
9390 | |||||||||
9391 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of | ||||||||
9392 | /// overload resolution. | ||||||||
9393 | /// | ||||||||
9394 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff | ||||||||
9395 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as | ||||||||
9396 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if | ||||||||
9397 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. | ||||||||
9398 | /// | ||||||||
9399 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if | ||||||||
9400 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are | ||||||||
9401 | /// worse than Cand1's. | ||||||||
9402 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, | ||||||||
9403 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { | ||||||||
9404 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. | ||||||||
9405 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
9406 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
9407 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { | ||||||||
9408 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) | ||||||||
9409 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||||
9410 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9411 | } | ||||||||
9412 | |||||||||
9413 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
9414 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
9415 | |||||||||
9416 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; | ||||||||
9417 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { | ||||||||
9418 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); | ||||||||
9419 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); | ||||||||
9420 | |||||||||
9421 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 | ||||||||
9422 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. | ||||||||
9423 | if (!Cand1A) | ||||||||
9424 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9425 | if (!Cand2A) | ||||||||
9426 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||||
9427 | |||||||||
9428 | Cand1ID.clear(); | ||||||||
9429 | Cand2ID.clear(); | ||||||||
9430 | |||||||||
9431 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||||
9432 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||||
9433 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) | ||||||||
9434 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9435 | } | ||||||||
9436 | |||||||||
9437 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||||
9438 | } | ||||||||
9439 | |||||||||
9440 | static Comparison | ||||||||
9441 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||||||
9442 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||||||
9443 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || | ||||||||
9444 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
9445 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||||
9446 | |||||||||
9447 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other | ||||||||
9448 | // is better. | ||||||||
9449 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||||||
9450 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
9451 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||||
9452 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9453 | } | ||||||||
9454 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
9455 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||||
9456 | |||||||||
9457 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer | ||||||||
9458 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. | ||||||||
9459 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||||
9460 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||||
9461 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||||
9462 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||||
9463 | |||||||||
9464 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) | ||||||||
9465 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||||
9466 | |||||||||
9467 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) | ||||||||
9468 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||||
9469 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) | ||||||||
9470 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9471 | |||||||||
9472 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { | ||||||||
9473 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) | ||||||||
9474 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() | ||||||||
9475 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||||
9476 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9477 | |||||||||
9478 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> | ||||||||
9479 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( | ||||||||
9480 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), | ||||||||
9481 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | ||||||||
9482 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { | ||||||||
9483 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); | ||||||||
9484 | }); | ||||||||
9485 | |||||||||
9486 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
9487 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
9488 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")((FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9489 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() | ||||||||
9490 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||||
9491 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||||
9492 | } | ||||||||
9493 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9493); | ||||||||
9494 | } | ||||||||
9495 | |||||||||
9496 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, | ||||||||
9497 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null | ||||||||
9498 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. | ||||||||
9499 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
9500 | const FunctionDecl *F) { | ||||||||
9501 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) | ||||||||
9502 | return llvm::None; | ||||||||
9503 | |||||||||
9504 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); | ||||||||
9505 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. | ||||||||
9506 | if (M->isStatic()) | ||||||||
9507 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
9508 | |||||||||
9509 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); | ||||||||
9510 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | ||||||||
9511 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||||
9512 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||||
9513 | } | ||||||||
9514 | |||||||||
9515 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, | ||||||||
9516 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { | ||||||||
9517 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) | ||||||||
9518 | return true; | ||||||||
9519 | |||||||||
9520 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { | ||||||||
9521 | if (First) { | ||||||||
9522 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) | ||||||||
9523 | return *T; | ||||||||
9524 | } | ||||||||
9525 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())((I < F->getNumParams()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9525, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9526 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); | ||||||||
9527 | }; | ||||||||
9528 | |||||||||
9529 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; | ||||||||
9530 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { | ||||||||
9531 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); | ||||||||
9532 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); | ||||||||
9533 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T1.isNull() && !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
9534 | return false; | ||||||||
9535 | } | ||||||||
9536 | return true; | ||||||||
9537 | } | ||||||||
9538 | |||||||||
9539 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload | ||||||||
9540 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). | ||||||||
9541 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
9542 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, | ||||||||
9543 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { | ||||||||
9544 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable | ||||||||
9545 | // functions. | ||||||||
9546 | if (!Cand2.Viable) | ||||||||
| |||||||||
9547 | return Cand1.Viable; | ||||||||
9548 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) | ||||||||
9549 | return false; | ||||||||
9550 | |||||||||
9551 | // [CUDA] A function with 'never' preference is marked not viable, therefore | ||||||||
9552 | // is never shown up here. The worst preference shown up here is 'wrong side', | ||||||||
9553 | // e.g. an H function called by a HD function in device compilation. This is | ||||||||
9554 | // valid AST as long as the HD function is not emitted, e.g. it is an inline | ||||||||
9555 | // function which is called only by an H function. A deferred diagnostic will | ||||||||
9556 | // be triggered if it is emitted. However a wrong-sided function is still | ||||||||
9557 | // a viable candidate here. | ||||||||
9558 | // | ||||||||
9559 | // If Cand1 can be emitted and Cand2 cannot be emitted in the current | ||||||||
9560 | // context, Cand1 is better than Cand2. If Cand1 can not be emitted and Cand2 | ||||||||
9561 | // can be emitted, Cand1 is not better than Cand2. This rule should have | ||||||||
9562 | // precedence over other rules. | ||||||||
9563 | // | ||||||||
9564 | // If both Cand1 and Cand2 can be emitted, or neither can be emitted, then | ||||||||
9565 | // other rules should be used to determine which is better. This is because | ||||||||
9566 | // host/device based overloading resolution is mostly for determining | ||||||||
9567 | // viability of a function. If two functions are both viable, other factors | ||||||||
9568 | // should take precedence in preference, e.g. the standard-defined preferences | ||||||||
9569 | // like argument conversion ranks or enable_if partial-ordering. The | ||||||||
9570 | // preference for pass-object-size parameters is probably most similar to a | ||||||||
9571 | // type-based-overloading decision and so should take priority. | ||||||||
9572 | // | ||||||||
9573 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference will be | ||||||||
9574 | // used again to determine which is better. | ||||||||
9575 | // | ||||||||
9576 | // TODO: Currently IdentifyCUDAPreference does not return correct values | ||||||||
9577 | // for functions called in global variable initializers due to missing | ||||||||
9578 | // correct context about device/host. Therefore we can only enforce this | ||||||||
9579 | // rule when there is a caller. We should enforce this rule for functions | ||||||||
9580 | // in global variable initializers once proper context is added. | ||||||||
9581 | // | ||||||||
9582 | // TODO: We can only enable the hostness based overloading resolution when | ||||||||
9583 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on since this requires deferring | ||||||||
9584 | // overloading resolution diagnostics. | ||||||||
9585 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||||
9586 | S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||||||
9587 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||||||
9588 | bool IsCallerImplicitHD = Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Caller); | ||||||||
9589 | bool IsCand1ImplicitHD = | ||||||||
9590 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand1.Function); | ||||||||
9591 | bool IsCand2ImplicitHD = | ||||||||
9592 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9593 | auto P1 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function); | ||||||||
9594 | auto P2 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9595 | assert(P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never)((P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9595, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9596 | // The implicit HD function may be a function in a system header which | ||||||||
9597 | // is forced by pragma. In device compilation, if we prefer HD candidates | ||||||||
9598 | // over wrong-sided candidates, overloading resolution may change, which | ||||||||
9599 | // may result in non-deferrable diagnostics. As a workaround, we let | ||||||||
9600 | // implicit HD candidates take equal preference as wrong-sided candidates. | ||||||||
9601 | // This will preserve the overloading resolution. | ||||||||
9602 | // TODO: We still need special handling of implicit HD functions since | ||||||||
9603 | // they may incur other diagnostics to be deferred. We should make all | ||||||||
9604 | // host/device related diagnostics deferrable and remove special handling | ||||||||
9605 | // of implicit HD functions. | ||||||||
9606 | auto EmitThreshold = | ||||||||
9607 | (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && IsCallerImplicitHD && | ||||||||
9608 | (IsCand1ImplicitHD || IsCand2ImplicitHD)) | ||||||||
9609 | ? Sema::CFP_Never | ||||||||
9610 | : Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||||||
9611 | auto Cand1Emittable = P1 > EmitThreshold; | ||||||||
9612 | auto Cand2Emittable = P2 > EmitThreshold; | ||||||||
9613 | if (Cand1Emittable && !Cand2Emittable) | ||||||||
9614 | return true; | ||||||||
9615 | if (!Cand1Emittable && Cand2Emittable) | ||||||||
9616 | return false; | ||||||||
9617 | } | ||||||||
9618 | } | ||||||||
9619 | |||||||||
9620 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||||
9621 | // | ||||||||
9622 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such | ||||||||
9623 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for | ||||||||
9624 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither | ||||||||
9625 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). | ||||||||
9626 | unsigned StartArg = 0; | ||||||||
9627 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) | ||||||||
9628 | StartArg = 1; | ||||||||
9629 | |||||||||
9630 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||||
9631 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. | ||||||||
9632 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
9633 | return ICS.isStandard() && | ||||||||
9634 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
9635 | |||||||||
9636 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to | ||||||||
9637 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. | ||||||||
9638 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||||
9639 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); | ||||||||
9640 | }; | ||||||||
9641 | |||||||||
9642 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given | ||||||||
9643 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. | ||||||||
9644 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); | ||||||||
9645 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")((Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9645, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9646 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; | ||||||||
9647 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
9648 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
9649 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
9650 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { | ||||||||
9651 | if (Cand1Bad) | ||||||||
9652 | return false; | ||||||||
9653 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||||
9654 | } | ||||||||
9655 | } | ||||||||
9656 | |||||||||
9657 | if (HasBetterConversion
| ||||||||
9658 | return true; | ||||||||
9659 | |||||||||
9660 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||||
9661 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another | ||||||||
9662 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse | ||||||||
9663 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... | ||||||||
9664 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; | ||||||||
9665 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
9666 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
9667 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||||||
9668 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { | ||||||||
9669 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||||
9670 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. | ||||||||
9671 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||||
9672 | break; | ||||||||
9673 | |||||||||
9674 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||||
9675 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||||
9676 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && | ||||||||
9677 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, | ||||||||
9678 | NumArgs)) { | ||||||||
9679 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed | ||||||||
9680 | // forms of operator== in C++20: | ||||||||
9681 | // | ||||||||
9682 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same | ||||||||
9683 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and | ||||||||
9684 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences | ||||||||
9685 | // are treated as being equally good. | ||||||||
9686 | // | ||||||||
9687 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous | ||||||||
9688 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. | ||||||||
9689 | // | ||||||||
9690 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. | ||||||||
9691 | HasWorseConversion = true; | ||||||||
9692 | break; | ||||||||
9693 | } | ||||||||
9694 | |||||||||
9695 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. | ||||||||
9696 | return false; | ||||||||
9697 | |||||||||
9698 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||||
9699 | // Do nothing. | ||||||||
9700 | break; | ||||||||
9701 | } | ||||||||
9702 | } | ||||||||
9703 | |||||||||
9704 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
9705 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, | ||||||||
9706 | if (HasBetterConversion
| ||||||||
9707 | return true; | ||||||||
9708 | |||||||||
9709 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion | ||||||||
9710 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
9711 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., | ||||||||
9712 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better | ||||||||
9713 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
9714 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. | ||||||||
9715 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && | ||||||||
9716 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||||
9717 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && | ||||||||
9718 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { | ||||||||
9719 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the | ||||||||
9720 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension | ||||||||
9721 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function | ||||||||
9722 | // pointer or block. | ||||||||
9723 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||||
9724 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9725 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||||
9726 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
9727 | Cand1.FinalConversion, | ||||||||
9728 | Cand2.FinalConversion); | ||||||||
9729 | |||||||||
9730 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||||
9731 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
9732 | |||||||||
9733 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions | ||||||||
9734 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per | ||||||||
9735 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. | ||||||||
9736 | } | ||||||||
9737 | |||||||||
9738 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, | ||||||||
9739 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. | ||||||||
9740 | // | ||||||||
9741 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or | ||||||||
9742 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over | ||||||||
9743 | // a conversion function. | ||||||||
9744 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && | ||||||||
9745 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||||
9746 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != | ||||||||
9747 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) | ||||||||
9748 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||||
9749 | |||||||||
9750 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template | ||||||||
9751 | // specialization, or, if not that, | ||||||||
9752 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && | ||||||||
9753 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||||
9754 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && | ||||||||
9755 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||||
9756 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization) | ||||||||
9757 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; | ||||||||
9758 | |||||||||
9759 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function | ||||||||
9760 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 | ||||||||
9761 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, | ||||||||
9762 | // if not that, | ||||||||
9763 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) { | ||||||||
9764 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( | ||||||||
9765 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), | ||||||||
9766 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, | ||||||||
9767 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion | ||||||||
9768 | : TPOC_Call, | ||||||||
9769 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, | ||||||||
9770 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) | ||||||||
9771 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||||
9772 | } | ||||||||
9773 | |||||||||
9774 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same | ||||||||
9775 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], | ||||||||
9776 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && !Cand1IsSpecialization && | ||||||||
9777 | !Cand2IsSpecialization && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && | ||||||||
9778 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { | ||||||||
9779 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||||
9780 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||||
9781 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && | ||||||||
9782 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && | ||||||||
9783 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2)) { | ||||||||
9784 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||||
9785 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||||
9786 | if (RC1 && RC2) { | ||||||||
9787 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||||||
9788 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, | ||||||||
9789 | {RC2}, AtLeastAsConstrained1) || | ||||||||
9790 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, | ||||||||
9791 | {RC1}, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||||||
9792 | return false; | ||||||||
9793 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||||||
9794 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||||||
9795 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { | ||||||||
9796 | return RC1 != nullptr; | ||||||||
9797 | } | ||||||||
9798 | } | ||||||||
9799 | } | ||||||||
9800 | |||||||||
9801 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base | ||||||||
9802 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of | ||||||||
9803 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. | ||||||||
9804 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. | ||||||||
9805 | bool Cand1IsInherited = | ||||||||
9806 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||||
9807 | bool Cand2IsInherited = | ||||||||
9808 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||||
9809 | if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited) | ||||||||
9810 | return Cand2IsInherited; | ||||||||
9811 | else if (Cand1IsInherited) { | ||||||||
9812 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)((Cand2IsInherited) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9812, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9813 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
9814 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
9815 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) | ||||||||
9816 | return true; | ||||||||
9817 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) | ||||||||
9818 | return false; | ||||||||
9819 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. | ||||||||
9820 | } | ||||||||
9821 | |||||||||
9822 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not | ||||||||
9823 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate | ||||||||
9824 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not | ||||||||
9825 | // | ||||||||
9826 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but | ||||||||
9827 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for | ||||||||
9828 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). | ||||||||
9829 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) | ||||||||
9830 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; | ||||||||
9831 | |||||||||
9832 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. | ||||||||
9833 | { | ||||||||
9834 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||||
9835 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9836 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { | ||||||||
9837 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not | ||||||||
9838 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) | ||||||||
9839 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); | ||||||||
9840 | |||||||||
9841 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not | ||||||||
9842 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) | ||||||||
9843 | return true; | ||||||||
9844 | } | ||||||||
9845 | } | ||||||||
9846 | |||||||||
9847 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. | ||||||||
9848 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||||
9849 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9850 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) | ||||||||
9851 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; | ||||||||
9852 | } | ||||||||
9853 | |||||||||
9854 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && | ||||||||
9855 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); | ||||||||
9856 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && | ||||||||
9857 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9858 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) | ||||||||
9859 | return true; | ||||||||
9860 | |||||||||
9861 | auto MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); | ||||||||
9862 | if (MV == Comparison::Better) | ||||||||
9863 | return true; | ||||||||
9864 | if (MV == Comparison::Worse) | ||||||||
9865 | return false; | ||||||||
9866 | |||||||||
9867 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference is used | ||||||||
9868 | // to determine which is better. | ||||||||
9869 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||||
9870 | FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||||
9871 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > | ||||||||
9872 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||||||
9873 | } | ||||||||
9874 | |||||||||
9875 | return false; | ||||||||
9876 | } | ||||||||
9877 | |||||||||
9878 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of | ||||||||
9879 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no | ||||||||
9880 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including | ||||||||
9881 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to | ||||||||
9882 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both | ||||||||
9883 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using | ||||||||
9884 | /// a modularized libstdc++). | ||||||||
9885 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, | ||||||||
9886 | const NamedDecl *B) { | ||||||||
9887 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); | ||||||||
9888 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); | ||||||||
9889 | if (!VA || !VB) | ||||||||
9890 | return false; | ||||||||
9891 | |||||||||
9892 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage | ||||||||
9893 | // entity in different modules. | ||||||||
9894 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | ||||||||
9895 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || | ||||||||
9896 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || | ||||||||
9897 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||||||
9898 | return false; | ||||||||
9899 | |||||||||
9900 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. | ||||||||
9901 | // | ||||||||
9902 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. | ||||||||
9903 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is | ||||||||
9904 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. | ||||||||
9905 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) | ||||||||
9906 | return true; | ||||||||
9907 | |||||||||
9908 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but | ||||||||
9909 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. | ||||||||
9910 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { | ||||||||
9911 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { | ||||||||
9912 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and | ||||||||
9913 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. | ||||||||
9914 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
9915 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
9916 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||||||
9917 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), | ||||||||
9918 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) | ||||||||
9919 | return false; | ||||||||
9920 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. | ||||||||
9921 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); | ||||||||
9922 | } | ||||||||
9923 | } | ||||||||
9924 | |||||||||
9925 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. | ||||||||
9926 | return false; | ||||||||
9927 | } | ||||||||
9928 | |||||||||
9929 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( | ||||||||
9930 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { | ||||||||
9931 | assert(D && "Unknown declaration")((D && "Unknown declaration") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Unknown declaration\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9931, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
9932 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; | ||||||||
9933 | |||||||||
9934 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); | ||||||||
9935 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||||
9936 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||||
9937 | |||||||||
9938 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { | ||||||||
9939 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); | ||||||||
9940 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||||
9941 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||||
9942 | } | ||||||||
9943 | } | ||||||||
9944 | |||||||||
9945 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) | ||||||||
9946 | /// within an overload candidate set. | ||||||||
9947 | /// | ||||||||
9948 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for | ||||||||
9949 | /// which overload resolution occurs. | ||||||||
9950 | /// | ||||||||
9951 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted | ||||||||
9952 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. | ||||||||
9953 | /// | ||||||||
9954 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. | ||||||||
9955 | OverloadingResult | ||||||||
9956 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
9957 | iterator &Best) { | ||||||||
9958 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; | ||||||||
9959 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), | ||||||||
9960 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); | ||||||||
9961 | |||||||||
9962 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but | ||||||||
9963 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular | ||||||||
9964 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to | ||||||||
9965 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based | ||||||||
9966 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one | ||||||||
9967 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore | ||||||||
9968 | // the WrongSide candidate. | ||||||||
9969 | // We only need to remove wrong-sided candidates here if | ||||||||
9970 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is off. When | ||||||||
9971 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on, all candidates are compared | ||||||||
9972 | // uniformly in isBetterOverloadCandidate. | ||||||||
9973 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && !S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||||||
9974 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||||
9975 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = | ||||||||
9976 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
9977 | // Check viable function only. | ||||||||
9978 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||||
9979 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||||
9980 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; | ||||||||
9981 | }); | ||||||||
9982 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { | ||||||||
9983 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
9984 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. | ||||||||
9985 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||||
9986 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||||
9987 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||||||
9988 | }; | ||||||||
9989 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); | ||||||||
9990 | } | ||||||||
9991 | } | ||||||||
9992 | |||||||||
9993 | // Find the best viable function. | ||||||||
9994 | Best = end(); | ||||||||
9995 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||||
9996 | Cand->Best = false; | ||||||||
9997 | if (Cand->Viable) | ||||||||
9998 | if (Best == end() || | ||||||||
9999 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) | ||||||||
10000 | Best = Cand; | ||||||||
10001 | } | ||||||||
10002 | |||||||||
10003 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. | ||||||||
10004 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||||
10005 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
10006 | |||||||||
10007 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; | ||||||||
10008 | |||||||||
10009 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; | ||||||||
10010 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); | ||||||||
10011 | Best->Best = true; | ||||||||
10012 | |||||||||
10013 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable | ||||||||
10014 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. | ||||||||
10015 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { | ||||||||
10016 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); | ||||||||
10017 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||||
10018 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && | ||||||||
10019 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { | ||||||||
10020 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); | ||||||||
10021 | Cand->Best = true; | ||||||||
10022 | |||||||||
10023 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, | ||||||||
10024 | Curr->Function)) | ||||||||
10025 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); | ||||||||
10026 | else | ||||||||
10027 | Best = end(); | ||||||||
10028 | } | ||||||||
10029 | } | ||||||||
10030 | } | ||||||||
10031 | |||||||||
10032 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. | ||||||||
10033 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||||
10034 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
10035 | |||||||||
10036 | // Best is the best viable function. | ||||||||
10037 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) | ||||||||
10038 | return OR_Deleted; | ||||||||
10039 | |||||||||
10040 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) | ||||||||
10041 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, | ||||||||
10042 | EquivalentCands); | ||||||||
10043 | |||||||||
10044 | return OR_Success; | ||||||||
10045 | } | ||||||||
10046 | |||||||||
10047 | namespace { | ||||||||
10048 | |||||||||
10049 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { | ||||||||
10050 | oc_function, | ||||||||
10051 | oc_method, | ||||||||
10052 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, | ||||||||
10053 | oc_constructor, | ||||||||
10054 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, | ||||||||
10055 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, | ||||||||
10056 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, | ||||||||
10057 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, | ||||||||
10058 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, | ||||||||
10059 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, | ||||||||
10060 | oc_inherited_constructor | ||||||||
10061 | }; | ||||||||
10062 | |||||||||
10063 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { | ||||||||
10064 | ocs_non_template, | ||||||||
10065 | ocs_template, | ||||||||
10066 | ocs_described_template, | ||||||||
10067 | }; | ||||||||
10068 | |||||||||
10069 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> | ||||||||
10070 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||||
10071 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, | ||||||||
10072 | std::string &Description) { | ||||||||
10073 | |||||||||
10074 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); | ||||||||
10075 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||||||
10076 | isTemplate = true; | ||||||||
10077 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||||
10078 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||||||
10079 | } | ||||||||
10080 | |||||||||
10081 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { | ||||||||
10082 | if (!Description.empty()) | ||||||||
10083 | return ocs_described_template; | ||||||||
10084 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; | ||||||||
10085 | }(); | ||||||||
10086 | |||||||||
10087 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { | ||||||||
10088 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) | ||||||||
10089 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; | ||||||||
10090 | |||||||||
10091 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) | ||||||||
10092 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; | ||||||||
10093 | |||||||||
10094 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
10095 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { | ||||||||
10096 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) | ||||||||
10097 | return oc_inherited_constructor; | ||||||||
10098 | else | ||||||||
10099 | return oc_constructor; | ||||||||
10100 | } | ||||||||
10101 | |||||||||
10102 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||||||
10103 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; | ||||||||
10104 | |||||||||
10105 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||||
10106 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; | ||||||||
10107 | |||||||||
10108 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10109, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10109 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")((Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10109, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10110 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; | ||||||||
10111 | } | ||||||||
10112 | |||||||||
10113 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
10114 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but | ||||||||
10115 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. | ||||||||
10116 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) | ||||||||
10117 | return oc_method; | ||||||||
10118 | |||||||||
10119 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||||
10120 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; | ||||||||
10121 | |||||||||
10122 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||||
10123 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; | ||||||||
10124 | |||||||||
10125 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")((isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10126 | return oc_method; | ||||||||
10127 | } | ||||||||
10128 | |||||||||
10129 | return oc_function; | ||||||||
10130 | }(); | ||||||||
10131 | |||||||||
10132 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); | ||||||||
10133 | } | ||||||||
10134 | |||||||||
10135 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { | ||||||||
10136 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload | ||||||||
10137 | // set. | ||||||||
10138 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) | ||||||||
10139 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10140 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) | ||||||||
10141 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); | ||||||||
10142 | } | ||||||||
10143 | |||||||||
10144 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||
10145 | |||||||||
10146 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
10147 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
10148 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { | ||||||||
10149 | bool AlwaysTrue; | ||||||||
10150 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||||
10151 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) | ||||||||
10152 | return false; | ||||||||
10153 | if (!AlwaysTrue) | ||||||||
10154 | return false; | ||||||||
10155 | } | ||||||||
10156 | return true; | ||||||||
10157 | } | ||||||||
10158 | |||||||||
10159 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. | ||||||||
10160 | /// | ||||||||
10161 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic | ||||||||
10162 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are | ||||||||
10163 | /// we in overload resolution? | ||||||||
10164 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored | ||||||||
10165 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. | ||||||||
10166 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||||
10167 | bool Complain, | ||||||||
10168 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
10169 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
10170 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { | ||||||||
10171 | if (Complain) { | ||||||||
10172 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
10173 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
10174 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); | ||||||||
10175 | else | ||||||||
10176 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; | ||||||||
10177 | } | ||||||||
10178 | return false; | ||||||||
10179 | } | ||||||||
10180 | |||||||||
10181 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||||
10182 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
10183 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||||||
10184 | return false; | ||||||||
10185 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||||
10186 | if (Complain) { | ||||||||
10187 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
10188 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
10189 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints); | ||||||||
10190 | else | ||||||||
10191 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||||||
10192 | << FD; | ||||||||
10193 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||||
10194 | } | ||||||||
10195 | return false; | ||||||||
10196 | } | ||||||||
10197 | } | ||||||||
10198 | |||||||||
10199 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||||
10200 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||||
10201 | }); | ||||||||
10202 | if (I == FD->param_end()) | ||||||||
10203 | return true; | ||||||||
10204 | |||||||||
10205 | if (Complain) { | ||||||||
10206 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing | ||||||||
10207 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; | ||||||||
10208 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
10209 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10210 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||||
10211 | << ParamNo; | ||||||||
10212 | else | ||||||||
10213 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||||
10214 | << FD << ParamNo; | ||||||||
10215 | } | ||||||||
10216 | return false; | ||||||||
10217 | } | ||||||||
10218 | |||||||||
10219 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, | ||||||||
10220 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
10221 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||||
10222 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
10223 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
10224 | } | ||||||||
10225 | |||||||||
10226 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||||
10227 | bool Complain, | ||||||||
10228 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
10229 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, | ||||||||
10230 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
10231 | Loc); | ||||||||
10232 | } | ||||||||
10233 | |||||||||
10234 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling | ||||||||
10235 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. | ||||||||
10236 | static bool shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||||
10237 | const auto *ConvD = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); | ||||||||
10238 | |||||||||
10239 | if (!ConvD) | ||||||||
10240 | return false; | ||||||||
10241 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); | ||||||||
10242 | if (!RD->isLambda()) | ||||||||
10243 | return false; | ||||||||
10244 | |||||||||
10245 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||||
10246 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||||
10247 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
10248 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
10249 | CallingConv ConvToCC = | ||||||||
10250 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
10251 | |||||||||
10252 | return ConvToCC != CallOpCC; | ||||||||
10253 | } | ||||||||
10254 | |||||||||
10255 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. | ||||||||
10256 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||||
10257 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, | ||||||||
10258 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||||
10259 | if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn)) | ||||||||
10260 | return; | ||||||||
10261 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||||
10262 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||||
10263 | return; | ||||||||
10264 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||||||
10265 | return; | ||||||||
10266 | |||||||||
10267 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||||
10268 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = | ||||||||
10269 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); | ||||||||
10270 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||||||
10271 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second | ||||||||
10272 | << Fn << FnDesc; | ||||||||
10273 | |||||||||
10274 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); | ||||||||
10275 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); | ||||||||
10276 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); | ||||||||
10277 | } | ||||||||
10278 | |||||||||
10279 | static void | ||||||||
10280 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { | ||||||||
10281 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are | ||||||||
10282 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: | ||||||||
10283 | // | ||||||||
10284 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 | ||||||||
10285 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 | ||||||||
10286 | // | ||||||||
10287 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause | ||||||||
10288 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent | ||||||||
10289 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same | ||||||||
10290 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try | ||||||||
10291 | // to help the user figure out what happened. | ||||||||
10292 | |||||||||
10293 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; | ||||||||
10294 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; | ||||||||
10295 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
10296 | if (!I->Function) | ||||||||
10297 | continue; | ||||||||
10298 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; | ||||||||
10299 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||||
10300 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||||
10301 | else | ||||||||
10302 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||||
10303 | if (AC.empty()) | ||||||||
10304 | continue; | ||||||||
10305 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { | ||||||||
10306 | FirstCand = I->Function; | ||||||||
10307 | FirstAC = AC; | ||||||||
10308 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { | ||||||||
10309 | SecondCand = I->Function; | ||||||||
10310 | SecondAC = AC; | ||||||||
10311 | } else { | ||||||||
10312 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is | ||||||||
10313 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. | ||||||||
10314 | return; | ||||||||
10315 | } | ||||||||
10316 | } | ||||||||
10317 | if (!SecondCand) | ||||||||
10318 | return; | ||||||||
10319 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on | ||||||||
10320 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). | ||||||||
10321 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, | ||||||||
10322 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) | ||||||||
10323 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out | ||||||||
10324 | // from here. | ||||||||
10325 | return; | ||||||||
10326 | } | ||||||||
10327 | |||||||||
10328 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through | ||||||||
10329 | // OverloadedExpr | ||||||||
10330 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, | ||||||||
10331 | bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||||
10332 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10332, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10333 | |||||||||
10334 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); | ||||||||
10335 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; | ||||||||
10336 | |||||||||
10337 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
10338 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||||
10339 | I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||||||
10340 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||||||
10341 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||||
10342 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, | ||||||||
10343 | TakingAddress); | ||||||||
10344 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun | ||||||||
10345 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||||
10346 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); | ||||||||
10347 | } | ||||||||
10348 | } | ||||||||
10349 | } | ||||||||
10350 | |||||||||
10351 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the | ||||||||
10352 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and | ||||||||
10353 | /// target types of the conversion. | ||||||||
10354 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||||||
10355 | Sema &S, | ||||||||
10356 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||||||
10357 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { | ||||||||
10358 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) | ||||||||
10359 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); | ||||||||
10360 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||||
10361 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; | ||||||||
10362 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
10363 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow()) | ||||||||
10364 | break; | ||||||||
10365 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||||
10366 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); | ||||||||
10367 | } | ||||||||
10368 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||||||
10369 | if (I != E) | ||||||||
10370 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||||||
10371 | } | ||||||||
10372 | |||||||||
10373 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
10374 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||||
10375 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; | ||||||||
10376 | assert(Conv.isBad())((Conv.isBad()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10376, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10377 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")((Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10377, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10378 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
10379 | |||||||||
10380 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a | ||||||||
10381 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the | ||||||||
10382 | // conversion-slot index. | ||||||||
10383 | bool isObjectArgument = false; | ||||||||
10384 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
10385 | if (I == 0) | ||||||||
10386 | isObjectArgument = true; | ||||||||
10387 | else | ||||||||
10388 | I--; | ||||||||
10389 | } | ||||||||
10390 | |||||||||
10391 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||||
10392 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||||
10393 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), | ||||||||
10394 | FnDesc); | ||||||||
10395 | |||||||||
10396 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; | ||||||||
10397 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); | ||||||||
10398 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); | ||||||||
10399 | |||||||||
10400 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
10401 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")((FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10401, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10402 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
10403 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||||
10404 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
10405 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); | ||||||||
10406 | |||||||||
10407 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) | ||||||||
10408 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10409 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy | ||||||||
10410 | << Name << I + 1; | ||||||||
10411 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10412 | return; | ||||||||
10413 | } | ||||||||
10414 | |||||||||
10415 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due | ||||||||
10416 | // to a qualifier mismatch. | ||||||||
10417 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); | ||||||||
10418 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); | ||||||||
10419 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
10420 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10421 | else { | ||||||||
10422 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. | ||||||||
10423 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
10424 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
10425 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10426 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10427 | } | ||||||||
10428 | } | ||||||||
10429 | |||||||||
10430 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||||
10431 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { | ||||||||
10432 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
10433 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
10434 | |||||||||
10435 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
10436 | if (isObjectArgument) | ||||||||
10437 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) | ||||||||
10438 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||||
10439 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||||
10440 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
10441 | else | ||||||||
10442 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) | ||||||||
10443 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||||
10444 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||||
10445 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() | ||||||||
10446 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; | ||||||||
10447 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10448 | return; | ||||||||
10449 | } | ||||||||
10450 | |||||||||
10451 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
10452 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) | ||||||||
10453 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10454 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10455 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() | ||||||||
10456 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||||
10457 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10458 | return; | ||||||||
10459 | } | ||||||||
10460 | |||||||||
10461 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||||||
10462 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) | ||||||||
10463 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10464 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10465 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() | ||||||||
10466 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||||
10467 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10468 | return; | ||||||||
10469 | } | ||||||||
10470 | |||||||||
10471 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { | ||||||||
10472 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) | ||||||||
10473 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10474 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10475 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; | ||||||||
10476 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10477 | return; | ||||||||
10478 | } | ||||||||
10479 | |||||||||
10480 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
10481 | assert(CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch")((CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"expected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10481, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10482 | |||||||||
10483 | if (isObjectArgument) { | ||||||||
10484 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) | ||||||||
10485 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10486 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10487 | << (CVR - 1); | ||||||||
10488 | } else { | ||||||||
10489 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) | ||||||||
10490 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10491 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10492 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; | ||||||||
10493 | } | ||||||||
10494 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10495 | return; | ||||||||
10496 | } | ||||||||
10497 | |||||||||
10498 | if (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue || | ||||||||
10499 | Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) { | ||||||||
10500 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_value_category) | ||||||||
10501 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10502 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||||
10503 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) | ||||||||
10504 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||||||
10505 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10506 | return; | ||||||||
10507 | } | ||||||||
10508 | |||||||||
10509 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since | ||||||||
10510 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. | ||||||||
10511 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { | ||||||||
10512 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) | ||||||||
10513 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10514 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10515 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||||
10516 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10517 | return; | ||||||||
10518 | } | ||||||||
10519 | |||||||||
10520 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, | ||||||||
10521 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered | ||||||||
10522 | // the failure. | ||||||||
10523 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
10524 | if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
10525 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
10526 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||||
10527 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||||||
10528 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) | ||||||||
10529 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10530 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10531 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||||
10532 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||||||
10533 | |||||||||
10534 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10535 | return; | ||||||||
10536 | } | ||||||||
10537 | |||||||||
10538 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. | ||||||||
10539 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; | ||||||||
10540 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
10541 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
10542 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||||
10543 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||||||
10544 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||||
10545 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||||
10546 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
10547 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
10548 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; | ||||||||
10549 | } | ||||||||
10550 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy | ||||||||
10551 | = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
10552 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy | ||||||||
10553 | = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
10554 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
10555 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
10556 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||||
10557 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||||||
10558 | FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface)) | ||||||||
10559 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 2; | ||||||||
10560 | } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
10561 | if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) && | ||||||||
10562 | !FromTy->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||||
10563 | !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||||
10564 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) { | ||||||||
10565 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 3; | ||||||||
10566 | } | ||||||||
10567 | } | ||||||||
10568 | |||||||||
10569 | if (BaseToDerivedConversion) { | ||||||||
10570 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv) | ||||||||
10571 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10572 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||||
10573 | << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1) << FromTy << ToTy << I + 1; | ||||||||
10574 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10575 | return; | ||||||||
10576 | } | ||||||||
10577 | |||||||||
10578 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) && | ||||||||
10579 | isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) { | ||||||||
10580 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
10581 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
10582 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
10583 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv) | ||||||||
10584 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||||
10585 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||||
10586 | << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||||
10587 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10588 | return; | ||||||||
10589 | } | ||||||||
10590 | } | ||||||||
10591 | |||||||||
10592 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && | ||||||||
10593 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function)) | ||||||||
10594 | return; | ||||||||
10595 | |||||||||
10596 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||||||
10597 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv); | ||||||||
10598 | FDiag << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
10599 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||||
10600 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||||
10601 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||||||
10602 | |||||||||
10603 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||||||
10604 | for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), | ||||||||
10605 | HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) | ||||||||
10606 | FDiag << *HI; | ||||||||
10607 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag); | ||||||||
10608 | |||||||||
10609 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
10610 | } | ||||||||
10611 | |||||||||
10612 | /// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload | ||||||||
10613 | /// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch() | ||||||||
10614 | /// over a candidate in any candidate set. | ||||||||
10615 | static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
10616 | unsigned NumArgs) { | ||||||||
10617 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
10618 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||||
10619 | |||||||||
10620 | // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we | ||||||||
10621 | // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the | ||||||||
10622 | // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have | ||||||||
10623 | // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions. | ||||||||
10624 | // Just don't report anything. | ||||||||
10625 | if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||||
10626 | Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) | ||||||||
10627 | return true; | ||||||||
10628 | |||||||||
10629 | if (NumArgs < MinParams) { | ||||||||
10630 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10631 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10632 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments))(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10632, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10633 | } else { | ||||||||
10634 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10635 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10636 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments))(((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand ->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand-> DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10636, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10637 | } | ||||||||
10638 | |||||||||
10639 | return false; | ||||||||
10640 | } | ||||||||
10641 | |||||||||
10642 | /// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set. | ||||||||
10643 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D, | ||||||||
10644 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||||||
10645 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10646 | "The templated declaration should at least be a function"((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10647 | " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
10648 | " or too few arguments")((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10649 | |||||||||
10650 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
10651 | |||||||||
10652 | // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case | ||||||||
10653 | const auto *FnTy = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
10654 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||||
10655 | |||||||||
10656 | // at least / at most / exactly | ||||||||
10657 | unsigned mode, modeCount; | ||||||||
10658 | if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) { | ||||||||
10659 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
10660 | FnTy->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||||||
10661 | mode = 0; // "at least" | ||||||||
10662 | else | ||||||||
10663 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||||||
10664 | modeCount = MinParams; | ||||||||
10665 | } else { | ||||||||
10666 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams()) | ||||||||
10667 | mode = 1; // "at most" | ||||||||
10668 | else | ||||||||
10669 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||||||
10670 | modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
10671 | } | ||||||||
10672 | |||||||||
10673 | std::string Description; | ||||||||
10674 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||||
10675 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, CRK_None, Description); | ||||||||
10676 | |||||||||
10677 | if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||||||
10678 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one) | ||||||||
10679 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||||
10680 | << Description << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs; | ||||||||
10681 | else | ||||||||
10682 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity) | ||||||||
10683 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||||
10684 | << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs; | ||||||||
10685 | |||||||||
10686 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10687 | } | ||||||||
10688 | |||||||||
10689 | /// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate. | ||||||||
10690 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
10691 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||||||
10692 | if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs)) | ||||||||
10693 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs); | ||||||||
10694 | } | ||||||||
10695 | |||||||||
10696 | static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) { | ||||||||
10697 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate()) | ||||||||
10698 | return TD; | ||||||||
10699 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10700) | ||||||||
10700 | " for bad deduction diagnosis")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10700); | ||||||||
10701 | } | ||||||||
10702 | |||||||||
10703 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction. | ||||||||
10704 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated, | ||||||||
10705 | DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure, | ||||||||
10706 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||||
10707 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||||
10708 | TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
10709 | NamedDecl *ParamD; | ||||||||
10710 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) || | ||||||||
10711 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) || | ||||||||
10712 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>()); | ||||||||
10713 | switch (DeductionFailure.Result) { | ||||||||
10714 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
10715 | llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10715); | ||||||||
10716 | |||||||||
10717 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: { | ||||||||
10718 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10718, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10719 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10720 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction) | ||||||||
10721 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
10722 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10723 | return; | ||||||||
10724 | } | ||||||||
10725 | |||||||||
10726 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: { | ||||||||
10727 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10728 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10729 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction_pack) | ||||||||
10730 | << ParamD->getDeclName() | ||||||||
10731 | << (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() + 1) | ||||||||
10732 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||||||
10733 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10734 | return; | ||||||||
10735 | } | ||||||||
10736 | |||||||||
10737 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||||
10738 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10738, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10739 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD); | ||||||||
10740 | |||||||||
10741 | QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType(); | ||||||||
10742 | |||||||||
10743 | // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a | ||||||||
10744 | // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that. | ||||||||
10745 | QualifierCollector Qs; | ||||||||
10746 | Qs.strip(Param); | ||||||||
10747 | QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||||||
10748 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam))((S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10748, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10749 | |||||||||
10750 | // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do | ||||||||
10751 | // about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't | ||||||||
10752 | // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't | ||||||||
10753 | // done on dependent types). | ||||||||
10754 | QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType(); | ||||||||
10755 | |||||||||
10756 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified) | ||||||||
10757 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam; | ||||||||
10758 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10759 | return; | ||||||||
10760 | } | ||||||||
10761 | |||||||||
10762 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { | ||||||||
10763 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result")((ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10764 | int which = 0; | ||||||||
10765 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||||
10766 | which = 0; | ||||||||
10767 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) { | ||||||||
10768 | // Deduction might have failed because we deduced arguments of two | ||||||||
10769 | // different types for a non-type template parameter. | ||||||||
10770 | // FIXME: Use a different TDK value for this. | ||||||||
10771 | QualType T1 = | ||||||||
10772 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||||||
10773 | QualType T2 = | ||||||||
10774 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||||||
10775 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && !S.Context.hasSameType(T1, T2)) { | ||||||||
10776 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10777 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction_types) | ||||||||
10778 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << T1 | ||||||||
10779 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() << T2; | ||||||||
10780 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10781 | return; | ||||||||
10782 | } | ||||||||
10783 | |||||||||
10784 | which = 1; | ||||||||
10785 | } else { | ||||||||
10786 | which = 2; | ||||||||
10787 | } | ||||||||
10788 | |||||||||
10789 | // Tweak the diagnostic if the problem is that we deduced packs of | ||||||||
10790 | // different arities. We'll print the actual packs anyway in case that | ||||||||
10791 | // includes additional useful information. | ||||||||
10792 | if (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||||||
10793 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||||||
10794 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() != | ||||||||
10795 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->pack_size()) { | ||||||||
10796 | which = 3; | ||||||||
10797 | } | ||||||||
10798 | |||||||||
10799 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10800 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction) | ||||||||
10801 | << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() | ||||||||
10802 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||||||
10803 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10804 | return; | ||||||||
10805 | } | ||||||||
10806 | |||||||||
10807 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
10808 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments")((ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10808, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
10809 | if (ParamD->getDeclName()) | ||||||||
10810 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10811 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named) | ||||||||
10812 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
10813 | else { | ||||||||
10814 | int index = 0; | ||||||||
10815 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||||
10816 | index = TTP->getIndex(); | ||||||||
10817 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | ||||||||
10818 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||||
10819 | index = NTTP->getIndex(); | ||||||||
10820 | else | ||||||||
10821 | index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex(); | ||||||||
10822 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10823 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed) | ||||||||
10824 | << (index + 1); | ||||||||
10825 | } | ||||||||
10826 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10827 | return; | ||||||||
10828 | |||||||||
10829 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||||
10830 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||||
10831 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10832 | TemplateArgumentList *Args = DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList(); | ||||||||
10833 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||||
10834 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||||
10835 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||||
10836 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||||
10837 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||||
10838 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10839 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||||||
10840 | << TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10841 | |||||||||
10842 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint( | ||||||||
10843 | static_cast<CNSInfo*>(DeductionFailure.Data)->Satisfaction); | ||||||||
10844 | return; | ||||||||
10845 | } | ||||||||
10846 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
10847 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
10848 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs); | ||||||||
10849 | return; | ||||||||
10850 | |||||||||
10851 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
10852 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10853 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth); | ||||||||
10854 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10855 | return; | ||||||||
10856 | |||||||||
10857 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: { | ||||||||
10858 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||||
10859 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10860 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||||||
10861 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||||||
10862 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||||
10863 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||||
10864 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||||
10865 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||||
10866 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||||
10867 | } | ||||||||
10868 | |||||||||
10869 | // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so. | ||||||||
10870 | PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic(); | ||||||||
10871 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
10872 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) { | ||||||||
10873 | // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified | ||||||||
10874 | // name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag. | ||||||||
10875 | S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if) | ||||||||
10876 | << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10877 | return; | ||||||||
10878 | } | ||||||||
10879 | |||||||||
10880 | // We found a specific requirement that disabled the enable_if. | ||||||||
10881 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
10882 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_requirement) { | ||||||||
10883 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10884 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_requirement) | ||||||||
10885 | << PDiag->second.getStringArg(0) << TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10886 | return; | ||||||||
10887 | } | ||||||||
10888 | |||||||||
10889 | // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string. | ||||||||
10890 | // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s | ||||||||
10891 | // formatted message in another diagnostic. | ||||||||
10892 | SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString; | ||||||||
10893 | SourceRange R; | ||||||||
10894 | if (PDiag) { | ||||||||
10895 | SFINAEArgString = ": "; | ||||||||
10896 | R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first); | ||||||||
10897 | PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString); | ||||||||
10898 | } | ||||||||
10899 | |||||||||
10900 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10901 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure) | ||||||||
10902 | << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R; | ||||||||
10903 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10904 | return; | ||||||||
10905 | } | ||||||||
10906 | |||||||||
10907 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
10908 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||||
10909 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||||
10910 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||||
10911 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||||||
10912 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||||||
10913 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||||
10914 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||||
10915 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||||
10916 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||||
10917 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||||
10918 | } | ||||||||
10919 | |||||||||
10920 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch) | ||||||||
10921 | << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1) | ||||||||
10922 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() | ||||||||
10923 | << TemplateArgString | ||||||||
10924 | << (DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested); | ||||||||
10925 | break; | ||||||||
10926 | } | ||||||||
10927 | |||||||||
10928 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||||
10929 | // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match. | ||||||||
10930 | TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||||||
10931 | TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||||||
10932 | if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && | ||||||||
10933 | SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) { | ||||||||
10934 | TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||||||
10935 | TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||||||
10936 | if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template && | ||||||||
10937 | SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) { | ||||||||
10938 | if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() == | ||||||||
10939 | SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) { | ||||||||
10940 | // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named | ||||||||
10941 | // the same. This particular case is a bit difficult since: | ||||||||
10942 | // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer. | ||||||||
10943 | // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better | ||||||||
10944 | // name for types, not decls. | ||||||||
10945 | // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer. | ||||||||
10946 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10947 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified) | ||||||||
10948 | << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl(); | ||||||||
10949 | return; | ||||||||
10950 | } | ||||||||
10951 | } | ||||||||
10952 | } | ||||||||
10953 | |||||||||
10954 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) && | ||||||||
10955 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated))) | ||||||||
10956 | return; | ||||||||
10957 | |||||||||
10958 | // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda | ||||||||
10959 | // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative | ||||||||
10960 | // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to | ||||||||
10961 | // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters. | ||||||||
10962 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10963 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch) | ||||||||
10964 | << FirstTA << SecondTA; | ||||||||
10965 | return; | ||||||||
10966 | } | ||||||||
10967 | // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off | ||||||||
10968 | // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague. | ||||||||
10969 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
10970 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction); | ||||||||
10971 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||||
10972 | return; | ||||||||
10973 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
10974 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||||
10975 | diag::note_cuda_ovl_candidate_target_mismatch); | ||||||||
10976 | return; | ||||||||
10977 | } | ||||||||
10978 | } | ||||||||
10979 | |||||||||
10980 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls. | ||||||||
10981 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
10982 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||||
10983 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||||
10984 | unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result; | ||||||||
10985 | if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) { | ||||||||
10986 | if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs)) | ||||||||
10987 | return; | ||||||||
10988 | } | ||||||||
10989 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern | ||||||||
10990 | Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||||
10991 | } | ||||||||
10992 | |||||||||
10993 | /// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets. | ||||||||
10994 | static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
10995 | FunctionDecl *Caller = cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||||
10996 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
10997 | |||||||||
10998 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), | ||||||||
10999 | CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); | ||||||||
11000 | |||||||||
11001 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||||
11002 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||||
11003 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, | ||||||||
11004 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||||
11005 | |||||||||
11006 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target) | ||||||||
11007 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||||||
11008 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */ | ||||||||
11009 | << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget; | ||||||||
11010 | |||||||||
11011 | // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the | ||||||||
11012 | // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case. | ||||||||
11013 | CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | ||||||||
11014 | if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) { | ||||||||
11015 | CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent(); | ||||||||
11016 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM; | ||||||||
11017 | |||||||||
11018 | switch (FnKindPair.first) { | ||||||||
11019 | default: | ||||||||
11020 | return; | ||||||||
11021 | case oc_implicit_default_constructor: | ||||||||
11022 | CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; | ||||||||
11023 | break; | ||||||||
11024 | case oc_implicit_copy_constructor: | ||||||||
11025 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; | ||||||||
11026 | break; | ||||||||
11027 | case oc_implicit_move_constructor: | ||||||||
11028 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; | ||||||||
11029 | break; | ||||||||
11030 | case oc_implicit_copy_assignment: | ||||||||
11031 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; | ||||||||
11032 | break; | ||||||||
11033 | case oc_implicit_move_assignment: | ||||||||
11034 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; | ||||||||
11035 | break; | ||||||||
11036 | }; | ||||||||
11037 | |||||||||
11038 | bool ConstRHS = false; | ||||||||
11039 | if (Meth->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
11040 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = | ||||||||
11041 | Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
11042 | ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified(); | ||||||||
11043 | } | ||||||||
11044 | } | ||||||||
11045 | |||||||||
11046 | S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth, | ||||||||
11047 | /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS, | ||||||||
11048 | /* Diagnose */ true); | ||||||||
11049 | } | ||||||||
11050 | } | ||||||||
11051 | |||||||||
11052 | static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11053 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
11054 | EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data); | ||||||||
11055 | |||||||||
11056 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11057 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||||||
11058 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||||||
11059 | } | ||||||||
11060 | |||||||||
11061 | static void DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11062 | ExplicitSpecifier ES = ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Cand->Function); | ||||||||
11063 | assert(ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate")((ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ES.isExplicit() && \"not an explicit candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11063, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11064 | |||||||||
11065 | unsigned Kind; | ||||||||
11066 | switch (Cand->Function->getDeclKind()) { | ||||||||
11067 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConstructor: | ||||||||
11068 | Kind = 0; | ||||||||
11069 | break; | ||||||||
11070 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConversion: | ||||||||
11071 | Kind = 1; | ||||||||
11072 | break; | ||||||||
11073 | case Decl::Kind::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||||||
11074 | Kind = Cand->Function->isImplicit() ? 0 : 2; | ||||||||
11075 | break; | ||||||||
11076 | default: | ||||||||
11077 | llvm_unreachable("invalid Decl")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid Decl", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11077); | ||||||||
11078 | } | ||||||||
11079 | |||||||||
11080 | // Note the location of the first (in-class) declaration; a redeclaration | ||||||||
11081 | // (particularly an out-of-class definition) will typically lack the | ||||||||
11082 | // 'explicit' specifier. | ||||||||
11083 | // FIXME: This is probably a good thing to do for all 'candidate' notes. | ||||||||
11084 | FunctionDecl *First = Cand->Function->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||||
11085 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = First->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||||
11086 | First = Pattern->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||||
11087 | |||||||||
11088 | S.Diag(First->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11089 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit) | ||||||||
11090 | << Kind << (ES.getExpr() ? 1 : 0) | ||||||||
11091 | << (ES.getExpr() ? ES.getExpr()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||||||
11092 | } | ||||||||
11093 | |||||||||
11094 | static void DiagnoseOpenCLExtensionDisabled(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11095 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
11096 | |||||||||
11097 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11098 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_extension) | ||||||||
11099 | << S.getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(Callee); | ||||||||
11100 | } | ||||||||
11101 | |||||||||
11102 | /// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've | ||||||||
11103 | /// already generated a primary error at the call site. | ||||||||
11104 | /// | ||||||||
11105 | /// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret | ||||||||
11106 | /// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some | ||||||||
11107 | /// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing | ||||||||
11108 | /// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still | ||||||||
11109 | /// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed | ||||||||
11110 | /// overload. | ||||||||
11111 | /// | ||||||||
11112 | /// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems | ||||||||
11113 | /// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd | ||||||||
11114 | /// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics. | ||||||||
11115 | /// \param CtorDestAS Addr space of object being constructed (for ctor | ||||||||
11116 | /// candidates only). | ||||||||
11117 | static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
11118 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||||
11119 | bool TakingCandidateAddress, | ||||||||
11120 | LangAS CtorDestAS = LangAS::Default) { | ||||||||
11121 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||||
11122 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||||||
11123 | return; | ||||||||
11124 | |||||||||
11125 | // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable. | ||||||||
11126 | if (Cand->Viable) { | ||||||||
11127 | if (Fn->isDeleted()) { | ||||||||
11128 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||||
11129 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||||
11130 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||||||
11131 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||||
11132 | |||||||||
11133 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted) | ||||||||
11134 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||||
11135 | << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0); | ||||||||
11136 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
11137 | return; | ||||||||
11138 | } | ||||||||
11139 | |||||||||
11140 | // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates. | ||||||||
11141 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||||
11142 | return; | ||||||||
11143 | } | ||||||||
11144 | |||||||||
11145 | switch (Cand->FailureKind) { | ||||||||
11146 | case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments: | ||||||||
11147 | case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments: | ||||||||
11148 | return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs); | ||||||||
11149 | |||||||||
11150 | case ovl_fail_bad_deduction: | ||||||||
11151 | return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs, | ||||||||
11152 | TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||||
11153 | |||||||||
11154 | case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: { | ||||||||
11155 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor) | ||||||||
11156 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0); | ||||||||
11157 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
11158 | return; | ||||||||
11159 | } | ||||||||
11160 | |||||||||
11161 | case ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch: { | ||||||||
11162 | Qualifiers QualsForPrinting; | ||||||||
11163 | QualsForPrinting.setAddressSpace(CtorDestAS); | ||||||||
11164 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11165 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor_adrspace_mismatch) | ||||||||
11166 | << QualsForPrinting; | ||||||||
11167 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
11168 | return; | ||||||||
11169 | } | ||||||||
11170 | |||||||||
11171 | case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion: | ||||||||
11172 | case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion: | ||||||||
11173 | case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact: | ||||||||
11174 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||||
11175 | |||||||||
11176 | case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: { | ||||||||
11177 | unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); | ||||||||
11178 | for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||||||
11179 | if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad()) | ||||||||
11180 | return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||||
11181 | |||||||||
11182 | // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit | ||||||||
11183 | // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle | ||||||||
11184 | // those conditions and diagnose them well. | ||||||||
11185 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||||
11186 | } | ||||||||
11187 | |||||||||
11188 | case ovl_fail_bad_target: | ||||||||
11189 | return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand); | ||||||||
11190 | |||||||||
11191 | case ovl_fail_enable_if: | ||||||||
11192 | return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand); | ||||||||
11193 | |||||||||
11194 | case ovl_fail_explicit: | ||||||||
11195 | return DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(S, Cand); | ||||||||
11196 | |||||||||
11197 | case ovl_fail_ext_disabled: | ||||||||
11198 | return DiagnoseOpenCLExtensionDisabled(S, Cand); | ||||||||
11199 | |||||||||
11200 | case ovl_fail_inhctor_slice: | ||||||||
11201 | // It's generally not interesting to note copy/move constructors here. | ||||||||
11202 | if (cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) | ||||||||
11203 | return; | ||||||||
11204 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11205 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor_slice) | ||||||||
11206 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0) | ||||||||
11207 | << Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
11208 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
11209 | return; | ||||||||
11210 | |||||||||
11211 | case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: { | ||||||||
11212 | bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
11213 | (void)Available; | ||||||||
11214 | assert(!Available)((!Available) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "!Available", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11214, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11215 | break; | ||||||||
11216 | } | ||||||||
11217 | case ovl_non_default_multiversion_function: | ||||||||
11218 | // Do nothing, these should simply be ignored. | ||||||||
11219 | break; | ||||||||
11220 | |||||||||
11221 | case ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied: { | ||||||||
11222 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||||
11223 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||||
11224 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||||||
11225 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||||
11226 | |||||||||
11227 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||||
11228 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||||||
11229 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||||||
11230 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */; | ||||||||
11231 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
11232 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Fn, Satisfaction)) | ||||||||
11233 | break; | ||||||||
11234 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||||
11235 | } | ||||||||
11236 | } | ||||||||
11237 | } | ||||||||
11238 | |||||||||
11239 | static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11240 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Cand->Surrogate)) | ||||||||
11241 | return; | ||||||||
11242 | |||||||||
11243 | // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type, | ||||||||
11244 | // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing | ||||||||
11245 | // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types). | ||||||||
11246 | QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType(); | ||||||||
11247 | bool isLValueReference = false; | ||||||||
11248 | bool isRValueReference = false; | ||||||||
11249 | bool isPointer = false; | ||||||||
11250 | if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||||||
11251 | FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
11252 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11253 | isLValueReference = true; | ||||||||
11254 | } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||||||
11255 | FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
11256 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11257 | isRValueReference = true; | ||||||||
11258 | } | ||||||||
11259 | if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
11260 | FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11261 | isPointer = true; | ||||||||
11262 | } | ||||||||
11263 | // Desugar down to a function type. | ||||||||
11264 | FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0); | ||||||||
11265 | // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate. | ||||||||
11266 | if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType); | ||||||||
11267 | if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||||||
11268 | if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||||||
11269 | |||||||||
11270 | S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand) | ||||||||
11271 | << FnType; | ||||||||
11272 | } | ||||||||
11273 | |||||||||
11274 | static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc, | ||||||||
11275 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
11276 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11277 | assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary")((Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && \"builtin operator is not binary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11277, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11278 | std::string TypeStr("operator"); | ||||||||
11279 | TypeStr += Opc; | ||||||||
11280 | TypeStr += "("; | ||||||||
11281 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[0].getAsString(); | ||||||||
11282 | if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) { | ||||||||
11283 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||||||
11284 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||||||
11285 | } else { | ||||||||
11286 | TypeStr += ", "; | ||||||||
11287 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[1].getAsString(); | ||||||||
11288 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||||||
11289 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||||||
11290 | } | ||||||||
11291 | } | ||||||||
11292 | |||||||||
11293 | static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
11294 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11295 | for (const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS : Cand->Conversions) { | ||||||||
11296 | if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid | ||||||||
11297 | if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue; | ||||||||
11298 | |||||||||
11299 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||||||
11300 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)); | ||||||||
11301 | } | ||||||||
11302 | } | ||||||||
11303 | |||||||||
11304 | static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11305 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||||||
11306 | return Cand->Function->getLocation(); | ||||||||
11307 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||||||
11308 | return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(); | ||||||||
11309 | return SourceLocation(); | ||||||||
11310 | } | ||||||||
11311 | |||||||||
11312 | static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) { | ||||||||
11313 | switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) { | ||||||||
11314 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
11315 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
11316 | llvm_unreachable("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11316); | ||||||||
11317 | |||||||||
11318 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
11319 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
11320 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
11321 | return 1; | ||||||||
11322 | |||||||||
11323 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
11324 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
11325 | return 2; | ||||||||
11326 | |||||||||
11327 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
11328 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
11329 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
11330 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
11331 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
11332 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
11333 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
11334 | return 3; | ||||||||
11335 | |||||||||
11336 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
11337 | return 4; | ||||||||
11338 | |||||||||
11339 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
11340 | return 5; | ||||||||
11341 | |||||||||
11342 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
11343 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
11344 | return 6; | ||||||||
11345 | } | ||||||||
11346 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled deduction result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11346); | ||||||||
11347 | } | ||||||||
11348 | |||||||||
11349 | namespace { | ||||||||
11350 | struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||||||
11351 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
11352 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||
11353 | size_t NumArgs; | ||||||||
11354 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK; | ||||||||
11355 | |||||||||
11356 | CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay( | ||||||||
11357 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t NArgs, | ||||||||
11358 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) | ||||||||
11359 | : S(S), NumArgs(NArgs), CSK(CSK) {} | ||||||||
11360 | |||||||||
11361 | OverloadFailureKind EffectiveFailureKind(const OverloadCandidate *C) const { | ||||||||
11362 | // If there are too many or too few arguments, that's the high-order bit we | ||||||||
11363 | // want to sort by, even if the immediate failure kind was something else. | ||||||||
11364 | if (C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||||
11365 | C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||||||
11366 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||||||
11367 | |||||||||
11368 | if (C->Function) { | ||||||||
11369 | if (NumArgs > C->Function->getNumParams() && !C->Function->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
11370 | return ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||||
11371 | if (NumArgs < C->Function->getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||||||
11372 | return ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||||
11373 | } | ||||||||
11374 | |||||||||
11375 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||||||
11376 | } | ||||||||
11377 | |||||||||
11378 | bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L, | ||||||||
11379 | const OverloadCandidate *R) { | ||||||||
11380 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||||||
11381 | if (L == R) return false; | ||||||||
11382 | |||||||||
11383 | // Order first by viability. | ||||||||
11384 | if (L->Viable) { | ||||||||
11385 | if (!R->Viable) return true; | ||||||||
11386 | |||||||||
11387 | // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload | ||||||||
11388 | // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort | ||||||||
11389 | // that could exploit it. | ||||||||
11390 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||||||
11391 | return true; | ||||||||
11392 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||||||
11393 | return false; | ||||||||
11394 | } else if (R->Viable) | ||||||||
11395 | return false; | ||||||||
11396 | |||||||||
11397 | assert(L->Viable == R->Viable)((L->Viable == R->Viable) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Viable == R->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11398 | |||||||||
11399 | // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates: | ||||||||
11400 | if (!L->Viable) { | ||||||||
11401 | OverloadFailureKind LFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(L); | ||||||||
11402 | OverloadFailureKind RFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(R); | ||||||||
11403 | |||||||||
11404 | // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates. | ||||||||
11405 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||||
11406 | LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||||||
11407 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||||
11408 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||||||
11409 | int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||||||
11410 | int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||||||
11411 | if (LDist == RDist) { | ||||||||
11412 | if (LFailureKind == RFailureKind) | ||||||||
11413 | // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates. | ||||||||
11414 | return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate; | ||||||||
11415 | // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were | ||||||||
11416 | // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters | ||||||||
11417 | // than there were arguments given. | ||||||||
11418 | return LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||||
11419 | } | ||||||||
11420 | return LDist < RDist; | ||||||||
11421 | } | ||||||||
11422 | return false; | ||||||||
11423 | } | ||||||||
11424 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||||
11425 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||||||
11426 | return true; | ||||||||
11427 | |||||||||
11428 | // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number | ||||||||
11429 | // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions. | ||||||||
11430 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) { | ||||||||
11431 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||||
11432 | return true; | ||||||||
11433 | |||||||||
11434 | // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes, | ||||||||
11435 | // comes first. | ||||||||
11436 | unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||||||
11437 | unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||||||
11438 | numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numLFixes; | ||||||||
11439 | numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numRFixes; | ||||||||
11440 | if (numLFixes != numRFixes) { | ||||||||
11441 | return numLFixes < numRFixes; | ||||||||
11442 | } | ||||||||
11443 | |||||||||
11444 | // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions... | ||||||||
11445 | // FIXME: this might not be transitive. | ||||||||
11446 | assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size())((L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11446, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11447 | |||||||||
11448 | int leftBetter = 0; | ||||||||
11449 | unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument); | ||||||||
11450 | for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
11451 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
11452 | L->Conversions[I], | ||||||||
11453 | R->Conversions[I])) { | ||||||||
11454 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||||
11455 | leftBetter++; | ||||||||
11456 | break; | ||||||||
11457 | |||||||||
11458 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||||
11459 | leftBetter--; | ||||||||
11460 | break; | ||||||||
11461 | |||||||||
11462 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||||
11463 | break; | ||||||||
11464 | } | ||||||||
11465 | } | ||||||||
11466 | if (leftBetter > 0) return true; | ||||||||
11467 | if (leftBetter < 0) return false; | ||||||||
11468 | |||||||||
11469 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||||
11470 | return false; | ||||||||
11471 | |||||||||
11472 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) { | ||||||||
11473 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||||
11474 | return true; | ||||||||
11475 | |||||||||
11476 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||||||
11477 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) | ||||||||
11478 | < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||||||
11479 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||||
11480 | return false; | ||||||||
11481 | |||||||||
11482 | // TODO: others? | ||||||||
11483 | } | ||||||||
11484 | |||||||||
11485 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||||||
11486 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||||||
11487 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||||||
11488 | |||||||||
11489 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||||||
11490 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false; | ||||||||
11491 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true; | ||||||||
11492 | |||||||||
11493 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||||||
11494 | } | ||||||||
11495 | }; | ||||||||
11496 | } | ||||||||
11497 | |||||||||
11498 | /// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only | ||||||||
11499 | /// computes up to the first bad conversion. Produces the FixIt set if | ||||||||
11500 | /// possible. | ||||||||
11501 | static void | ||||||||
11502 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||||
11503 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
11504 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||||
11505 | assert(!Cand->Viable)((!Cand->Viable) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cand->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11505, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11506 | |||||||||
11507 | // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion. | ||||||||
11508 | if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||||
11509 | return; | ||||||||
11510 | |||||||||
11511 | // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected. | ||||||||
11512 | bool Unfixable = false; | ||||||||
11513 | // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes. | ||||||||
11514 | Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization); | ||||||||
11515 | |||||||||
11516 | // Attempt to fix the bad conversion. | ||||||||
11517 | unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size(); | ||||||||
11518 | for (unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); /**/; | ||||||||
11519 | ++ConvIdx) { | ||||||||
11520 | assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate")((ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvIdx != ConvCount && \"no bad conversion in candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11521 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() && | ||||||||
11522 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||||
11523 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||||||
11524 | break; | ||||||||
11525 | } | ||||||||
11526 | } | ||||||||
11527 | |||||||||
11528 | // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload | ||||||||
11529 | // operation somehow. | ||||||||
11530 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||||
11531 | |||||||||
11532 | unsigned ConvIdx = 0; | ||||||||
11533 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0; | ||||||||
11534 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes; | ||||||||
11535 | bool Reversed = Cand->isReversed(); | ||||||||
11536 | |||||||||
11537 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||||||
11538 | QualType ConvType | ||||||||
11539 | = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
11540 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
11541 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11542 | ParamTypes = ConvType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||||||
11543 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||||
11544 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||||||
11545 | } else if (Cand->Function) { | ||||||||
11546 | ParamTypes = | ||||||||
11547 | Cand->Function->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||||||
11548 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) && | ||||||||
11549 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function) && !Reversed) { | ||||||||
11550 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||||
11551 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||||||
11552 | if (CSK == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||||||
11553 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Call) | ||||||||
11554 | // Argument 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||||
11555 | ArgIdx = 1; | ||||||||
11556 | } | ||||||||
11557 | } else { | ||||||||
11558 | // Builtin operator. | ||||||||
11559 | assert(ConvCount <= 3)((ConvCount <= 3) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvCount <= 3", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11559, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11560 | ParamTypes = Cand->BuiltinParamTypes; | ||||||||
11561 | } | ||||||||
11562 | |||||||||
11563 | // Fill in the rest of the conversions. | ||||||||
11564 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = Reversed ? ParamTypes.size() - 1 : 0; | ||||||||
11565 | ConvIdx != ConvCount; | ||||||||
11566 | ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx, ParamIdx += (Reversed ? -1 : 1)) { | ||||||||
11567 | assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion")((ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx < Args.size() && \"no argument for this arg conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11567, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11568 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||||
11569 | // We've already checked this conversion. | ||||||||
11570 | } else if (ParamIdx < ParamTypes.size()) { | ||||||||
11571 | if (ParamTypes[ParamIdx]->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
11572 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setAsIdentityConversion( | ||||||||
11573 | Args[ArgIdx]->getType()); | ||||||||
11574 | else { | ||||||||
11575 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = | ||||||||
11576 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTypes[ParamIdx], | ||||||||
11577 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
11578 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||||
11579 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||||
11580 | S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||||
11581 | // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists. | ||||||||
11582 | if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||||
11583 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||||||
11584 | } | ||||||||
11585 | } else | ||||||||
11586 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||||
11587 | } | ||||||||
11588 | } | ||||||||
11589 | |||||||||
11590 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 32> OverloadCandidateSet::CompleteCandidates( | ||||||||
11591 | Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
11592 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
11593 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||||||
11594 | // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would | ||||||||
11595 | // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those. | ||||||||
11596 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands; | ||||||||
11597 | if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||||||
11598 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||||||
11599 | if (!Filter(*Cand)) | ||||||||
11600 | continue; | ||||||||
11601 | switch (OCD) { | ||||||||
11602 | case OCD_AllCandidates: | ||||||||
11603 | if (!Cand->Viable) { | ||||||||
11604 | if (!Cand->Function && !Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||||||
11605 | // This a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general, | ||||||||
11606 | // want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||||||
11607 | continue; | ||||||||
11608 | } | ||||||||
11609 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, Kind); | ||||||||
11610 | } | ||||||||
11611 | break; | ||||||||
11612 | |||||||||
11613 | case OCD_ViableCandidates: | ||||||||
11614 | if (!Cand->Viable) | ||||||||
11615 | continue; | ||||||||
11616 | break; | ||||||||
11617 | |||||||||
11618 | case OCD_AmbiguousCandidates: | ||||||||
11619 | if (!Cand->Best) | ||||||||
11620 | continue; | ||||||||
11621 | break; | ||||||||
11622 | } | ||||||||
11623 | |||||||||
11624 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||||||
11625 | } | ||||||||
11626 | |||||||||
11627 | llvm::stable_sort( | ||||||||
11628 | Cands, CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size(), Kind)); | ||||||||
11629 | |||||||||
11630 | return Cands; | ||||||||
11631 | } | ||||||||
11632 | |||||||||
11633 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::shouldDeferDiags(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
11634 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||||
11635 | bool DeferHint = false; | ||||||||
11636 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().GPUDeferDiag) { | ||||||||
11637 | // Defer diagnostic for CUDA/HIP if there are wrong-sided candidates or | ||||||||
11638 | // host device candidates. | ||||||||
11639 | auto WrongSidedCands = | ||||||||
11640 | CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, OpLoc, [](auto &Cand) { | ||||||||
11641 | return (Cand.Viable == false && | ||||||||
11642 | Cand.FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_target) || | ||||||||
11643 | (Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | ||||||||
11644 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()); | ||||||||
11645 | }); | ||||||||
11646 | DeferHint = !WrongSidedCands.empty(); | ||||||||
11647 | } | ||||||||
11648 | return DeferHint; | ||||||||
11649 | } | ||||||||
11650 | |||||||||
11651 | /// When overload resolution fails, prints diagnostic messages containing the | ||||||||
11652 | /// candidates in the candidate set. | ||||||||
11653 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
11654 | PartialDiagnosticAt PD, Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, | ||||||||
11655 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
11656 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||||||
11657 | |||||||||
11658 | auto Cands = CompleteCandidates(S, OCD, Args, OpLoc, Filter); | ||||||||
11659 | |||||||||
11660 | S.Diag(PD.first, PD.second, shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||||||
11661 | |||||||||
11662 | NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, Opc, OpLoc); | ||||||||
11663 | |||||||||
11664 | if (OCD == OCD_AmbiguousCandidates) | ||||||||
11665 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(S, {begin(), end()}); | ||||||||
11666 | } | ||||||||
11667 | |||||||||
11668 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
11669 | ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate *> Cands, | ||||||||
11670 | StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||||
11671 | bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false; | ||||||||
11672 | |||||||||
11673 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||||||
11674 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||||
11675 | auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); | ||||||||
11676 | for (; I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
11677 | OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||||||
11678 | |||||||||
11679 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow() && | ||||||||
11680 | ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) { | ||||||||
11681 | break; | ||||||||
11682 | } | ||||||||
11683 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||||
11684 | |||||||||
11685 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||||||
11686 | NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(), | ||||||||
11687 | /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false, DestAS); | ||||||||
11688 | else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||||||
11689 | NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand); | ||||||||
11690 | else { | ||||||||
11691 | assert(Cand->Viable &&((Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11692, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
11692 | "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")((Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11692, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11693 | // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin | ||||||||
11694 | // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an | ||||||||
11695 | // ambiguous user-defined conversion. | ||||||||
11696 | // | ||||||||
11697 | // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see | ||||||||
11698 | // different ambiguities, though. | ||||||||
11699 | if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) { | ||||||||
11700 | NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||||||
11701 | ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true; | ||||||||
11702 | } | ||||||||
11703 | |||||||||
11704 | // If this is a viable builtin, print it. | ||||||||
11705 | NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||||||
11706 | } | ||||||||
11707 | } | ||||||||
11708 | |||||||||
11709 | // Inform S.Diags that we've shown an overload set with N elements. This may | ||||||||
11710 | // inform the future value of S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow(). | ||||||||
11711 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||||||
11712 | |||||||||
11713 | if (I != E) | ||||||||
11714 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates, | ||||||||
11715 | shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)) | ||||||||
11716 | << int(E - I); | ||||||||
11717 | } | ||||||||
11718 | |||||||||
11719 | static SourceLocation | ||||||||
11720 | GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||||
11721 | return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation() | ||||||||
11722 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||||||
11723 | } | ||||||||
11724 | |||||||||
11725 | namespace { | ||||||||
11726 | struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||||||
11727 | Sema &S; | ||||||||
11728 | CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||||||
11729 | |||||||||
11730 | bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L, | ||||||||
11731 | const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) { | ||||||||
11732 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||||||
11733 | if (L == R) | ||||||||
11734 | return false; | ||||||||
11735 | |||||||||
11736 | // Assuming that both candidates are not matches... | ||||||||
11737 | |||||||||
11738 | // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures. | ||||||||
11739 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||||||
11740 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) < | ||||||||
11741 | RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||||||
11742 | |||||||||
11743 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||||||
11744 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||||||
11745 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||||||
11746 | |||||||||
11747 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||||||
11748 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11749 | return false; | ||||||||
11750 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
11751 | return true; | ||||||||
11752 | |||||||||
11753 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||||||
11754 | } | ||||||||
11755 | }; | ||||||||
11756 | } | ||||||||
11757 | |||||||||
11758 | /// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure. | ||||||||
11759 | /// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad | ||||||||
11760 | /// deductions. | ||||||||
11761 | void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S, | ||||||||
11762 | bool ForTakingAddress) { | ||||||||
11763 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern | ||||||||
11764 | DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress); | ||||||||
11765 | } | ||||||||
11766 | |||||||||
11767 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||||
11768 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
11769 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||||
11770 | } | ||||||||
11771 | } | ||||||||
11772 | |||||||||
11773 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() { | ||||||||
11774 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||||
11775 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||||
11776 | } | ||||||||
11777 | |||||||||
11778 | /// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints | ||||||||
11779 | /// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form | ||||||||
11780 | /// the candidate set. | ||||||||
11781 | /// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with | ||||||||
11782 | /// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false. | ||||||||
11783 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
11784 | // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match). | ||||||||
11785 | // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers | ||||||||
11786 | // and sort those. | ||||||||
11787 | SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands; | ||||||||
11788 | Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||||||
11789 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||||||
11790 | if (Cand->Specialization) | ||||||||
11791 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||||||
11792 | // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate. We do not, | ||||||||
11793 | // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||||||
11794 | } | ||||||||
11795 | |||||||||
11796 | llvm::sort(Cands, CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S)); | ||||||||
11797 | |||||||||
11798 | // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads() | ||||||||
11799 | // for generalization purposes (?). | ||||||||
11800 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||||||
11801 | |||||||||
11802 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E; | ||||||||
11803 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||||
11804 | for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
11805 | TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||||||
11806 | |||||||||
11807 | // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam | ||||||||
11808 | // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the | ||||||||
11809 | // candidate list. | ||||||||
11810 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) | ||||||||
11811 | break; | ||||||||
11812 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||||
11813 | |||||||||
11814 | assert(Cand->Specialization &&((Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
11815 | "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")((Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11815, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
11816 | Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress); | ||||||||
11817 | } | ||||||||
11818 | |||||||||
11819 | if (I != E) | ||||||||
11820 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||||||
11821 | } | ||||||||
11822 | |||||||||
11823 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] | ||||||||
11824 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType | ||||||||
11825 | // R (A) --> R(A) | ||||||||
11826 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||||
11827 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||||
11828 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||||
11829 | QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) { | ||||||||
11830 | QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType; | ||||||||
11831 | if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = | ||||||||
11832 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
11833 | Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11834 | else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = | ||||||||
11835 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
11836 | Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11837 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr = | ||||||||
11838 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
11839 | Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
11840 | Ret = | ||||||||
11841 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
11842 | return Ret; | ||||||||
11843 | } | ||||||||
11844 | |||||||||
11845 | static bool completeFunctionType(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
11846 | bool Complain = true) { | ||||||||
11847 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||||||
11848 | S.DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc, Complain)) | ||||||||
11849 | return true; | ||||||||
11850 | |||||||||
11851 | auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
11852 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | ||||||||
11853 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && | ||||||||
11854 | !S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT)) | ||||||||
11855 | return true; | ||||||||
11856 | |||||||||
11857 | return false; | ||||||||
11858 | } | ||||||||
11859 | |||||||||
11860 | namespace { | ||||||||
11861 | // A helper class to help with address of function resolution | ||||||||
11862 | // - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters | ||||||||
11863 | class AddressOfFunctionResolver { | ||||||||
11864 | Sema& S; | ||||||||
11865 | Expr* SourceExpr; | ||||||||
11866 | const QualType& TargetType; | ||||||||
11867 | QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type | ||||||||
11868 | |||||||||
11869 | bool Complain; | ||||||||
11870 | //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair; | ||||||||
11871 | ASTContext& Context; | ||||||||
11872 | |||||||||
11873 | bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction; | ||||||||
11874 | bool FoundNonTemplateFunction; | ||||||||
11875 | bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||||||
11876 | bool HasComplained; | ||||||||
11877 | |||||||||
11878 | OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo; | ||||||||
11879 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr; | ||||||||
11880 | TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||||||
11881 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches; | ||||||||
11882 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates; | ||||||||
11883 | |||||||||
11884 | public: | ||||||||
11885 | AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr, | ||||||||
11886 | const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain) | ||||||||
11887 | : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType), | ||||||||
11888 | Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()), | ||||||||
11889 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction( | ||||||||
11890 | !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()), | ||||||||
11891 | FoundNonTemplateFunction(false), | ||||||||
11892 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false), | ||||||||
11893 | HasComplained(false), | ||||||||
11894 | OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)), | ||||||||
11895 | OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression), | ||||||||
11896 | FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) { | ||||||||
11897 | ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType(); | ||||||||
11898 | |||||||||
11899 | if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||
11900 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) | ||||||||
11901 | if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() && | ||||||||
11902 | !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME)) | ||||||||
11903 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true; | ||||||||
11904 | } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
11905 | DeclAccessPair dap; | ||||||||
11906 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||||
11907 | OvlExpr, false, &dap)) { | ||||||||
11908 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) | ||||||||
11909 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
11910 | // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found | ||||||||
11911 | // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the | ||||||||
11912 | // target, it's the only possible type to end up with. | ||||||||
11913 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true; | ||||||||
11914 | |||||||||
11915 | // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form. | ||||||||
11916 | // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions. | ||||||||
11917 | if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer) | ||||||||
11918 | return; | ||||||||
11919 | } | ||||||||
11920 | |||||||||
11921 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn)); | ||||||||
11922 | } | ||||||||
11923 | return; | ||||||||
11924 | } | ||||||||
11925 | |||||||||
11926 | if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||||||
11927 | OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||||
11928 | |||||||||
11929 | if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) { | ||||||||
11930 | // C++ [over.over]p4: | ||||||||
11931 | // If more than one function is selected, [...] | ||||||||
11932 | if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) { | ||||||||
11933 | if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) | ||||||||
11934 | EliminateAllTemplateMatches(); | ||||||||
11935 | else | ||||||||
11936 | EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate(); | ||||||||
11937 | } | ||||||||
11938 | } | ||||||||
11939 | |||||||||
11940 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1) | ||||||||
11941 | EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches(); | ||||||||
11942 | } | ||||||||
11943 | |||||||||
11944 | bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; } | ||||||||
11945 | |||||||||
11946 | private: | ||||||||
11947 | bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
11948 | QualType Discard; | ||||||||
11949 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) || | ||||||||
11950 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard); | ||||||||
11951 | } | ||||||||
11952 | |||||||||
11953 | /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the | ||||||||
11954 | /// desired type than B. | ||||||||
11955 | bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) { | ||||||||
11956 | // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it | ||||||||
11957 | // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to | ||||||||
11958 | // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match. | ||||||||
11959 | return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) && | ||||||||
11960 | (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) || | ||||||||
11961 | compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better); | ||||||||
11962 | } | ||||||||
11963 | |||||||||
11964 | /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate, | ||||||||
11965 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||||
11966 | bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() { | ||||||||
11967 | // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best", | ||||||||
11968 | // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best. | ||||||||
11969 | auto Best = Matches.begin(); | ||||||||
11970 | for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||||
11971 | if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second)) | ||||||||
11972 | Best = I; | ||||||||
11973 | |||||||||
11974 | const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second; | ||||||||
11975 | auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn]( | ||||||||
11976 | const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) { | ||||||||
11977 | return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second); | ||||||||
11978 | }; | ||||||||
11979 | |||||||||
11980 | // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best | ||||||||
11981 | // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error | ||||||||
11982 | if (!llvm::all_of(Matches, IsBestOrInferiorToBest)) | ||||||||
11983 | return false; | ||||||||
11984 | Matches[0] = *Best; | ||||||||
11985 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||||||
11986 | return true; | ||||||||
11987 | } | ||||||||
11988 | |||||||||
11989 | bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const { | ||||||||
11990 | return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
11991 | } | ||||||||
11992 | |||||||||
11993 | // [ToType] [Return] | ||||||||
11994 | |||||||||
11995 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||||||
11996 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||||||
11997 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true | ||||||||
11998 | void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() { | ||||||||
11999 | TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType); | ||||||||
12000 | } | ||||||||
12001 | |||||||||
12002 | // return true if any matching specializations were found | ||||||||
12003 | bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate, | ||||||||
12004 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||||||
12005 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method | ||||||||
12006 | = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||||||
12007 | // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and | ||||||||
12008 | // static when converting to member pointer. | ||||||||
12009 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||||
12010 | return false; | ||||||||
12011 | } | ||||||||
12012 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||||
12013 | return false; | ||||||||
12014 | |||||||||
12015 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||||||
12016 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||||||
12017 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||||||
12018 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||||||
12019 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||||||
12020 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||||||
12021 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||||
12022 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||||||
12023 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||||
12024 | = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | ||||||||
12025 | &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12026 | TargetFunctionType, Specialization, | ||||||||
12027 | Info, /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||||||
12028 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||||||
12029 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||||||
12030 | .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||||||
12031 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||||||
12032 | return false; | ||||||||
12033 | } | ||||||||
12034 | |||||||||
12035 | // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or | ||||||||
12036 | // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS. | ||||||||
12037 | // This function template specicalization works. | ||||||||
12038 | assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
12039 | Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
12040 | Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)))((S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType( Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType ))) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12040, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12041 | |||||||||
12042 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization)) | ||||||||
12043 | return false; | ||||||||
12044 | |||||||||
12045 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization)); | ||||||||
12046 | return true; | ||||||||
12047 | } | ||||||||
12048 | |||||||||
12049 | bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn, | ||||||||
12050 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||||||
12051 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
12052 | // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static | ||||||||
12053 | // when converting to member pointer. | ||||||||
12054 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||||
12055 | return false; | ||||||||
12056 | } | ||||||||
12057 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||||
12058 | return false; | ||||||||
12059 | |||||||||
12060 | if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
12061 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||||
12062 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) | ||||||||
12063 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !S.IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, FunDecl)) | ||||||||
12064 | return false; | ||||||||
12065 | if (FunDecl->isMultiVersion()) { | ||||||||
12066 | const auto *TA = FunDecl->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||||||
12067 | if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||||
12068 | return false; | ||||||||
12069 | } | ||||||||
12070 | |||||||||
12071 | // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction | ||||||||
12072 | // now. | ||||||||
12073 | if (completeFunctionType(S, FunDecl, SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
12074 | Complain)) { | ||||||||
12075 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||||||
12076 | return false; | ||||||||
12077 | } | ||||||||
12078 | |||||||||
12079 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl)) | ||||||||
12080 | return false; | ||||||||
12081 | |||||||||
12082 | // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical. | ||||||||
12083 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||||
12084 | candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) { | ||||||||
12085 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair( | ||||||||
12086 | CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()))); | ||||||||
12087 | FoundNonTemplateFunction = true; | ||||||||
12088 | return true; | ||||||||
12089 | } | ||||||||
12090 | } | ||||||||
12091 | |||||||||
12092 | return false; | ||||||||
12093 | } | ||||||||
12094 | |||||||||
12095 | bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() { | ||||||||
12096 | bool Ret = false; | ||||||||
12097 | |||||||||
12098 | // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to | ||||||||
12099 | // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type. | ||||||||
12100 | if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||||||
12101 | return false; | ||||||||
12102 | |||||||||
12103 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
12104 | E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||||
12105 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
12106 | // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function. | ||||||||
12107 | NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||||
12108 | |||||||||
12109 | // C++ [over.over]p3: | ||||||||
12110 | // Non-member functions and static member functions match | ||||||||
12111 | // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function." | ||||||||
12112 | // Nonstatic member functions match targets of | ||||||||
12113 | // type "pointer-to-member-function." | ||||||||
12114 | // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter. | ||||||||
12115 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||||||
12116 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
12117 | if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair())) | ||||||||
12118 | Ret = true; | ||||||||
12119 | } | ||||||||
12120 | // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates. | ||||||||
12121 | else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||||||
12122 | AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair())) | ||||||||
12123 | Ret = true; | ||||||||
12124 | } | ||||||||
12125 | assert(Ret || Matches.empty())((Ret || Matches.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ret || Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12126 | return Ret; | ||||||||
12127 | } | ||||||||
12128 | |||||||||
12129 | void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() { | ||||||||
12130 | // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is | ||||||||
12131 | // eliminated if the set contains a second function template | ||||||||
12132 | // specialization whose function template is more specialized | ||||||||
12133 | // than the function template of F1 according to the partial | ||||||||
12134 | // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2. | ||||||||
12135 | |||||||||
12136 | // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a | ||||||||
12137 | // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the | ||||||||
12138 | // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the | ||||||||
12139 | // best function template (if it exists). | ||||||||
12140 | |||||||||
12141 | UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid! | ||||||||
12142 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||||
12143 | MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess()); | ||||||||
12144 | |||||||||
12145 | // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose | ||||||||
12146 | // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0. | ||||||||
12147 | UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized( | ||||||||
12148 | MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates, | ||||||||
12149 | SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), S.PDiag(), | ||||||||
12150 | S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||||
12151 | << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(), | ||||||||
12152 | S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||||||
12153 | << (unsigned)oc_function << (unsigned)ocs_described_template, | ||||||||
12154 | Complain, TargetFunctionType); | ||||||||
12155 | |||||||||
12156 | if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) { | ||||||||
12157 | // Make it the first and only element | ||||||||
12158 | Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first; | ||||||||
12159 | Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result); | ||||||||
12160 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||||||
12161 | } else | ||||||||
12162 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||||||
12163 | } | ||||||||
12164 | |||||||||
12165 | void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() { | ||||||||
12166 | // [...] any function template specializations in the set are | ||||||||
12167 | // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...] | ||||||||
12168 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) { | ||||||||
12169 | if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr) | ||||||||
12170 | ++I; | ||||||||
12171 | else { | ||||||||
12172 | Matches[I] = Matches[--N]; | ||||||||
12173 | Matches.resize(N); | ||||||||
12174 | } | ||||||||
12175 | } | ||||||||
12176 | } | ||||||||
12177 | |||||||||
12178 | void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() { | ||||||||
12179 | S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext), Matches); | ||||||||
12180 | } | ||||||||
12181 | |||||||||
12182 | public: | ||||||||
12183 | void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const { | ||||||||
12184 | assert(Matches.empty())((Matches.empty()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12184, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12185 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable) | ||||||||
12186 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType | ||||||||
12187 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12188 | if (FailedCandidates.empty()) | ||||||||
12189 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||||
12190 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||||
12191 | else { | ||||||||
12192 | // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose | ||||||||
12193 | // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates | ||||||||
12194 | // normally. | ||||||||
12195 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
12196 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||||
12197 | I != IEnd; ++I) | ||||||||
12198 | if (FunctionDecl *Fun = | ||||||||
12199 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||||||
12200 | if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun)) | ||||||||
12201 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||||
12202 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||||
12203 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||
12204 | } | ||||||||
12205 | } | ||||||||
12206 | |||||||||
12207 | bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||||||
12208 | return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction && | ||||||||
12209 | !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer; | ||||||||
12210 | } | ||||||||
12211 | |||||||||
12212 | void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||||||
12213 | // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might | ||||||||
12214 | // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers? | ||||||||
12215 | // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt. | ||||||||
12216 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier) | ||||||||
12217 | << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12218 | } | ||||||||
12219 | |||||||||
12220 | bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||||||
12221 | return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||||||
12222 | } | ||||||||
12223 | |||||||||
12224 | void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||||||
12225 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
12226 | diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||||||
12227 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12228 | } | ||||||||
12229 | |||||||||
12230 | void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const { | ||||||||
12231 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref) | ||||||||
12232 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType; | ||||||||
12233 | } | ||||||||
12234 | |||||||||
12235 | void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const { | ||||||||
12236 | assert(Matches.size() > 1)((Matches.size() > 1) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.size() > 1", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12236, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12237 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||||
12238 | << OvlExpr->getName() << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12239 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||||
12240 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||||
12241 | } | ||||||||
12242 | |||||||||
12243 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); } | ||||||||
12244 | |||||||||
12245 | int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); } | ||||||||
12246 | |||||||||
12247 | FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const { | ||||||||
12248 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||||||
12249 | return Matches[0].second; | ||||||||
12250 | } | ||||||||
12251 | |||||||||
12252 | const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const { | ||||||||
12253 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||||||
12254 | return &Matches[0].first; | ||||||||
12255 | } | ||||||||
12256 | }; | ||||||||
12257 | } | ||||||||
12258 | |||||||||
12259 | /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of | ||||||||
12260 | /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an | ||||||||
12261 | /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type | ||||||||
12262 | /// we're trying to resolve to. For example: | ||||||||
12263 | /// | ||||||||
12264 | /// @code | ||||||||
12265 | /// int f(double); | ||||||||
12266 | /// int f(int); | ||||||||
12267 | /// | ||||||||
12268 | /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double) | ||||||||
12269 | /// @endcode | ||||||||
12270 | /// | ||||||||
12271 | /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be | ||||||||
12272 | /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this | ||||||||
12273 | /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error. | ||||||||
12274 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||||
12275 | Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, | ||||||||
12276 | QualType TargetType, | ||||||||
12277 | bool Complain, | ||||||||
12278 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult, | ||||||||
12279 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) { | ||||||||
12280 | assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12280, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12281 | |||||||||
12282 | AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType, | ||||||||
12283 | Complain); | ||||||||
12284 | int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches(); | ||||||||
12285 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; | ||||||||
12286 | bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained(); | ||||||||
12287 | if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) { | ||||||||
12288 | if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||||||
12289 | Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction(); | ||||||||
12290 | else | ||||||||
12291 | Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound(); | ||||||||
12292 | } | ||||||||
12293 | else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain) | ||||||||
12294 | Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound(); | ||||||||
12295 | else if (NumMatches == 1) { | ||||||||
12296 | Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl(); | ||||||||
12297 | assert(Fn)((Fn) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12298 | if (auto *FPT = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
12299 | ResolveExceptionSpec(AddressOfExpr->getExprLoc(), FPT); | ||||||||
12300 | FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair(); | ||||||||
12301 | if (Complain) { | ||||||||
12302 | if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer()) | ||||||||
12303 | Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(); | ||||||||
12304 | else | ||||||||
12305 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult); | ||||||||
12306 | } | ||||||||
12307 | } | ||||||||
12308 | |||||||||
12309 | if (pHadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||||
12310 | *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates(); | ||||||||
12311 | return Fn; | ||||||||
12312 | } | ||||||||
12313 | |||||||||
12314 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||||||
12315 | /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken. | ||||||||
12316 | /// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null. | ||||||||
12317 | /// | ||||||||
12318 | /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the overload | ||||||||
12319 | /// set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one candidate | ||||||||
12320 | /// that is more constrained than the rest. | ||||||||
12321 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||||
12322 | Sema::resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &Pair) { | ||||||||
12323 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E); | ||||||||
12324 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; | ||||||||
12325 | bool IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||||||
12326 | FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr; | ||||||||
12327 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||||||
12328 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 2> AmbiguousDecls; | ||||||||
12329 | |||||||||
12330 | auto CheckMoreConstrained = | ||||||||
12331 | [&] (FunctionDecl *FD1, FunctionDecl *FD2) -> Optional<bool> { | ||||||||
12332 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> AC1, AC2; | ||||||||
12333 | FD1->getAssociatedConstraints(AC1); | ||||||||
12334 | FD2->getAssociatedConstraints(AC2); | ||||||||
12335 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||||||
12336 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD1, AC1, FD2, AC2, AtLeastAsConstrained1)) | ||||||||
12337 | return None; | ||||||||
12338 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD2, AC2, FD1, AC1, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||||||
12339 | return None; | ||||||||
12340 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 == AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||||||
12341 | return None; | ||||||||
12342 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||||||
12343 | }; | ||||||||
12344 | |||||||||
12345 | // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for | ||||||||
12346 | // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks | ||||||||
12347 | // enable_if/pass_object_size/... | ||||||||
12348 | for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
12349 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||||
12350 | if (!FD) | ||||||||
12351 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12352 | |||||||||
12353 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||||
12354 | continue; | ||||||||
12355 | |||||||||
12356 | // We have more than one result - see if it is more constrained than the | ||||||||
12357 | // previous one. | ||||||||
12358 | if (Result) { | ||||||||
12359 | Optional<bool> MoreConstrainedThanPrevious = CheckMoreConstrained(FD, | ||||||||
12360 | Result); | ||||||||
12361 | if (!MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) { | ||||||||
12362 | IsResultAmbiguous = true; | ||||||||
12363 | AmbiguousDecls.push_back(FD); | ||||||||
12364 | continue; | ||||||||
12365 | } | ||||||||
12366 | if (!*MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) | ||||||||
12367 | continue; | ||||||||
12368 | // FD is more constrained - replace Result with it. | ||||||||
12369 | } | ||||||||
12370 | IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||||||
12371 | DAP = I.getPair(); | ||||||||
12372 | Result = FD; | ||||||||
12373 | } | ||||||||
12374 | |||||||||
12375 | if (IsResultAmbiguous) | ||||||||
12376 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12377 | |||||||||
12378 | if (Result) { | ||||||||
12379 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> ResultAC; | ||||||||
12380 | // We skipped over some ambiguous declarations which might be ambiguous with | ||||||||
12381 | // the selected result. | ||||||||
12382 | for (FunctionDecl *Skipped : AmbiguousDecls) | ||||||||
12383 | if (!CheckMoreConstrained(Skipped, Result).hasValue()) | ||||||||
12384 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12385 | Pair = DAP; | ||||||||
12386 | } | ||||||||
12387 | return Result; | ||||||||
12388 | } | ||||||||
12389 | |||||||||
12390 | /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded | ||||||||
12391 | /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This | ||||||||
12392 | /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if | ||||||||
12393 | /// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||||||
12394 | /// | ||||||||
12395 | /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails. | ||||||||
12396 | /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true. | ||||||||
12397 | bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
12398 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||||||
12399 | Expr *E = SrcExpr.get(); | ||||||||
12400 | assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload")((E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && \"SrcExpr must be an overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12401 | |||||||||
12402 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||||||
12403 | FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(E, DAP); | ||||||||
12404 | if (!Found || Found->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || | ||||||||
12405 | Found->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) | ||||||||
12406 | return false; | ||||||||
12407 | |||||||||
12408 | // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and | ||||||||
12409 | // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check | ||||||||
12410 | // for both. | ||||||||
12411 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||
12412 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP); | ||||||||
12413 | Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found); | ||||||||
12414 | if (DoFunctionPointerConverion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
12415 | SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false); | ||||||||
12416 | else | ||||||||
12417 | SrcExpr = Fixed; | ||||||||
12418 | return true; | ||||||||
12419 | } | ||||||||
12420 | |||||||||
12421 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||||||
12422 | /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function. | ||||||||
12423 | /// | ||||||||
12424 | /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function | ||||||||
12425 | /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template | ||||||||
12426 | /// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults, | ||||||||
12427 | /// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. | ||||||||
12428 | /// | ||||||||
12429 | /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is | ||||||||
12430 | /// returned. | ||||||||
12431 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||||
12432 | Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, | ||||||||
12433 | bool Complain, | ||||||||
12434 | DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) { | ||||||||
12435 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||||||
12436 | // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the | ||||||||
12437 | // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ] | ||||||||
12438 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||||||
12439 | // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the & | ||||||||
12440 | // operator. | ||||||||
12441 | |||||||||
12442 | // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done. | ||||||||
12443 | if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||||||
12444 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12445 | |||||||||
12446 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||||||
12447 | ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||||
12448 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc()); | ||||||||
12449 | |||||||||
12450 | // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one | ||||||||
12451 | // whose type matches exactly. | ||||||||
12452 | FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr; | ||||||||
12453 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
12454 | E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
12455 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | ||||||||
12456 | // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts | ||||||||
12457 | // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is | ||||||||
12458 | // specified and it, along with any default template arguments, | ||||||||
12459 | // identifies a single function template specialization, then the | ||||||||
12460 | // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization. | ||||||||
12461 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||||||
12462 | = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||||
12463 | |||||||||
12464 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||||||
12465 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||||||
12466 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||||||
12467 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||||||
12468 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||||||
12469 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||||||
12470 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||||
12471 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||||||
12472 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||||
12473 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12474 | Specialization, Info, | ||||||||
12475 | /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||||||
12476 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||||||
12477 | // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info? | ||||||||
12478 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||||||
12479 | .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||||||
12480 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||||||
12481 | continue; | ||||||||
12482 | } | ||||||||
12483 | |||||||||
12484 | assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?")((Specialization && "no specialization and no error?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"no specialization and no error?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12484, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12485 | |||||||||
12486 | // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration. | ||||||||
12487 | if (Matched) { | ||||||||
12488 | if (Complain) { | ||||||||
12489 | Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||||
12490 | << ovl->getName(); | ||||||||
12491 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl); | ||||||||
12492 | } | ||||||||
12493 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12494 | } | ||||||||
12495 | |||||||||
12496 | Matched = Specialization; | ||||||||
12497 | if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair(); | ||||||||
12498 | } | ||||||||
12499 | |||||||||
12500 | if (Matched && | ||||||||
12501 | completeFunctionType(*this, Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain)) | ||||||||
12502 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
12503 | |||||||||
12504 | return Matched; | ||||||||
12505 | } | ||||||||
12506 | |||||||||
12507 | // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved | ||||||||
12508 | // because it identifies a single function template specialization. | ||||||||
12509 | // | ||||||||
12510 | // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true | ||||||||
12511 | // | ||||||||
12512 | // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the | ||||||||
12513 | // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always | ||||||||
12514 | // returns true if 'complain' is set. | ||||||||
12515 | bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||||
12516 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion, | ||||||||
12517 | bool complain, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining, | ||||||||
12518 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining, | ||||||||
12519 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) { | ||||||||
12520 | assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12521 | |||||||||
12522 | OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||||||
12523 | |||||||||
12524 | DeclAccessPair found; | ||||||||
12525 | ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||||||
12526 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||||
12527 | ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) { | ||||||||
12528 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getBeginLoc())) { | ||||||||
12529 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12530 | return true; | ||||||||
12531 | } | ||||||||
12532 | |||||||||
12533 | // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're | ||||||||
12534 | // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member. | ||||||||
12535 | // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which | ||||||||
12536 | // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this. | ||||||||
12537 | if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer && | ||||||||
12538 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) && | ||||||||
12539 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) { | ||||||||
12540 | if (!complain) return false; | ||||||||
12541 | |||||||||
12542 | Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
12543 | diag::err_bound_member_function) | ||||||||
12544 | << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12545 | |||||||||
12546 | // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of | ||||||||
12547 | // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression | ||||||||
12548 | // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type). | ||||||||
12549 | // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why | ||||||||
12550 | // the static candidates were rejected. | ||||||||
12551 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12552 | return true; | ||||||||
12553 | } | ||||||||
12554 | |||||||||
12555 | // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'. | ||||||||
12556 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||||||
12557 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn); | ||||||||
12558 | |||||||||
12559 | // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay. | ||||||||
12560 | if (doFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||||||
12561 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||||||
12562 | DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get()); | ||||||||
12563 | if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
12564 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12565 | return true; | ||||||||
12566 | } | ||||||||
12567 | } | ||||||||
12568 | } | ||||||||
12569 | |||||||||
12570 | if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
12571 | if (complain) { | ||||||||
12572 | Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining) | ||||||||
12573 | << ovl.Expression->getName() | ||||||||
12574 | << DestTypeForComplaining | ||||||||
12575 | << OpRangeForComplaining | ||||||||
12576 | << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
12577 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||||||
12578 | |||||||||
12579 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12580 | return true; | ||||||||
12581 | } | ||||||||
12582 | |||||||||
12583 | return false; | ||||||||
12584 | } | ||||||||
12585 | |||||||||
12586 | SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||||||
12587 | return true; | ||||||||
12588 | } | ||||||||
12589 | |||||||||
12590 | /// Add a single candidate to the overload set. | ||||||||
12591 | static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S, | ||||||||
12592 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||||
12593 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12594 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
12595 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
12596 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
12597 | bool KnownValid) { | ||||||||
12598 | NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
12599 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)) | ||||||||
12600 | Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
12601 | |||||||||
12602 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||||||
12603 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
12604 | assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?")((!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"Explicit template arguments?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12605 | return; | ||||||||
12606 | } | ||||||||
12607 | // Prevent ill-formed function decls to be added as overload candidates. | ||||||||
12608 | if (!dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) | ||||||||
12609 | return; | ||||||||
12610 | |||||||||
12611 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
12612 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
12613 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
12614 | return; | ||||||||
12615 | } | ||||||||
12616 | |||||||||
12617 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate | ||||||||
12618 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||||||
12619 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl, | ||||||||
12620 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
12621 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
12622 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
12623 | return; | ||||||||
12624 | } | ||||||||
12625 | |||||||||
12626 | assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate")((!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"unhandled case in overloaded call candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12626, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12627 | } | ||||||||
12628 | |||||||||
12629 | /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument | ||||||||
12630 | /// dependent lookup to the given overload set. | ||||||||
12631 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||||
12632 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
12633 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
12634 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||||||
12635 | |||||||||
12636 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
12637 | // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules | ||||||||
12638 | // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||||||
12639 | // | ||||||||
12640 | // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1) | ||||||||
12641 | // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent | ||||||||
12642 | // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains | ||||||||
12643 | // | ||||||||
12644 | // -- a declaration of a class member, or | ||||||||
12645 | // | ||||||||
12646 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||||||
12647 | // using-declaration, or | ||||||||
12648 | // | ||||||||
12649 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||||||
12650 | // template | ||||||||
12651 | // | ||||||||
12652 | // then Y is empty. | ||||||||
12653 | |||||||||
12654 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||||||
12655 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
12656 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
12657 | assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord())((!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12657, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12658 | assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||((isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext( )->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
12659 | !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())((isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext( )->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12660 | assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())(((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12660, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12661 | } | ||||||||
12662 | } | ||||||||
12663 | #endif | ||||||||
12664 | |||||||||
12665 | // It would be nice to avoid this copy. | ||||||||
12666 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||||||
12667 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
12668 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
12669 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||||||
12670 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||||||
12671 | } | ||||||||
12672 | |||||||||
12673 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
12674 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||||
12675 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||||
12676 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading, | ||||||||
12677 | /*KnownValid*/ true); | ||||||||
12678 | |||||||||
12679 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) | ||||||||
12680 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
12681 | Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12682 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading); | ||||||||
12683 | } | ||||||||
12684 | |||||||||
12685 | /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given | ||||||||
12686 | /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored. | ||||||||
12687 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates( | ||||||||
12688 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12689 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
12690 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||||
12691 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||||
12692 | CandidateSet, false, /*KnownValid*/ false); | ||||||||
12693 | } | ||||||||
12694 | |||||||||
12695 | /// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into | ||||||||
12696 | /// a different namespace. | ||||||||
12697 | static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) { | ||||||||
12698 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||||||
12699 | case OO_New: case OO_Array_New: | ||||||||
12700 | case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||||
12701 | return false; | ||||||||
12702 | |||||||||
12703 | default: | ||||||||
12704 | return true; | ||||||||
12705 | } | ||||||||
12706 | } | ||||||||
12707 | |||||||||
12708 | /// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a | ||||||||
12709 | /// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template | ||||||||
12710 | /// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not | ||||||||
12711 | /// correctly implement two-stage name lookup. | ||||||||
12712 | /// | ||||||||
12713 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||||||
12714 | static bool DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup( | ||||||||
12715 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||||
12716 | LookupResult &R, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK, | ||||||||
12717 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
12718 | CXXRecordDecl **FoundInClass = nullptr) { | ||||||||
12719 | if (!SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() || !SS.isEmpty()) | ||||||||
12720 | return false; | ||||||||
12721 | |||||||||
12722 | for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { | ||||||||
12723 | if (DC->isTransparentContext()) | ||||||||
12724 | continue; | ||||||||
12725 | |||||||||
12726 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||||||
12727 | |||||||||
12728 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||||||
12729 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
12730 | |||||||||
12731 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK); | ||||||||
12732 | SemaRef.AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||||
12733 | Candidates); | ||||||||
12734 | |||||||||
12735 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
12736 | OverloadingResult OR = | ||||||||
12737 | Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best); | ||||||||
12738 | |||||||||
12739 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||||
12740 | // We either found non-function declarations or a best viable function | ||||||||
12741 | // at class scope. A class-scope lookup result disables ADL. Don't | ||||||||
12742 | // look past this, but let the caller know that we found something that | ||||||||
12743 | // either is, or might be, usable in this class. | ||||||||
12744 | if (FoundInClass) { | ||||||||
12745 | *FoundInClass = RD; | ||||||||
12746 | if (OR == OR_Success) { | ||||||||
12747 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
12748 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||||
12749 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||||||
12750 | } | ||||||||
12751 | } | ||||||||
12752 | return false; | ||||||||
12753 | } | ||||||||
12754 | |||||||||
12755 | if (OR != OR_Success) { | ||||||||
12756 | // There wasn't a unique best function or function template. | ||||||||
12757 | return false; | ||||||||
12758 | } | ||||||||
12759 | |||||||||
12760 | // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest | ||||||||
12761 | // declaring the function there instead. | ||||||||
12762 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces; | ||||||||
12763 | Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses; | ||||||||
12764 | SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args, | ||||||||
12765 | AssociatedNamespaces, | ||||||||
12766 | AssociatedClasses); | ||||||||
12767 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces; | ||||||||
12768 | if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) { | ||||||||
12769 | DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace(); | ||||||||
12770 | for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator | ||||||||
12771 | it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(), | ||||||||
12772 | end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) { | ||||||||
12773 | // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. | ||||||||
12774 | if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it)) | ||||||||
12775 | continue; | ||||||||
12776 | |||||||||
12777 | // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a | ||||||||
12778 | // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx. | ||||||||
12779 | NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it); | ||||||||
12780 | if (NS && | ||||||||
12781 | NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos) | ||||||||
12782 | continue; | ||||||||
12783 | |||||||||
12784 | SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it); | ||||||||
12785 | } | ||||||||
12786 | } | ||||||||
12787 | |||||||||
12788 | SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||||
12789 | << R.getLookupName(); | ||||||||
12790 | if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) { | ||||||||
12791 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||||
12792 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||||
12793 | << R.getLookupName() << 0; | ||||||||
12794 | } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) { | ||||||||
12795 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||||
12796 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||||
12797 | << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin(); | ||||||||
12798 | } else { | ||||||||
12799 | // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here, | ||||||||
12800 | // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce | ||||||||
12801 | // a localized representation of a list of items. | ||||||||
12802 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||||
12803 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||||
12804 | << R.getLookupName() << 2; | ||||||||
12805 | } | ||||||||
12806 | |||||||||
12807 | // Try to recover by calling this function. | ||||||||
12808 | return true; | ||||||||
12809 | } | ||||||||
12810 | |||||||||
12811 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
12812 | } | ||||||||
12813 | |||||||||
12814 | return false; | ||||||||
12815 | } | ||||||||
12816 | |||||||||
12817 | /// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a | ||||||||
12818 | /// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template | ||||||||
12819 | /// was defined. | ||||||||
12820 | /// | ||||||||
12821 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||||||
12822 | static bool | ||||||||
12823 | DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||||
12824 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
12825 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||||
12826 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
12827 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||||
12828 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||||||
12829 | return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R, | ||||||||
12830 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||||||
12831 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args); | ||||||||
12832 | } | ||||||||
12833 | |||||||||
12834 | namespace { | ||||||||
12835 | class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII { | ||||||||
12836 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||||
12837 | public: | ||||||||
12838 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { | ||||||||
12839 | assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false)((SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12839, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12840 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true; | ||||||||
12841 | } | ||||||||
12842 | |||||||||
12843 | ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() { | ||||||||
12844 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false; | ||||||||
12845 | } | ||||||||
12846 | }; | ||||||||
12847 | |||||||||
12848 | } | ||||||||
12849 | |||||||||
12850 | /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found. | ||||||||
12851 | /// | ||||||||
12852 | /// This function will do one of three things: | ||||||||
12853 | /// * Diagnose, recover, and return a recovery expression. | ||||||||
12854 | /// * Diagnose, fail to recover, and return ExprError(). | ||||||||
12855 | /// * Do not diagnose, do not recover, and return ExprResult(). The caller is | ||||||||
12856 | /// expected to diagnose as appropriate. | ||||||||
12857 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
12858 | BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
12859 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||||
12860 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
12861 | MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||||
12862 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
12863 | bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||||||
12864 | // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call. | ||||||||
12865 | // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like | ||||||||
12866 | // | ||||||||
12867 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {} | ||||||||
12868 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {} | ||||||||
12869 | if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr) | ||||||||
12870 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||
12871 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef); | ||||||||
12872 | |||||||||
12873 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||||
12874 | SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||||||
12875 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(); | ||||||||
12876 | |||||||||
12877 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||||||
12878 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
12879 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
12880 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||||||
12881 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||||||
12882 | } | ||||||||
12883 | |||||||||
12884 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), | ||||||||
12885 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
12886 | CXXRecordDecl *FoundInClass = nullptr; | ||||||||
12887 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R, | ||||||||
12888 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal, | ||||||||
12889 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, &FoundInClass)) { | ||||||||
12890 | // OK, diagnosed a two-phase lookup issue. | ||||||||
12891 | } else if (EmptyLookup) { | ||||||||
12892 | // Try to recover from an empty lookup with typo correction. | ||||||||
12893 | R.clear(); | ||||||||
12894 | NoTypoCorrectionCCC NoTypoValidator{}; | ||||||||
12895 | FunctionCallFilterCCC FunctionCallValidator(SemaRef, Args.size(), | ||||||||
12896 | ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, | ||||||||
12897 | dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn)); | ||||||||
12898 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &Validator = | ||||||||
12899 | AllowTypoCorrection | ||||||||
12900 | ? static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(FunctionCallValidator) | ||||||||
12901 | : static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(NoTypoValidator); | ||||||||
12902 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Validator, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||||
12903 | Args)) | ||||||||
12904 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
12905 | } else if (FoundInClass && SemaRef.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||||
12906 | // We found a usable declaration of the name in a dependent base of some | ||||||||
12907 | // enclosing class. | ||||||||
12908 | // FIXME: We should also explain why the candidates found by name lookup | ||||||||
12909 | // were not viable. | ||||||||
12910 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R)) | ||||||||
12911 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
12912 | } else { | ||||||||
12913 | // We had viable candidates and couldn't recover; let the caller diagnose | ||||||||
12914 | // this. | ||||||||
12915 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||
12916 | } | ||||||||
12917 | |||||||||
12918 | // If we get here, we should have issued a diagnostic and formed a recovery | ||||||||
12919 | // lookup result. | ||||||||
12920 | assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery")((!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"lookup results empty despite recovery\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12920, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12921 | |||||||||
12922 | // If recovery created an ambiguity, just bail out. | ||||||||
12923 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | ||||||||
12924 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
12925 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
12926 | } | ||||||||
12927 | |||||||||
12928 | // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the | ||||||||
12929 | // casts and such from the call, we don't really care. | ||||||||
12930 | ExprResult NewFn = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12931 | if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||||||
12932 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, | ||||||||
12933 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, S); | ||||||||
12934 | else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) | ||||||||
12935 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false, | ||||||||
12936 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||||
12937 | else | ||||||||
12938 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); | ||||||||
12939 | |||||||||
12940 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
12941 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
12942 | |||||||||
12943 | // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it | ||||||||
12944 | // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never | ||||||||
12945 | // end up here. | ||||||||
12946 | return SemaRef.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc, | ||||||||
12947 | MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()), | ||||||||
12948 | RParenLoc); | ||||||||
12949 | } | ||||||||
12950 | |||||||||
12951 | /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from | ||||||||
12952 | /// the given function. | ||||||||
12953 | /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set. | ||||||||
12954 | bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
12955 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||||
12956 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
12957 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
12958 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||||
12959 | ExprResult *Result) { | ||||||||
12960 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
12961 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||||||
12962 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. | ||||||||
12963 | assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL")((!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ULE->getQualifier() && \"qualified name with ADL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12964 | |||||||||
12965 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. | ||||||||
12966 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. | ||||||||
12967 | FunctionDecl *F; | ||||||||
12968 | if (ULE->decls_begin() != ULE->decls_end() && | ||||||||
12969 | ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() && | ||||||||
12970 | (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) && | ||||||||
12971 | F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit()) | ||||||||
12972 | llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("performing ADL for builtin" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12972); | ||||||||
12973 | |||||||||
12974 | // We don't perform ADL in C. | ||||||||
12975 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C")((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"ADL enabled in C\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12975, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
12976 | } | ||||||||
12977 | #endif | ||||||||
12978 | |||||||||
12979 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||||
12980 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { | ||||||||
12981 | *Result = ExprError(); | ||||||||
12982 | return true; | ||||||||
12983 | } | ||||||||
12984 | |||||||||
12985 | // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate | ||||||||
12986 | // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup. | ||||||||
12987 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet); | ||||||||
12988 | |||||||||
12989 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||||||
12990 | CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() && | ||||||||
12991 | (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) { | ||||||||
12992 | |||||||||
12993 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
12994 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || | ||||||||
12995 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best) == | ||||||||
12996 | OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||||||
12997 | // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function | ||||||||
12998 | // then create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name | ||||||||
12999 | // lookup to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent | ||||||||
13000 | // base classes. | ||||||||
13001 | CallExpr *CE = | ||||||||
13002 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, | ||||||||
13003 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13004 | CE->markDependentForPostponedNameLookup(); | ||||||||
13005 | *Result = CE; | ||||||||
13006 | return true; | ||||||||
13007 | } | ||||||||
13008 | } | ||||||||
13009 | |||||||||
13010 | if (CandidateSet->empty()) | ||||||||
13011 | return false; | ||||||||
13012 | |||||||||
13013 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||||
13014 | return false; | ||||||||
13015 | } | ||||||||
13016 | |||||||||
13017 | // Guess at what the return type for an unresolvable overload should be. | ||||||||
13018 | static QualType chooseRecoveryType(OverloadCandidateSet &CS, | ||||||||
13019 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best) { | ||||||||
13020 | llvm::Optional<QualType> Result; | ||||||||
13021 | // Adjust Type after seeing a candidate. | ||||||||
13022 | auto ConsiderCandidate = [&](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) { | ||||||||
13023 | if (!Candidate.Function) | ||||||||
13024 | return; | ||||||||
13025 | if (Candidate.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
13026 | return; | ||||||||
13027 | QualType T = Candidate.Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
13028 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||
13029 | return; | ||||||||
13030 | if (!Result) | ||||||||
13031 | Result = T; | ||||||||
13032 | else if (Result != T) | ||||||||
13033 | Result = QualType(); | ||||||||
13034 | }; | ||||||||
13035 | |||||||||
13036 | // Look for an unambiguous type from a progressively larger subset. | ||||||||
13037 | // e.g. if types disagree, but all *viable* overloads return int, choose int. | ||||||||
13038 | // | ||||||||
13039 | // First, consider only the best candidate. | ||||||||
13040 | if (Best && *Best != CS.end()) | ||||||||
13041 | ConsiderCandidate(**Best); | ||||||||
13042 | // Next, consider only viable candidates. | ||||||||
13043 | if (!Result) | ||||||||
13044 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||||||
13045 | if (C.Viable) | ||||||||
13046 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||||||
13047 | // Finally, consider all candidates. | ||||||||
13048 | if (!Result) | ||||||||
13049 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||||||
13050 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||||||
13051 | |||||||||
13052 | if (!Result) | ||||||||
13053 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13054 | auto Value = Result.getValue(); | ||||||||
13055 | if (Value.isNull() || Value->isUndeducedType()) | ||||||||
13056 | return QualType(); | ||||||||
13057 | return Value; | ||||||||
13058 | } | ||||||||
13059 | |||||||||
13060 | /// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns | ||||||||
13061 | /// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits | ||||||||
13062 | /// diagnostics and returns ExprError() | ||||||||
13063 | static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
13064 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||||
13065 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
13066 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
13067 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13068 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||||||
13069 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||||
13070 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best, | ||||||||
13071 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult, | ||||||||
13072 | bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||||||
13073 | switch (OverloadResult) { | ||||||||
13074 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
13075 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||||||
13076 | SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
13077 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc())) | ||||||||
13078 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13079 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||||||
13080 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13081 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||||||
13082 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||||
13083 | } | ||||||||
13084 | |||||||||
13085 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||||
13086 | // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might | ||||||||
13087 | // have meant to call. | ||||||||
13088 | ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, | ||||||||
13089 | Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13090 | CandidateSet->empty(), | ||||||||
13091 | AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||||||
13092 | if (Recovery.isInvalid() || Recovery.isUsable()) | ||||||||
13093 | return Recovery; | ||||||||
13094 | |||||||||
13095 | // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we | ||||||||
13096 | // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to | ||||||||
13097 | // emit better ones. | ||||||||
13098 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { | ||||||||
13099 | if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
13100 | continue; | ||||||||
13101 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||||||
13102 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||||
13103 | if (FD && | ||||||||
13104 | !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||||
13105 | Arg->getExprLoc())) | ||||||||
13106 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13107 | } | ||||||||
13108 | } | ||||||||
13109 | |||||||||
13110 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13111 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
13112 | Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
13113 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||||||
13114 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13115 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
13116 | break; | ||||||||
13117 | } | ||||||||
13118 | |||||||||
13119 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
13120 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13121 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
13122 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||||||
13123 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13124 | SemaRef, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
13125 | break; | ||||||||
13126 | |||||||||
13127 | case OR_Deleted: { | ||||||||
13128 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13129 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
13130 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | ||||||||
13131 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13132 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
13133 | |||||||||
13134 | // We emitted an error for the unavailable/deleted function call but keep | ||||||||
13135 | // the call in the AST. | ||||||||
13136 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||||||
13137 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||||||
13138 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13139 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||||||
13140 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||||
13141 | } | ||||||||
13142 | } | ||||||||
13143 | |||||||||
13144 | // Overload resolution failed, try to recover. | ||||||||
13145 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> SubExprs = {Fn}; | ||||||||
13146 | SubExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||||||
13147 | return SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(Fn->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||||||
13148 | chooseRecoveryType(*CandidateSet, Best)); | ||||||||
13149 | } | ||||||||
13150 | |||||||||
13151 | static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S, | ||||||||
13152 | OverloadCandidateSet &CS) { | ||||||||
13153 | for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
13154 | if (I->Viable && | ||||||||
13155 | !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) { | ||||||||
13156 | I->Viable = false; | ||||||||
13157 | I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available; | ||||||||
13158 | } | ||||||||
13159 | } | ||||||||
13160 | } | ||||||||
13161 | |||||||||
13162 | /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn | ||||||||
13163 | /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call | ||||||||
13164 | /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down | ||||||||
13165 | /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns | ||||||||
13166 | /// the call expression produced by overload resolution. | ||||||||
13167 | /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError. | ||||||||
13168 | ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||||
13169 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||||
13170 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
13171 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
13172 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13173 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||||||
13174 | bool AllowTypoCorrection, | ||||||||
13175 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) { | ||||||||
13176 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
13177 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
13178 | ExprResult result; | ||||||||
13179 | |||||||||
13180 | if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
13181 | &result)) | ||||||||
13182 | return result; | ||||||||
13183 | |||||||||
13184 | // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that | ||||||||
13185 | // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable. | ||||||||
13186 | if (CalleesAddressIsTaken) | ||||||||
13187 | markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13188 | |||||||||
13189 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
13190 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||||||
13191 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||||||
13192 | |||||||||
13193 | return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
13194 | ExecConfig, &CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||||||
13195 | OverloadResult, AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||||||
13196 | } | ||||||||
13197 | |||||||||
13198 | static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||||||
13199 | return Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||||||
13200 | (Functions.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
13201 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*Functions.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); | ||||||||
13202 | } | ||||||||
13203 | |||||||||
13204 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | ||||||||
13205 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, | ||||||||
13206 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, | ||||||||
13207 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||||
13208 | bool PerformADL) { | ||||||||
13209 | return UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass, NNSLoc, DNI, | ||||||||
13210 | PerformADL, IsOverloaded(Fns), | ||||||||
13211 | Fns.begin(), Fns.end()); | ||||||||
13212 | } | ||||||||
13213 | |||||||||
13214 | /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||||||
13215 | /// operator. | ||||||||
13216 | /// | ||||||||
13217 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*'). | ||||||||
13218 | /// | ||||||||
13219 | /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||||||
13220 | /// | ||||||||
13221 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||||||
13222 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||||||
13223 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||||||
13224 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||||||
13225 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||||||
13226 | /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(). | ||||||||
13227 | /// | ||||||||
13228 | /// \param Input The input argument. | ||||||||
13229 | ExprResult | ||||||||
13230 | Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
13231 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||||
13232 | Expr *Input, bool PerformADL) { | ||||||||
13233 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||||
13234 | assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator")((Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Op != OO_None && \"Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13234, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13235 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||||
13236 | // TODO: provide better source location info. | ||||||||
13237 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13238 | |||||||||
13239 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input)) | ||||||||
13240 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13241 | |||||||||
13242 | Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr }; | ||||||||
13243 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||||
13244 | |||||||||
13245 | // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as | ||||||||
13246 | // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or | ||||||||
13247 | // post-decrement. | ||||||||
13248 | if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) { | ||||||||
13249 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||||||
13250 | Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, | ||||||||
13251 | SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
13252 | NumArgs = 2; | ||||||||
13253 | } | ||||||||
13254 | |||||||||
13255 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs); | ||||||||
13256 | |||||||||
13257 | if (Input->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
13258 | if (Fns.empty()) | ||||||||
13259 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy, | ||||||||
13260 | VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, false, | ||||||||
13261 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13262 | |||||||||
13263 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||||
13264 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||||
13265 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns); | ||||||||
13266 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13267 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13268 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), ArgsArray, | ||||||||
13269 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OpLoc, | ||||||||
13270 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13271 | } | ||||||||
13272 | |||||||||
13273 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||||||
13274 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||||
13275 | |||||||||
13276 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. | ||||||||
13277 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13278 | |||||||||
13279 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||||
13280 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13281 | |||||||||
13282 | // Add candidates from ADL. | ||||||||
13283 | if (PerformADL) { | ||||||||
13284 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray, | ||||||||
13285 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr, | ||||||||
13286 | CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13287 | } | ||||||||
13288 | |||||||||
13289 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||||
13290 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13291 | |||||||||
13292 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
13293 | |||||||||
13294 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||||
13295 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
13296 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
13297 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
13298 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||||
13299 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||||
13300 | |||||||||
13301 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||||
13302 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||||||
13303 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||||
13304 | // operator. | ||||||||
13305 | |||||||||
13306 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
13307 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||||
13308 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
13309 | |||||||||
13310 | ExprResult InputRes = | ||||||||
13311 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
13312 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
13313 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13314 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13315 | Base = Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||||||
13316 | } else { | ||||||||
13317 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
13318 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||||
13319 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
13320 | Context, | ||||||||
13321 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||||
13322 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
13323 | Input); | ||||||||
13324 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13325 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13326 | Input = InputInit.get(); | ||||||||
13327 | } | ||||||||
13328 | |||||||||
13329 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||||
13330 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
13331 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
13332 | OpLoc); | ||||||||
13333 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13334 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13335 | |||||||||
13336 | // Determine the result type. | ||||||||
13337 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
13338 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
13339 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
13340 | |||||||||
13341 | Args[0] = Input; | ||||||||
13342 | CallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
13343 | Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||||||
13344 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||||
13345 | |||||||||
13346 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||||||
13347 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13348 | |||||||||
13349 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FnDecl, TheCall, | ||||||||
13350 | FnDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||||
13351 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13352 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FnDecl); | ||||||||
13353 | } else { | ||||||||
13354 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||||
13355 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||||
13356 | // operator node. | ||||||||
13357 | ExprResult InputRes = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
13358 | Input, Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing, | ||||||||
13359 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||||
13360 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13361 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13362 | Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||||||
13363 | break; | ||||||||
13364 | } | ||||||||
13365 | } | ||||||||
13366 | |||||||||
13367 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
13368 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||||||
13369 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||||||
13370 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||||||
13371 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray)) | ||||||||
13372 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||||||
13373 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13374 | |||||||||
13375 | // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a | ||||||||
13376 | // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us. | ||||||||
13377 | break; | ||||||||
13378 | |||||||||
13379 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
13380 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13381 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, | ||||||||
13382 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||||||
13383 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13384 | << Input->getType() << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13385 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, ArgsArray, | ||||||||
13386 | UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc); | ||||||||
13387 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13388 | |||||||||
13389 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
13390 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13391 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||||
13392 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13393 | << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13394 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray, UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||||
13395 | OpLoc); | ||||||||
13396 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13397 | } | ||||||||
13398 | |||||||||
13399 | // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a | ||||||||
13400 | // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to | ||||||||
13401 | // build a built-in operation. | ||||||||
13402 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||||
13403 | } | ||||||||
13404 | |||||||||
13405 | /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator. | ||||||||
13406 | void Sema::LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
13407 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||||
13408 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||||
13409 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool PerformADL) { | ||||||||
13410 | SourceLocation OpLoc = CandidateSet.getLocation(); | ||||||||
13411 | |||||||||
13412 | OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = | ||||||||
13413 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().AllowRewrittenCandidates | ||||||||
13414 | ? getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Op) | ||||||||
13415 | : OO_None; | ||||||||
13416 | |||||||||
13417 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. This also adds the | ||||||||
13418 | // rewritten candidates using these functions if necessary. | ||||||||
13419 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13420 | |||||||||
13421 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||||
13422 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13423 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Op)) | ||||||||
13424 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
13425 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
13426 | |||||||||
13427 | // In C++20, also add any rewritten member candidates. | ||||||||
13428 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||||||
13429 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13430 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(ExtraOp)) | ||||||||
13431 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||||||
13432 | CandidateSet, | ||||||||
13433 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||||
13434 | } | ||||||||
13435 | |||||||||
13436 | // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not | ||||||||
13437 | // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->, | ||||||||
13438 | // which don't get here). | ||||||||
13439 | if (Op != OO_Equal && PerformADL) { | ||||||||
13440 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||||
13441 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||||||
13442 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||||||
13443 | CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13444 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||||||
13445 | DeclarationName ExtraOpName = | ||||||||
13446 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(ExtraOp); | ||||||||
13447 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ExtraOpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||||||
13448 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||||||
13449 | CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13450 | } | ||||||||
13451 | } | ||||||||
13452 | |||||||||
13453 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||||
13454 | // | ||||||||
13455 | // FIXME: We don't add any rewritten candidates here. This is strictly | ||||||||
13456 | // incorrect; a builtin candidate could be hidden by a non-viable candidate, | ||||||||
13457 | // resulting in our selecting a rewritten builtin candidate. For example: | ||||||||
13458 | // | ||||||||
13459 | // enum class E { e }; | ||||||||
13460 | // bool operator!=(E, E) requires false; | ||||||||
13461 | // bool k = E::e != E::e; | ||||||||
13462 | // | ||||||||
13463 | // ... should select the rewritten builtin candidate 'operator==(E, E)'. But | ||||||||
13464 | // it seems unreasonable to consider rewritten builtin candidates. A core | ||||||||
13465 | // issue has been filed proposing to removed this requirement. | ||||||||
13466 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
13467 | } | ||||||||
13468 | |||||||||
13469 | /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||||||
13470 | /// operator. | ||||||||
13471 | /// | ||||||||
13472 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+'). | ||||||||
13473 | /// | ||||||||
13474 | /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||||||
13475 | /// | ||||||||
13476 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||||||
13477 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||||||
13478 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||||||
13479 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||||||
13480 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||||||
13481 | /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp(). | ||||||||
13482 | /// | ||||||||
13483 | /// \param LHS Left-hand argument. | ||||||||
13484 | /// \param RHS Right-hand argument. | ||||||||
13485 | /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL. | ||||||||
13486 | /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by | ||||||||
13487 | /// C++20 operator rewrites. | ||||||||
13488 | /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function, | ||||||||
13489 | /// the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in | ||||||||
13490 | /// our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way | ||||||||
13491 | /// comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1. | ||||||||
13492 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
13493 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||||
13494 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, | ||||||||
13495 | Expr *RHS, bool PerformADL, | ||||||||
13496 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates, | ||||||||
13497 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||||||
13498 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS }; | ||||||||
13499 | LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple | ||||||||
13500 | |||||||||
13501 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||
13502 | AllowRewrittenCandidates = false; | ||||||||
13503 | |||||||||
13504 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||||
13505 | |||||||||
13506 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||||||
13507 | // expression. | ||||||||
13508 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
13509 | if (Fns.empty()) { | ||||||||
13510 | // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent | ||||||||
13511 | // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment. | ||||||||
13512 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||||||
13513 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||||||
13514 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
13515 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Context.DependentTy, | ||||||||
13516 | Context.DependentTy); | ||||||||
13517 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, | ||||||||
13518 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||||||
13519 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13520 | } | ||||||||
13521 | |||||||||
13522 | // FIXME: save results of ADL from here? | ||||||||
13523 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||||
13524 | // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component. | ||||||||
13525 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||||
13526 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13527 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||||
13528 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns, PerformADL); | ||||||||
13529 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13530 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13531 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||||||
13532 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OpLoc, | ||||||||
13533 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13534 | } | ||||||||
13535 | |||||||||
13536 | // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS. | ||||||||
13537 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||||||
13538 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13539 | |||||||||
13540 | // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should | ||||||||
13541 | // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS. | ||||||||
13542 | assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)((Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13542, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13543 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||||||
13544 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13545 | |||||||||
13546 | // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution | ||||||||
13547 | // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually | ||||||||
13548 | // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the | ||||||||
13549 | // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to | ||||||||
13550 | // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does. | ||||||||
13551 | // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms. | ||||||||
13552 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||||||
13553 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||||
13554 | |||||||||
13555 | // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just | ||||||||
13556 | // create a built-in binary operator. | ||||||||
13557 | if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD) | ||||||||
13558 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||||
13559 | |||||||||
13560 | // Build the overload set. | ||||||||
13561 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||||
13562 | OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||||||
13563 | OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo(Op, AllowRewrittenCandidates)); | ||||||||
13564 | if (DefaultedFn) | ||||||||
13565 | CandidateSet.exclude(DefaultedFn); | ||||||||
13566 | LookupOverloadedBinOp(CandidateSet, Op, Fns, Args, PerformADL); | ||||||||
13567 | |||||||||
13568 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
13569 | |||||||||
13570 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||||
13571 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
13572 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
13573 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
13574 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||||
13575 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||||
13576 | |||||||||
13577 | bool IsReversed = Best->isReversed(); | ||||||||
13578 | if (IsReversed) | ||||||||
13579 | std::swap(Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||||
13580 | |||||||||
13581 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||||
13582 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||||||
13583 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||||
13584 | // operator. | ||||||||
13585 | |||||||||
13586 | OverloadedOperatorKind ChosenOp = | ||||||||
13587 | FnDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||||||
13588 | |||||||||
13589 | // C++2a [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||||||
13590 | // If a rewritten operator== candidate is selected by overload | ||||||||
13591 | // resolution for an operator@, its return type shall be cv bool | ||||||||
13592 | if (Best->RewriteKind && ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && | ||||||||
13593 | !FnDecl->getReturnType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||||
13594 | bool IsExtension = | ||||||||
13595 | FnDecl->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
13596 | Diag(OpLoc, IsExtension ? diag::ext_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool | ||||||||
13597 | : diag::err_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool) | ||||||||
13598 | << FnDecl->getReturnType() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13599 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13600 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
13601 | if (!IsExtension) | ||||||||
13602 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13603 | } | ||||||||
13604 | |||||||||
13605 | if (AllowRewrittenCandidates && !IsReversed && | ||||||||
13606 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isReversible()) { | ||||||||
13607 | // We could have reversed this operator, but didn't. Check if some | ||||||||
13608 | // reversed form was a viable candidate, and if so, if it had a | ||||||||
13609 | // better conversion for either parameter. If so, this call is | ||||||||
13610 | // formally ambiguous, and allowing it is an extension. | ||||||||
13611 | llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> AmbiguousWith; | ||||||||
13612 | for (OverloadCandidate &Cand : CandidateSet) { | ||||||||
13613 | if (Cand.Viable && Cand.Function && Cand.isReversed() && | ||||||||
13614 | haveSameParameterTypes(Context, Cand.Function, FnDecl, 2)) { | ||||||||
13615 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
13616 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||||
13617 | *this, OpLoc, Cand.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||||||
13618 | Best->Conversions[ArgIdx]) == | ||||||||
13619 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) { | ||||||||
13620 | AmbiguousWith.push_back(Cand.Function); | ||||||||
13621 | break; | ||||||||
13622 | } | ||||||||
13623 | } | ||||||||
13624 | } | ||||||||
13625 | } | ||||||||
13626 | |||||||||
13627 | if (!AmbiguousWith.empty()) { | ||||||||
13628 | bool AmbiguousWithSelf = | ||||||||
13629 | AmbiguousWith.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
13630 | declaresSameEntity(AmbiguousWith.front(), FnDecl); | ||||||||
13631 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed) | ||||||||
13632 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13633 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() << AmbiguousWithSelf | ||||||||
13634 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13635 | if (AmbiguousWithSelf) { | ||||||||
13636 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||||
13637 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_self); | ||||||||
13638 | } else { | ||||||||
13639 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||||
13640 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_selected_candidate); | ||||||||
13641 | for (auto *F : AmbiguousWith) | ||||||||
13642 | Diag(F->getLocation(), | ||||||||
13643 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_candidate); | ||||||||
13644 | } | ||||||||
13645 | } | ||||||||
13646 | } | ||||||||
13647 | |||||||||
13648 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
13649 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||||
13650 | // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members. | ||||||||
13651 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
13652 | |||||||||
13653 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||||||
13654 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
13655 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||||
13656 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||||
13657 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||||||
13658 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13659 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13660 | |||||||||
13661 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||||||
13662 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
13663 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
13664 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13665 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13666 | Base = Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
13667 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
13668 | } else { | ||||||||
13669 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
13670 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
13671 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||||
13672 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||||
13673 | SourceLocation(), Args[0]); | ||||||||
13674 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13675 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13676 | |||||||||
13677 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||||||
13678 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
13679 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||||
13680 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)), | ||||||||
13681 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||||||
13682 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13683 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13684 | Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
13685 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
13686 | } | ||||||||
13687 | |||||||||
13688 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||||
13689 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||||||
13690 | Best->FoundDecl, Base, | ||||||||
13691 | HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13692 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13693 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13694 | |||||||||
13695 | // Determine the result type. | ||||||||
13696 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
13697 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
13698 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
13699 | |||||||||
13700 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
13701 | Context, ChosenOp, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||||||
13702 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||||
13703 | |||||||||
13704 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, | ||||||||
13705 | FnDecl)) | ||||||||
13706 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13707 | |||||||||
13708 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2); | ||||||||
13709 | const Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr; | ||||||||
13710 | // Cut off the implicit 'this'. | ||||||||
13711 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||||
13712 | ImplicitThis = ArgsArray[0]; | ||||||||
13713 | ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1); | ||||||||
13714 | } | ||||||||
13715 | |||||||||
13716 | // Check for a self move. | ||||||||
13717 | if (Op == OO_Equal) | ||||||||
13718 | DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc); | ||||||||
13719 | |||||||||
13720 | if (ImplicitThis) { | ||||||||
13721 | QualType ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ImplicitThis->getType()); | ||||||||
13722 | QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType( | ||||||||
13723 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)->getThisObjectType()); | ||||||||
13724 | |||||||||
13725 | CheckArgAlignment(OpLoc, FnDecl, "'this'", ThisType, | ||||||||
13726 | ThisTypeFromDecl); | ||||||||
13727 | } | ||||||||
13728 | |||||||||
13729 | checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ImplicitThis, ArgsArray, | ||||||||
13730 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc, TheCall->getSourceRange(), | ||||||||
13731 | VariadicDoesNotApply); | ||||||||
13732 | |||||||||
13733 | ExprResult R = MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||||
13734 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13735 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13736 | |||||||||
13737 | R = CheckForImmediateInvocation(R, FnDecl); | ||||||||
13738 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13739 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13740 | |||||||||
13741 | // For a rewritten candidate, we've already reversed the arguments | ||||||||
13742 | // if needed. Perform the rest of the rewrite now. | ||||||||
13743 | if ((Best->RewriteKind & CRK_DifferentOperator) || | ||||||||
13744 | (Op == OO_Spaceship && IsReversed)) { | ||||||||
13745 | if (Op == OO_ExclaimEqual) { | ||||||||
13746 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13747 | R = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, UO_LNot, R.get()); | ||||||||
13748 | } else { | ||||||||
13749 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13750 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||||||
13751 | Expr *ZeroLiteral = | ||||||||
13752 | IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13753 | |||||||||
13754 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; | ||||||||
13755 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship; | ||||||||
13756 | Ctx.Entity = FnDecl; | ||||||||
13757 | pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); | ||||||||
13758 | |||||||||
13759 | R = CreateOverloadedBinOp( | ||||||||
13760 | OpLoc, Opc, Fns, IsReversed ? ZeroLiteral : R.get(), | ||||||||
13761 | IsReversed ? R.get() : ZeroLiteral, PerformADL, | ||||||||
13762 | /*AllowRewrittenCandidates=*/false); | ||||||||
13763 | |||||||||
13764 | popCodeSynthesisContext(); | ||||||||
13765 | } | ||||||||
13766 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13767 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13768 | } else { | ||||||||
13769 | assert(ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name")((ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == Op && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13770 | } | ||||||||
13771 | |||||||||
13772 | // Make a note in the AST if we did any rewriting. | ||||||||
13773 | if (Best->RewriteKind != CRK_None) | ||||||||
13774 | R = new (Context) CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(R.get(), IsReversed); | ||||||||
13775 | |||||||||
13776 | return R; | ||||||||
13777 | } else { | ||||||||
13778 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||||
13779 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||||
13780 | // operator node. | ||||||||
13781 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
13782 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||||||
13783 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||||
13784 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13785 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13786 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||||||
13787 | |||||||||
13788 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
13789 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||||||
13790 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||||
13791 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13792 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13793 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||||||
13794 | break; | ||||||||
13795 | } | ||||||||
13796 | } | ||||||||
13797 | |||||||||
13798 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||||
13799 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||||||
13800 | // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no | ||||||||
13801 | // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the | ||||||||
13802 | // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5. | ||||||||
13803 | if (Opc == BO_Comma) | ||||||||
13804 | break; | ||||||||
13805 | |||||||||
13806 | // When defaulting an 'operator<=>', we can try to synthesize a three-way | ||||||||
13807 | // compare result using '==' and '<'. | ||||||||
13808 | if (DefaultedFn && Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||||||
13809 | ExprResult E = BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(OpLoc, Fns, Args[0], | ||||||||
13810 | Args[1], DefaultedFn); | ||||||||
13811 | if (E.isInvalid() || E.isUsable()) | ||||||||
13812 | return E; | ||||||||
13813 | } | ||||||||
13814 | |||||||||
13815 | // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assignment | ||||||||
13816 | // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that | ||||||||
13817 | // no overloaded assignment operator found | ||||||||
13818 | ExprResult Result = ExprError(); | ||||||||
13819 | StringRef OpcStr = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||||||
13820 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||||
13821 | Args, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13822 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
13823 | Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) { | ||||||||
13824 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||||||
13825 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13826 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13827 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||||
13828 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete) | ||||||||
13829 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||||
13830 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
13831 | } | ||||||||
13832 | } else { | ||||||||
13833 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||||||
13834 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||||||
13835 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||||||
13836 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args)) | ||||||||
13837 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||||||
13838 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13839 | |||||||||
13840 | // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will | ||||||||
13841 | // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates. | ||||||||
13842 | Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||||
13843 | } | ||||||||
13844 | assert(Result.isInvalid() &&((Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
13845 | "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!")((Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13846 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Args, Cands, OpcStr, OpLoc); | ||||||||
13847 | return Result; | ||||||||
13848 | } | ||||||||
13849 | |||||||||
13850 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
13851 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13852 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||||||
13853 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||||
13854 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||||
13855 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||||||
13856 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
13857 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13858 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||||
13859 | OpLoc); | ||||||||
13860 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13861 | |||||||||
13862 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
13863 | if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
13864 | FunctionDecl *DeletedFD = Best->Function; | ||||||||
13865 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = getDefaultedFunctionKind(DeletedFD); | ||||||||
13866 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { | ||||||||
13867 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper) | ||||||||
13868 | << Args[0]->getType() << DFK.asSpecialMember(); | ||||||||
13869 | } else { | ||||||||
13870 | assert(DFK.isComparison())((DFK.isComparison()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DFK.isComparison()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13870, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13871 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_comparison) | ||||||||
13872 | << Args[0]->getType() << DeletedFD; | ||||||||
13873 | } | ||||||||
13874 | |||||||||
13875 | // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just | ||||||||
13876 | // explain why it's deleted. | ||||||||
13877 | NoteDeletedFunction(DeletedFD); | ||||||||
13878 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13879 | } | ||||||||
13880 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
13881 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
13882 | OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||||
13883 | << getOperatorSpelling(Best->Function->getDeclName() | ||||||||
13884 | .getCXXOverloadedOperator()) | ||||||||
13885 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
13886 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
13887 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||||
13888 | OpLoc); | ||||||||
13889 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13890 | } | ||||||||
13891 | |||||||||
13892 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||||||
13893 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||||
13894 | } | ||||||||
13895 | |||||||||
13896 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison( | ||||||||
13897 | SourceLocation OpLoc, const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||||
13898 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||||||
13899 | const ComparisonCategoryInfo *Info = | ||||||||
13900 | Context.CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(DefaultedFn->getReturnType()); | ||||||||
13901 | // If we're not producing a known comparison category type, we can't | ||||||||
13902 | // synthesize a three-way comparison. Let the caller diagnose this. | ||||||||
13903 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
13904 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||||||
13905 | |||||||||
13906 | // If we ever want to perform this synthesis more generally, we will need to | ||||||||
13907 | // apply the temporary materialization conversion to the operands. | ||||||||
13908 | assert(LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() &&((LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13909, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
13909 | "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once")((LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13909, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
13910 | Expr *OrigLHS = LHS; | ||||||||
13911 | Expr *OrigRHS = RHS; | ||||||||
13912 | |||||||||
13913 | // Replace the LHS and RHS with OpaqueValueExprs; we're going to refer to | ||||||||
13914 | // each of them multiple times below. | ||||||||
13915 | LHS = new (Context) | ||||||||
13916 | OpaqueValueExpr(LHS->getExprLoc(), LHS->getType(), LHS->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
13917 | LHS->getObjectKind(), LHS); | ||||||||
13918 | RHS = new (Context) | ||||||||
13919 | OpaqueValueExpr(RHS->getExprLoc(), RHS->getType(), RHS->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
13920 | RHS->getObjectKind(), RHS); | ||||||||
13921 | |||||||||
13922 | ExprResult Eq = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_EQ, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, true, | ||||||||
13923 | DefaultedFn); | ||||||||
13924 | if (Eq.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13925 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13926 | |||||||||
13927 | ExprResult Less = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, | ||||||||
13928 | true, DefaultedFn); | ||||||||
13929 | if (Less.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13930 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13931 | |||||||||
13932 | ExprResult Greater; | ||||||||
13933 | if (Info->isPartial()) { | ||||||||
13934 | Greater = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, RHS, LHS, true, true, | ||||||||
13935 | DefaultedFn); | ||||||||
13936 | if (Greater.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13937 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13938 | } | ||||||||
13939 | |||||||||
13940 | // Form the list of comparisons we're going to perform. | ||||||||
13941 | struct Comparison { | ||||||||
13942 | ExprResult Cmp; | ||||||||
13943 | ComparisonCategoryResult Result; | ||||||||
13944 | } Comparisons[4] = | ||||||||
13945 | { {Eq, Info->isStrong() ? ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal | ||||||||
13946 | : ComparisonCategoryResult::Equivalent}, | ||||||||
13947 | {Less, ComparisonCategoryResult::Less}, | ||||||||
13948 | {Greater, ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater}, | ||||||||
13949 | {ExprResult(), ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered}, | ||||||||
13950 | }; | ||||||||
13951 | |||||||||
13952 | int I = Info->isPartial() ? 3 : 2; | ||||||||
13953 | |||||||||
13954 | // Combine the comparisons with suitable conditional expressions. | ||||||||
13955 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
13956 | for (; I >= 0; --I) { | ||||||||
13957 | // Build a reference to the comparison category constant. | ||||||||
13958 | auto *VI = Info->lookupValueInfo(Comparisons[I].Result); | ||||||||
13959 | // FIXME: Missing a constant for a comparison category. Diagnose this? | ||||||||
13960 | if (!VI) | ||||||||
13961 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||||||
13962 | ExprResult ThisResult = | ||||||||
13963 | BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(), VI->VD); | ||||||||
13964 | if (ThisResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13965 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13966 | |||||||||
13967 | // Build a conditional unless this is the final case. | ||||||||
13968 | if (Result.get()) { | ||||||||
13969 | Result = ActOnConditionalOp(OpLoc, OpLoc, Comparisons[I].Cmp.get(), | ||||||||
13970 | ThisResult.get(), Result.get()); | ||||||||
13971 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
13972 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
13973 | } else { | ||||||||
13974 | Result = ThisResult; | ||||||||
13975 | } | ||||||||
13976 | } | ||||||||
13977 | |||||||||
13978 | // Build a PseudoObjectExpr to model the rewriting of an <=> operator, and to | ||||||||
13979 | // bind the OpaqueValueExprs before they're (repeatedly) used. | ||||||||
13980 | Expr *SyntacticForm = BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||||||
13981 | Context, OrigLHS, OrigRHS, BO_Cmp, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
13982 | Result.get()->getValueKind(), Result.get()->getObjectKind(), OpLoc, | ||||||||
13983 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
13984 | Expr *SemanticForm[] = {LHS, RHS, Result.get()}; | ||||||||
13985 | return PseudoObjectExpr::Create(Context, SyntacticForm, SemanticForm, 2); | ||||||||
13986 | } | ||||||||
13987 | |||||||||
13988 | ExprResult | ||||||||
13989 | Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||||||
13990 | SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||||||
13991 | Expr *Base, Expr *Idx) { | ||||||||
13992 | Expr *Args[2] = { Base, Idx }; | ||||||||
13993 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
13994 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript); | ||||||||
13995 | |||||||||
13996 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||||||
13997 | // expression. | ||||||||
13998 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
13999 | |||||||||
14000 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||||
14001 | // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword? | ||||||||
14002 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||||||
14003 | OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||||||
14004 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||||
14005 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||||||
14006 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14007 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14008 | // Can't add any actual overloads yet | ||||||||
14009 | |||||||||
14010 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||||||
14011 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RLoc, | ||||||||
14012 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14013 | } | ||||||||
14014 | |||||||||
14015 | // Handle placeholders on both operands. | ||||||||
14016 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||||||
14017 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14018 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||||||
14019 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14020 | |||||||||
14021 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||||||
14022 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||||
14023 | |||||||||
14024 | // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function. | ||||||||
14025 | |||||||||
14026 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||||
14027 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
14028 | |||||||||
14029 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||||
14030 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
14031 | |||||||||
14032 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
14033 | |||||||||
14034 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||||
14035 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14036 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
14037 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
14038 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||||
14039 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||||
14040 | |||||||||
14041 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||||
14042 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||||
14043 | // operator. | ||||||||
14044 | |||||||||
14045 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
14046 | |||||||||
14047 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
14048 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); | ||||||||
14049 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||||||
14050 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
14051 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
14052 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14053 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14054 | Args[0] = Arg0.get(); | ||||||||
14055 | |||||||||
14056 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||||
14057 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||||
14058 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
14059 | Context, | ||||||||
14060 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||||
14061 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
14062 | Args[1]); | ||||||||
14063 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14064 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14065 | |||||||||
14066 | Args[1] = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
14067 | |||||||||
14068 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||||
14069 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||||||
14070 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||||||
14071 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||||||
14072 | Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
14073 | Base, | ||||||||
14074 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
14075 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||||
14076 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||||
14077 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14078 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14079 | |||||||||
14080 | // Determine the result type | ||||||||
14081 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
14082 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
14083 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
14084 | |||||||||
14085 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
14086 | Context, OO_Subscript, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, RLoc, | ||||||||
14087 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14088 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||||||
14089 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14090 | |||||||||
14091 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||||||
14092 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||||
14093 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14094 | |||||||||
14095 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||||
14096 | } else { | ||||||||
14097 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||||
14098 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||||
14099 | // operator node. | ||||||||
14100 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
14101 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||||||
14102 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||||
14103 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14104 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14105 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||||||
14106 | |||||||||
14107 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
14108 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||||||
14109 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||||
14110 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14111 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14112 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||||||
14113 | |||||||||
14114 | break; | ||||||||
14115 | } | ||||||||
14116 | } | ||||||||
14117 | |||||||||
14118 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||||
14119 | PartialDiagnostic PD = CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||||
14120 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||||||
14121 | << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0 | ||||||||
14122 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange()) | ||||||||
14123 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript) | ||||||||
14124 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
14125 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14126 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PD), *this, | ||||||||
14127 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||||
14128 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14129 | } | ||||||||
14130 | |||||||||
14131 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
14132 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14133 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||||||
14134 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||||
14135 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||||||
14136 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
14137 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14138 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||||
14139 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14140 | |||||||||
14141 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
14142 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14143 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||||
14144 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
14145 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14146 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||||
14147 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14148 | } | ||||||||
14149 | |||||||||
14150 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||||||
14151 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc); | ||||||||
14152 | } | ||||||||
14153 | |||||||||
14154 | /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member | ||||||||
14155 | /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member | ||||||||
14156 | /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the | ||||||||
14157 | /// arguments to the function call (not including the object | ||||||||
14158 | /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member | ||||||||
14159 | /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded | ||||||||
14160 | /// member function. | ||||||||
14161 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE, | ||||||||
14162 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
14163 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
14164 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
14165 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||||||
14166 | assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||((MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE ->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14167, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
14167 | MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)((MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE ->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14167, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14168 | |||||||||
14169 | // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object | ||||||||
14170 | // argument and the member function we're referring to. | ||||||||
14171 | Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||
14172 | |||||||||
14173 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. | ||||||||
14174 | if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||||
14175 | assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)((op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14175, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14176 | assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)((op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14176, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14177 | |||||||||
14178 | QualType fnType = | ||||||||
14179 | op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
14180 | |||||||||
14181 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
14182 | QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context); | ||||||||
14183 | ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType()); | ||||||||
14184 | |||||||||
14185 | // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the | ||||||||
14186 | // member function we're calling. | ||||||||
14187 | Qualifiers funcQuals = proto->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||||
14188 | |||||||||
14189 | QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType(); | ||||||||
14190 | if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) | ||||||||
14191 | objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
14192 | Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
14193 | |||||||||
14194 | Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals; | ||||||||
14195 | difference.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
14196 | difference.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
14197 | if (difference) { | ||||||||
14198 | std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString(); | ||||||||
14199 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals) | ||||||||
14200 | << fnType.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||||||
14201 | << qualsString | ||||||||
14202 | << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2); | ||||||||
14203 | } | ||||||||
14204 | |||||||||
14205 | CXXMemberCallExpr *call = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
14206 | Context, MemExprE, Args, resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
14207 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), proto->getNumParams()); | ||||||||
14208 | |||||||||
14209 | if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14210 | call, nullptr)) | ||||||||
14211 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14212 | |||||||||
14213 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc)) | ||||||||
14214 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14215 | |||||||||
14216 | if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto)) | ||||||||
14217 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14218 | |||||||||
14219 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(call); | ||||||||
14220 | } | ||||||||
14221 | |||||||||
14222 | // We only try to build a recovery expr at this level if we can preserve | ||||||||
14223 | // the return type, otherwise we return ExprError() and let the caller | ||||||||
14224 | // recover. | ||||||||
14225 | auto BuildRecoveryExpr = [&](QualType Type) { | ||||||||
14226 | if (!AllowRecovery) | ||||||||
14227 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14228 | std::vector<Expr *> SubExprs = {MemExprE}; | ||||||||
14229 | llvm::for_each(Args, [&SubExprs](Expr *E) { SubExprs.push_back(E); }); | ||||||||
14230 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(MemExprE->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||||||
14231 | Type); | ||||||||
14232 | }; | ||||||||
14233 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) | ||||||||
14234 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, | ||||||||
14235 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14236 | |||||||||
14237 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||||
14238 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||||||
14239 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14240 | |||||||||
14241 | MemberExpr *MemExpr; | ||||||||
14242 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr; | ||||||||
14243 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public); | ||||||||
14244 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr; | ||||||||
14245 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||||
14246 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||||||
14247 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||||
14248 | FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
14249 | Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||||||
14250 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||||
14251 | } else { | ||||||||
14252 | UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||||||
14253 | Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||||||
14254 | |||||||||
14255 | QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType(); | ||||||||
14256 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification | ||||||||
14257 | = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue() | ||||||||
14258 | : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context); | ||||||||
14259 | |||||||||
14260 | // Add overload candidates | ||||||||
14261 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14262 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
14263 | |||||||||
14264 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||||
14265 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
14266 | if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
14267 | UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||||
14268 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||||
14269 | } | ||||||||
14270 | |||||||||
14271 | for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||||
14272 | E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
14273 | |||||||||
14274 | NamedDecl *Func = *I; | ||||||||
14275 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
14276 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)) | ||||||||
14277 | Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
14278 | |||||||||
14279 | |||||||||
14280 | // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls. | ||||||||
14281 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||||
14282 | AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, | ||||||||
14283 | CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14284 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/ false); | ||||||||
14285 | } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) { | ||||||||
14286 | // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a | ||||||||
14287 | // non-template member function. | ||||||||
14288 | if (TemplateArgs) | ||||||||
14289 | continue; | ||||||||
14290 | |||||||||
14291 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType, | ||||||||
14292 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14293 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||||||
14294 | } else { | ||||||||
14295 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||||
14296 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), ActingDC, | ||||||||
14297 | TemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14298 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||||||
14299 | } | ||||||||
14300 | } | ||||||||
14301 | |||||||||
14302 | DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName(); | ||||||||
14303 | |||||||||
14304 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||||
14305 | |||||||||
14306 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14307 | bool Succeeded = false; | ||||||||
14308 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14309 | Best)) { | ||||||||
14310 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
14311 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
14312 | FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
14313 | CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
14314 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||||||
14315 | break; | ||||||||
14316 | // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template | ||||||||
14317 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||||
14318 | // called on both. | ||||||||
14319 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||||
14320 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||||
14321 | // being used. | ||||||||
14322 | if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() && | ||||||||
14323 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||||||
14324 | break; | ||||||||
14325 | Succeeded = true; | ||||||||
14326 | break; | ||||||||
14327 | |||||||||
14328 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
14329 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14330 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
14331 | UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14332 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||||||
14333 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14334 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14335 | break; | ||||||||
14336 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
14337 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14338 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14339 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call) | ||||||||
14340 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14341 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14342 | break; | ||||||||
14343 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
14344 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14345 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14346 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call) | ||||||||
14347 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14348 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14349 | break; | ||||||||
14350 | } | ||||||||
14351 | // Overload resolution fails, try to recover. | ||||||||
14352 | if (!Succeeded) | ||||||||
14353 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(chooseRecoveryType(CandidateSet, &Best)); | ||||||||
14354 | |||||||||
14355 | MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
14356 | |||||||||
14357 | // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a | ||||||||
14358 | // non-member call based on that function. | ||||||||
14359 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
14360 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args, | ||||||||
14361 | RParenLoc); | ||||||||
14362 | } | ||||||||
14363 | |||||||||
14364 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
14365 | } | ||||||||
14366 | |||||||||
14367 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
14368 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); | ||||||||
14369 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
14370 | |||||||||
14371 | assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?")((Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Member call to something that isn't a method?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14371, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14372 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
14373 | CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
14374 | Context, MemExprE, Args, ResultType, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
14375 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Proto->getNumParams()); | ||||||||
14376 | |||||||||
14377 | // Check for a valid return type. | ||||||||
14378 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14379 | TheCall, Method)) | ||||||||
14380 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||||||
14381 | |||||||||
14382 | // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call). | ||||||||
14383 | // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise | ||||||||
14384 | // it was done at lookup. | ||||||||
14385 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
14386 | ExprResult ObjectArg = | ||||||||
14387 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier, | ||||||||
14388 | FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
14389 | if (ObjectArg.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14390 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14391 | MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get()); | ||||||||
14392 | } | ||||||||
14393 | |||||||||
14394 | // Convert the rest of the arguments | ||||||||
14395 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, | ||||||||
14396 | RParenLoc)) | ||||||||
14397 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||||||
14398 | |||||||||
14399 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||||||
14400 | |||||||||
14401 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||||
14402 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14403 | |||||||||
14404 | // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading | ||||||||
14405 | // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do | ||||||||
14406 | // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors. | ||||||||
14407 | if (auto *MemE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||||
14408 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||||||
14409 | CheckEnableIf(Method, LParenLoc, Args, true)) { | ||||||||
14410 | Diag(MemE->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||||
14411 | diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||||||
14412 | << Method << Method->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14413 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), | ||||||||
14414 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||||||
14415 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||||||
14416 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14417 | } | ||||||||
14418 | } | ||||||||
14419 | |||||||||
14420 | if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || | ||||||||
14421 | isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && | ||||||||
14422 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) { | ||||||||
14423 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
14424 | |||||||||
14425 | if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) && | ||||||||
14426 | MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||
14427 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14428 | diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor) | ||||||||
14429 | << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext) | ||||||||
14430 | << MD->getParent(); | ||||||||
14431 | |||||||||
14432 | Diag(MD->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
14433 | if (getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||||||
14434 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext) | ||||||||
14435 | << MD->getParent() << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
14436 | } | ||||||||
14437 | } | ||||||||
14438 | |||||||||
14439 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = | ||||||||
14440 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) { | ||||||||
14441 | // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode. | ||||||||
14442 | bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext; | ||||||||
14443 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), /*IsDelete=*/false, | ||||||||
14444 | CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true, | ||||||||
14445 | MemExpr->getMemberLoc()); | ||||||||
14446 | } | ||||||||
14447 | |||||||||
14448 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), | ||||||||
14449 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()); | ||||||||
14450 | } | ||||||||
14451 | |||||||||
14452 | /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class | ||||||||
14453 | /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an | ||||||||
14454 | /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a | ||||||||
14455 | /// user-defined conversion on the object argument. | ||||||||
14456 | ExprResult | ||||||||
14457 | Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj, | ||||||||
14458 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
14459 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
14460 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
14461 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj)) | ||||||||
14462 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14463 | ExprResult Object = Obj; | ||||||||
14464 | |||||||||
14465 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||||
14466 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||||||
14467 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14468 | |||||||||
14469 | assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&((Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14470, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
14470 | "Requires object type argument")((Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14470, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14471 | |||||||||
14472 | // C++ [over.call.object]p1: | ||||||||
14473 | // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax | ||||||||
14474 | // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of | ||||||||
14475 | // candidate functions includes at least the function call | ||||||||
14476 | // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by | ||||||||
14477 | // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of | ||||||||
14478 | // (E).operator(). | ||||||||
14479 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc, | ||||||||
14480 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||||
14481 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||||||
14482 | |||||||||
14483 | if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
14484 | diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get())) | ||||||||
14485 | return true; | ||||||||
14486 | |||||||||
14487 | const auto *Record = Object.get()->getType()->castAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||
14488 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
14489 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl()); | ||||||||
14490 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
14491 | |||||||||
14492 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||||||
14493 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||||||
14494 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(), | ||||||||
14495 | Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14496 | /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||||||
14497 | } | ||||||||
14498 | |||||||||
14499 | // C++ [over.call.object]p2: | ||||||||
14500 | // In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function | ||||||||
14501 | // declared in T of the form | ||||||||
14502 | // | ||||||||
14503 | // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier; | ||||||||
14504 | // | ||||||||
14505 | // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a | ||||||||
14506 | // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id | ||||||||
14507 | // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning | ||||||||
14508 | // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of | ||||||||
14509 | // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function | ||||||||
14510 | // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...] | ||||||||
14511 | // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly, | ||||||||
14512 | // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate | ||||||||
14513 | // functions for each conversion function declared in an | ||||||||
14514 | // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden | ||||||||
14515 | // within T by another intervening declaration. | ||||||||
14516 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||||||
14517 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
14518 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
14519 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||||
14520 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
14521 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
14522 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
14523 | |||||||||
14524 | // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't | ||||||||
14525 | // surrogates. | ||||||||
14526 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
14527 | continue; | ||||||||
14528 | |||||||||
14529 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
14530 | if (!Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||||||
14531 | // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if | ||||||||
14532 | // any) to get down to what might be a function type. | ||||||||
14533 | QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
14534 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
14535 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
14536 | |||||||||
14537 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
14538 | { | ||||||||
14539 | AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto, | ||||||||
14540 | Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||||
14541 | } | ||||||||
14542 | } | ||||||||
14543 | } | ||||||||
14544 | |||||||||
14545 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
14546 | |||||||||
14547 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||||
14548 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14549 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14550 | Best)) { | ||||||||
14551 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
14552 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call | ||||||||
14553 | // below. | ||||||||
14554 | break; | ||||||||
14555 | |||||||||
14556 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||||
14557 | PartialDiagnostic PD = | ||||||||
14558 | CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||||
14559 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||||||
14560 | << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1 | ||||||||
14561 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()) | ||||||||
14562 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call) | ||||||||
14563 | << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
14564 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14565 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), PD), *this, | ||||||||
14566 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14567 | break; | ||||||||
14568 | } | ||||||||
14569 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
14570 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14571 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14572 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call) | ||||||||
14573 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||||||
14574 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14575 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14576 | break; | ||||||||
14577 | |||||||||
14578 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
14579 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14580 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
14581 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call) | ||||||||
14582 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||||||
14583 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14584 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14585 | break; | ||||||||
14586 | } | ||||||||
14587 | |||||||||
14588 | if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) | ||||||||
14589 | return true; | ||||||||
14590 | |||||||||
14591 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||||
14592 | |||||||||
14593 | if (Best->Function == nullptr) { | ||||||||
14594 | // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the | ||||||||
14595 | // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function. | ||||||||
14596 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv | ||||||||
14597 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>( | ||||||||
14598 | Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||||
14599 | |||||||||
14600 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, | ||||||||
14601 | Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
14602 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc)) | ||||||||
14603 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14604 | assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&((Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
14605 | "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!")((Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14605, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14606 | // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the | ||||||||
14607 | // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion | ||||||||
14608 | // on the object argument, then let BuildCallExpr finish the job. | ||||||||
14609 | |||||||||
14610 | // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator. | ||||||||
14611 | // and then call it. | ||||||||
14612 | ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
14613 | Conv, HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||||
14614 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14615 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14616 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||||
14617 | Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||||||
14618 | Context, Call.get()->getType(), CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(), | ||||||||
14619 | nullptr, VK_RValue, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14620 | |||||||||
14621 | return BuildCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
14622 | } | ||||||||
14623 | |||||||||
14624 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
14625 | |||||||||
14626 | // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr | ||||||||
14627 | // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object | ||||||||
14628 | // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments. | ||||||||
14629 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
14630 | |||||||||
14631 | // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration. | ||||||||
14632 | if (Method->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||
14633 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14634 | |||||||||
14635 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
14636 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
14637 | |||||||||
14638 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo( | ||||||||
14639 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc); | ||||||||
14640 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||||||
14641 | ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
14642 | Obj, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
14643 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||||
14644 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||||
14645 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14646 | return true; | ||||||||
14647 | |||||||||
14648 | // The number of argument slots to allocate in the call. If we have default | ||||||||
14649 | // arguments we need to allocate space for them as well. We additionally | ||||||||
14650 | // need one more slot for the object parameter. | ||||||||
14651 | unsigned NumArgsSlots = 1 + std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams); | ||||||||
14652 | |||||||||
14653 | // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object | ||||||||
14654 | // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list). | ||||||||
14655 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> MethodArgs(NumArgsSlots); | ||||||||
14656 | |||||||||
14657 | bool IsError = false; | ||||||||
14658 | |||||||||
14659 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. | ||||||||
14660 | ExprResult ObjRes = | ||||||||
14661 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
14662 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
14663 | if (ObjRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14664 | IsError = true; | ||||||||
14665 | else | ||||||||
14666 | Object = ObjRes; | ||||||||
14667 | MethodArgs[0] = Object.get(); | ||||||||
14668 | |||||||||
14669 | // Check the argument types. | ||||||||
14670 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) { | ||||||||
14671 | Expr *Arg; | ||||||||
14672 | if (i < Args.size()) { | ||||||||
14673 | Arg = Args[i]; | ||||||||
14674 | |||||||||
14675 | // Pass the argument. | ||||||||
14676 | |||||||||
14677 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||||
14678 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||||
14679 | Context, | ||||||||
14680 | Method->getParamDecl(i)), | ||||||||
14681 | SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||||||
14682 | |||||||||
14683 | IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
14684 | Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
14685 | } else { | ||||||||
14686 | ExprResult DefArg | ||||||||
14687 | = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i)); | ||||||||
14688 | if (DefArg.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
14689 | IsError = true; | ||||||||
14690 | break; | ||||||||
14691 | } | ||||||||
14692 | |||||||||
14693 | Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
14694 | } | ||||||||
14695 | |||||||||
14696 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg; | ||||||||
14697 | } | ||||||||
14698 | |||||||||
14699 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||||||
14700 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
14701 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||||||
14702 | for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) { | ||||||||
14703 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||||
14704 | nullptr); | ||||||||
14705 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
14706 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg.get(); | ||||||||
14707 | } | ||||||||
14708 | } | ||||||||
14709 | |||||||||
14710 | if (IsError) | ||||||||
14711 | return true; | ||||||||
14712 | |||||||||
14713 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||||||
14714 | |||||||||
14715 | // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly owned. | ||||||||
14716 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
14717 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
14718 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
14719 | |||||||||
14720 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||||
14721 | Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
14722 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14723 | |||||||||
14724 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||||||
14725 | return true; | ||||||||
14726 | |||||||||
14727 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||||
14728 | return true; | ||||||||
14729 | |||||||||
14730 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); | ||||||||
14731 | } | ||||||||
14732 | |||||||||
14733 | /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator-> | ||||||||
14734 | /// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and | ||||||||
14735 | /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find. | ||||||||
14736 | ExprResult | ||||||||
14737 | Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
14738 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||||||
14739 | assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&((Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14740, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
14740 | "left-hand side must have class type")((Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14740, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
14741 | |||||||||
14742 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base)) | ||||||||
14743 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14744 | |||||||||
14745 | SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
14746 | |||||||||
14747 | // C++ [over.ref]p1: | ||||||||
14748 | // | ||||||||
14749 | // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m | ||||||||
14750 | // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if | ||||||||
14751 | // the operator is selected as the best match function by the | ||||||||
14752 | // overload resolution mechanism (13.3). | ||||||||
14753 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||||
14754 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow); | ||||||||
14755 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||||
14756 | |||||||||
14757 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(), | ||||||||
14758 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base)) | ||||||||
14759 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14760 | |||||||||
14761 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
14762 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Base->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||||
14763 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
14764 | |||||||||
14765 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||||||
14766 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||||||
14767 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context), | ||||||||
14768 | None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||||||
14769 | } | ||||||||
14770 | |||||||||
14771 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
14772 | |||||||||
14773 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||||
14774 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14775 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
14776 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
14777 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below. | ||||||||
14778 | break; | ||||||||
14779 | |||||||||
14780 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||||
14781 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||||||
14782 | if (CandidateSet.empty()) { | ||||||||
14783 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||||||
14784 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||||||
14785 | // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a | ||||||||
14786 | // diagnostic, as requested. | ||||||||
14787 | *NoArrowOperatorFound = true; | ||||||||
14788 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14789 | } | ||||||||
14790 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) | ||||||||
14791 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14792 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
14793 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | ||||||||
14794 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | ||||||||
14795 | } | ||||||||
14796 | } else | ||||||||
14797 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||||||
14798 | << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
14799 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Base, Cands); | ||||||||
14800 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14801 | } | ||||||||
14802 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
14803 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14804 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||||||
14805 | << "->" << Base->getType() | ||||||||
14806 | << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14807 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Base); | ||||||||
14808 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14809 | |||||||||
14810 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
14811 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14812 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||||
14813 | << "->" << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||||||
14814 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||||||
14815 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14816 | } | ||||||||
14817 | |||||||||
14818 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||||
14819 | |||||||||
14820 | // Convert the object parameter. | ||||||||
14821 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
14822 | ExprResult BaseResult = | ||||||||
14823 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
14824 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
14825 | if (BaseResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14826 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14827 | Base = BaseResult.get(); | ||||||||
14828 | |||||||||
14829 | // Build the operator call. | ||||||||
14830 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
14831 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||||||
14832 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14833 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14834 | |||||||||
14835 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
14836 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
14837 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
14838 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = | ||||||||
14839 | CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(), Base, | ||||||||
14840 | ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14841 | |||||||||
14842 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||||||
14843 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14844 | |||||||||
14845 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||||||
14846 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||||
14847 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14848 | |||||||||
14849 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||||
14850 | } | ||||||||
14851 | |||||||||
14852 | /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to | ||||||||
14853 | /// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results. | ||||||||
14854 | ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, | ||||||||
14855 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, | ||||||||
14856 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||||||
14857 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | ||||||||
14858 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||
14859 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(); | ||||||||
14860 | |||||||||
14861 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||||
14862 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
14863 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14864 | TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
14865 | |||||||||
14866 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
14867 | |||||||||
14868 | // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need | ||||||||
14869 | // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template. | ||||||||
14870 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14871 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
14872 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
14873 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
14874 | break; | ||||||||
14875 | |||||||||
14876 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
14877 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14878 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||||
14879 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||||||
14880 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||||||
14881 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14882 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14883 | |||||||||
14884 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
14885 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
14886 | PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||||||
14887 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||||||
14888 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||||
14889 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14890 | } | ||||||||
14891 | |||||||||
14892 | FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function; | ||||||||
14893 | ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||||
14894 | nullptr, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
14895 | SuffixInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||||
14896 | SuffixInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||||
14897 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14898 | return true; | ||||||||
14899 | |||||||||
14900 | // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except | ||||||||
14901 | // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals. | ||||||||
14902 | Expr *ConvArgs[2]; | ||||||||
14903 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
14904 | ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
14905 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)), | ||||||||
14906 | SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||||
14907 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14908 | return true; | ||||||||
14909 | ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get(); | ||||||||
14910 | } | ||||||||
14911 | |||||||||
14912 | QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
14913 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||||
14914 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||||
14915 | |||||||||
14916 | UserDefinedLiteral *UDL = UserDefinedLiteral::Create( | ||||||||
14917 | Context, Fn.get(), llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()), ResultTy, | ||||||||
14918 | VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
14919 | |||||||||
14920 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD)) | ||||||||
14921 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14922 | |||||||||
14923 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr)) | ||||||||
14924 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
14925 | |||||||||
14926 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL), FD); | ||||||||
14927 | } | ||||||||
14928 | |||||||||
14929 | /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the | ||||||||
14930 | /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which | ||||||||
14931 | /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument | ||||||||
14932 | /// dependent lookup. | ||||||||
14933 | /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success, | ||||||||
14934 | /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value | ||||||||
14935 | /// is returned. | ||||||||
14936 | Sema::ForRangeStatus | ||||||||
14937 | Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
14938 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, | ||||||||
14939 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||||
14940 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, | ||||||||
14941 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||||
14942 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) { | ||||||||
14943 | Scope *S = nullptr; | ||||||||
14944 | |||||||||
14945 | CandidateSet->clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
14946 | if (!MemberLookup.empty()) { | ||||||||
14947 | ExprResult MemberRef = | ||||||||
14948 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc, | ||||||||
14949 | /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(), | ||||||||
14950 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
14951 | /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
14952 | MemberLookup, | ||||||||
14953 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||||||
14954 | if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
14955 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
14956 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||||
14957 | } | ||||||||
14958 | *CallExpr = BuildCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr); | ||||||||
14959 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
14960 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
14961 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||||
14962 | } | ||||||||
14963 | } else { | ||||||||
14964 | ExprResult FnR = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(/*NamingClass=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
14965 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||||||
14966 | NameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||||||
14967 | if (FnR.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
14968 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||||
14969 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnR.get()); | ||||||||
14970 | |||||||||
14971 | bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc, | ||||||||
14972 | CandidateSet, CallExpr); | ||||||||
14973 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) { | ||||||||
14974 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
14975 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||||||
14976 | } | ||||||||
14977 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
14978 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||||||
14979 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||||||
14980 | |||||||||
14981 | if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||||||
14982 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
14983 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||||||
14984 | } | ||||||||
14985 | *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range, | ||||||||
14986 | Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||||||
14987 | OverloadResult, | ||||||||
14988 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false); | ||||||||
14989 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) { | ||||||||
14990 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||||
14991 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||||
14992 | } | ||||||||
14993 | } | ||||||||
14994 | return FRS_Success; | ||||||||
14995 | } | ||||||||
14996 | |||||||||
14997 | |||||||||
14998 | /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to | ||||||||
14999 | /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and | ||||||||
15000 | /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function | ||||||||
15001 | /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to | ||||||||
15002 | /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr. | ||||||||
15003 | Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||||||
15004 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||||
15005 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15006 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), | ||||||||
15007 | Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15008 | if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr()) | ||||||||
15009 | return PE; | ||||||||
15010 | |||||||||
15011 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr); | ||||||||
15012 | } | ||||||||
15013 | |||||||||
15014 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15015 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), | ||||||||
15016 | Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15017 | assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
15018 | SubExpr->getType()) &&((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
15019 | "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload")((Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr ->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15019, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15020 | assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?")((ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICE->path_empty() && \"fixing up hierarchy conversion?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15020, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15021 | if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr()) | ||||||||
15022 | return ICE; | ||||||||
15023 | |||||||||
15024 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||||||
15025 | SubExpr, nullptr, ICE->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
15026 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15027 | } | ||||||||
15028 | |||||||||
15029 | if (auto *GSE = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15030 | if (!GSE->isResultDependent()) { | ||||||||
15031 | Expr *SubExpr = | ||||||||
15032 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(GSE->getResultExpr(), Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15033 | if (SubExpr == GSE->getResultExpr()) | ||||||||
15034 | return GSE; | ||||||||
15035 | |||||||||
15036 | // Replace the resulting type information before rebuilding the generic | ||||||||
15037 | // selection expression. | ||||||||
15038 | ArrayRef<Expr *> A = GSE->getAssocExprs(); | ||||||||
15039 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs(A.begin(), A.end()); | ||||||||
15040 | unsigned ResultIdx = GSE->getResultIndex(); | ||||||||
15041 | AssocExprs[ResultIdx] = SubExpr; | ||||||||
15042 | |||||||||
15043 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||||||
15044 | Context, GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||||||
15045 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs, GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||||||
15046 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), | ||||||||
15047 | ResultIdx); | ||||||||
15048 | } | ||||||||
15049 | // Rather than fall through to the unreachable, return the original generic | ||||||||
15050 | // selection expression. | ||||||||
15051 | return GSE; | ||||||||
15052 | } | ||||||||
15053 | |||||||||
15054 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||||||
15055 | assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&((UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15056, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
15056 | "Can only take the address of an overloaded function")((UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15056, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15057 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||||
15058 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
15059 | // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different | ||||||||
15060 | // from non-member functions. | ||||||||
15061 | } else { | ||||||||
15062 | // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an | ||||||||
15063 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function | ||||||||
15064 | // or template. | ||||||||
15065 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||||||
15066 | Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15067 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||||||
15068 | return UnOp; | ||||||||
15069 | |||||||||
15070 | assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)((isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
15071 | && "fixed to something other than a decl ref")((isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15072 | assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()((cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15073, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
15073 | && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier")((cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15073, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
15074 | |||||||||
15075 | // We have taken the address of a pointer to member | ||||||||
15076 | // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the | ||||||||
15077 | // appropriate pointer to member type. | ||||||||
15078 | QualType ClassType | ||||||||
15079 | = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | ||||||||
15080 | QualType MemPtrType | ||||||||
15081 | = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
15082 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||||||
15083 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||||
15084 | (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType); | ||||||||
15085 | |||||||||
15086 | return UnaryOperator::Create( | ||||||||
15087 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||||||
15088 | UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15089 | } | ||||||||
15090 | } | ||||||||
15091 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||||||
15092 | Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15093 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||||||
15094 | return UnOp; | ||||||||
15095 | |||||||||
15096 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, | ||||||||
15097 | Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()), | ||||||||
15098 | VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
15099 | false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||||
15100 | } | ||||||||
15101 | |||||||||
15102 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15103 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||||
15104 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
15105 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
15106 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||||
15107 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||||
15108 | } | ||||||||
15109 | |||||||||
15110 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = | ||||||||
15111 | BuildDeclRefExpr(Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, ULE->getNameInfo(), | ||||||||
15112 | ULE->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||||||
15113 | ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
15114 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||||||
15115 | return DRE; | ||||||||
15116 | } | ||||||||
15117 | |||||||||
15118 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||||
15119 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||||
15120 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||||
15121 | if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||||
15122 | MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||||
15123 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||||
15124 | } | ||||||||
15125 | |||||||||
15126 | Expr *Base; | ||||||||
15127 | |||||||||
15128 | // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an | ||||||||
15129 | // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref. | ||||||||
15130 | if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) { | ||||||||
15131 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
15132 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||||||
15133 | Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, MemExpr->getNameInfo(), | ||||||||
15134 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||||||
15135 | MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
15136 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||||||
15137 | return DRE; | ||||||||
15138 | } else { | ||||||||
15139 | SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc(); | ||||||||
15140 | if (MemExpr->getQualifier()) | ||||||||
15141 | Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
15142 | Base = | ||||||||
15143 | BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, MemExpr->getBaseType(), /*IsImplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
15144 | } | ||||||||
15145 | } else | ||||||||
15146 | Base = MemExpr->getBase(); | ||||||||
15147 | |||||||||
15148 | ExprValueKind valueKind; | ||||||||
15149 | QualType type; | ||||||||
15150 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
15151 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||||
15152 | type = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
15153 | } else { | ||||||||
15154 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||||||
15155 | type = Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||||||
15156 | } | ||||||||
15157 | |||||||||
15158 | return BuildMemberExpr( | ||||||||
15159 | Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
15160 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found, | ||||||||
15161 | /*HadMultipleCandidates=*/true, MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||||||
15162 | type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||
15163 | } | ||||||||
15164 | |||||||||
15165 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid reference to overloaded function" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15165); | ||||||||
15166 | } | ||||||||
15167 | |||||||||
15168 | ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E, | ||||||||
15169 | DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||||||
15170 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||||
15171 | return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn); | ||||||||
15172 | } |
1 | //===- DeclCXX.h - Classes for representing C++ declarations --*- C++ -*-=====// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// Defines the C++ Decl subclasses, other than those for templates |
11 | /// (found in DeclTemplate.h) and friends (in DeclFriend.h). |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/LambdaCapture.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
48 | #include <cassert> |
49 | #include <cstddef> |
50 | #include <iterator> |
51 | #include <memory> |
52 | #include <vector> |
53 | |
54 | namespace clang { |
55 | |
56 | class ASTContext; |
57 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
58 | class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl; |
59 | class CXXBasePath; |
60 | class CXXBasePaths; |
61 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
62 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
63 | class CXXFinalOverriderMap; |
64 | class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet; |
65 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
66 | class DecompositionDecl; |
67 | class DiagnosticBuilder; |
68 | class FriendDecl; |
69 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
70 | class IdentifierInfo; |
71 | class MemberSpecializationInfo; |
72 | class TemplateDecl; |
73 | class TemplateParameterList; |
74 | class UsingDecl; |
75 | |
76 | /// Represents an access specifier followed by colon ':'. |
77 | /// |
78 | /// An objects of this class represents sugar for the syntactic occurrence |
79 | /// of an access specifier followed by a colon in the list of member |
80 | /// specifiers of a C++ class definition. |
81 | /// |
82 | /// Note that they do not represent other uses of access specifiers, |
83 | /// such as those occurring in a list of base specifiers. |
84 | /// Also note that this class has nothing to do with so-called |
85 | /// "access declarations" (C++98 11.3 [class.access.dcl]). |
86 | class AccessSpecDecl : public Decl { |
87 | /// The location of the ':'. |
88 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
89 | |
90 | AccessSpecDecl(AccessSpecifier AS, DeclContext *DC, |
91 | SourceLocation ASLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc) |
92 | : Decl(AccessSpec, DC, ASLoc), ColonLoc(ColonLoc) { |
93 | setAccess(AS); |
94 | } |
95 | |
96 | AccessSpecDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(AccessSpec, Empty) {} |
97 | |
98 | virtual void anchor(); |
99 | |
100 | public: |
101 | /// The location of the access specifier. |
102 | SourceLocation getAccessSpecifierLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
103 | |
104 | /// Sets the location of the access specifier. |
105 | void setAccessSpecifierLoc(SourceLocation ASLoc) { setLocation(ASLoc); } |
106 | |
107 | /// The location of the colon following the access specifier. |
108 | SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; } |
109 | |
110 | /// Sets the location of the colon. |
111 | void setColonLoc(SourceLocation CLoc) { ColonLoc = CLoc; } |
112 | |
113 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
114 | return SourceRange(getAccessSpecifierLoc(), getColonLoc()); |
115 | } |
116 | |
117 | static AccessSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, AccessSpecifier AS, |
118 | DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
119 | SourceLocation ColonLoc) { |
120 | return new (C, DC) AccessSpecDecl(AS, DC, ASLoc, ColonLoc); |
121 | } |
122 | |
123 | static AccessSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
124 | |
125 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
126 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
127 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == AccessSpec; } |
128 | }; |
129 | |
130 | /// Represents a base class of a C++ class. |
131 | /// |
132 | /// Each CXXBaseSpecifier represents a single, direct base class (or |
133 | /// struct) of a C++ class (or struct). It specifies the type of that |
134 | /// base class, whether it is a virtual or non-virtual base, and what |
135 | /// level of access (public, protected, private) is used for the |
136 | /// derivation. For example: |
137 | /// |
138 | /// \code |
139 | /// class A { }; |
140 | /// class B { }; |
141 | /// class C : public virtual A, protected B { }; |
142 | /// \endcode |
143 | /// |
144 | /// In this code, C will have two CXXBaseSpecifiers, one for "public |
145 | /// virtual A" and the other for "protected B". |
146 | class CXXBaseSpecifier { |
147 | /// The source code range that covers the full base |
148 | /// specifier, including the "virtual" (if present) and access |
149 | /// specifier (if present). |
150 | SourceRange Range; |
151 | |
152 | /// The source location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack |
153 | /// expansion. |
154 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
155 | |
156 | /// Whether this is a virtual base class or not. |
157 | unsigned Virtual : 1; |
158 | |
159 | /// Whether this is the base of a class (true) or of a struct (false). |
160 | /// |
161 | /// This determines the mapping from the access specifier as written in the |
162 | /// source code to the access specifier used for semantic analysis. |
163 | unsigned BaseOfClass : 1; |
164 | |
165 | /// Access specifier as written in the source code (may be AS_none). |
166 | /// |
167 | /// The actual type of data stored here is an AccessSpecifier, but we use |
168 | /// "unsigned" here to work around a VC++ bug. |
169 | unsigned Access : 2; |
170 | |
171 | /// Whether the class contains a using declaration |
172 | /// to inherit the named class's constructors. |
173 | unsigned InheritConstructors : 1; |
174 | |
175 | /// The type of the base class. |
176 | /// |
177 | /// This will be a class or struct (or a typedef of such). The source code |
178 | /// range does not include the \c virtual or the access specifier. |
179 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo; |
180 | |
181 | public: |
182 | CXXBaseSpecifier() = default; |
183 | CXXBaseSpecifier(SourceRange R, bool V, bool BC, AccessSpecifier A, |
184 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
185 | : Range(R), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), Virtual(V), BaseOfClass(BC), |
186 | Access(A), InheritConstructors(false), BaseTypeInfo(TInfo) {} |
187 | |
188 | /// Retrieves the source range that contains the entire base specifier. |
189 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; } |
190 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); } |
191 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); } |
192 | |
193 | /// Get the location at which the base class type was written. |
194 | SourceLocation getBaseTypeLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
195 | return BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | /// Determines whether the base class is a virtual base class (or not). |
199 | bool isVirtual() const { return Virtual; } |
200 | |
201 | /// Determine whether this base class is a base of a class declared |
202 | /// with the 'class' keyword (vs. one declared with the 'struct' keyword). |
203 | bool isBaseOfClass() const { return BaseOfClass; } |
204 | |
205 | /// Determine whether this base specifier is a pack expansion. |
206 | bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); } |
207 | |
208 | /// Determine whether this base class's constructors get inherited. |
209 | bool getInheritConstructors() const { return InheritConstructors; } |
210 | |
211 | /// Set that this base class's constructors should be inherited. |
212 | void setInheritConstructors(bool Inherit = true) { |
213 | InheritConstructors = Inherit; |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | /// For a pack expansion, determine the location of the ellipsis. |
217 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
218 | return EllipsisLoc; |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | /// Returns the access specifier for this base specifier. |
222 | /// |
223 | /// This is the actual base specifier as used for semantic analysis, so |
224 | /// the result can never be AS_none. To retrieve the access specifier as |
225 | /// written in the source code, use getAccessSpecifierAsWritten(). |
226 | AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifier() const { |
227 | if ((AccessSpecifier)Access == AS_none) |
228 | return BaseOfClass? AS_private : AS_public; |
229 | else |
230 | return (AccessSpecifier)Access; |
231 | } |
232 | |
233 | /// Retrieves the access specifier as written in the source code |
234 | /// (which may mean that no access specifier was explicitly written). |
235 | /// |
236 | /// Use getAccessSpecifier() to retrieve the access specifier for use in |
237 | /// semantic analysis. |
238 | AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifierAsWritten() const { |
239 | return (AccessSpecifier)Access; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | /// Retrieves the type of the base class. |
243 | /// |
244 | /// This type will always be an unqualified class type. |
245 | QualType getType() const { |
246 | return BaseTypeInfo->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | /// Retrieves the type and source location of the base class. |
250 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return BaseTypeInfo; } |
251 | }; |
252 | |
253 | /// Represents a C++ struct/union/class. |
254 | class CXXRecordDecl : public RecordDecl { |
255 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
256 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
257 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
258 | friend class ASTReader; |
259 | friend class ASTRecordWriter; |
260 | friend class ASTWriter; |
261 | friend class DeclContext; |
262 | friend class LambdaExpr; |
263 | |
264 | friend void FunctionDecl::setPure(bool); |
265 | friend void TagDecl::startDefinition(); |
266 | |
267 | /// Values used in DefinitionData fields to represent special members. |
268 | enum SpecialMemberFlags { |
269 | SMF_DefaultConstructor = 0x1, |
270 | SMF_CopyConstructor = 0x2, |
271 | SMF_MoveConstructor = 0x4, |
272 | SMF_CopyAssignment = 0x8, |
273 | SMF_MoveAssignment = 0x10, |
274 | SMF_Destructor = 0x20, |
275 | SMF_All = 0x3f |
276 | }; |
277 | |
278 | struct DefinitionData { |
279 | #define FIELD(Name, Width, Merge) \ |
280 | unsigned Name : Width; |
281 | #include "CXXRecordDeclDefinitionBits.def" |
282 | |
283 | /// Whether this class describes a C++ lambda. |
284 | unsigned IsLambda : 1; |
285 | |
286 | /// Whether we are currently parsing base specifiers. |
287 | unsigned IsParsingBaseSpecifiers : 1; |
288 | |
289 | /// True when visible conversion functions are already computed |
290 | /// and are available. |
291 | unsigned ComputedVisibleConversions : 1; |
292 | |
293 | unsigned HasODRHash : 1; |
294 | |
295 | /// A hash of parts of the class to help in ODR checking. |
296 | unsigned ODRHash = 0; |
297 | |
298 | /// The number of base class specifiers in Bases. |
299 | unsigned NumBases = 0; |
300 | |
301 | /// The number of virtual base class specifiers in VBases. |
302 | unsigned NumVBases = 0; |
303 | |
304 | /// Base classes of this class. |
305 | /// |
306 | /// FIXME: This is wasted space for a union. |
307 | LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr Bases; |
308 | |
309 | /// direct and indirect virtual base classes of this class. |
310 | LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr VBases; |
311 | |
312 | /// The conversion functions of this C++ class (but not its |
313 | /// inherited conversion functions). |
314 | /// |
315 | /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl. |
316 | LazyASTUnresolvedSet Conversions; |
317 | |
318 | /// The conversion functions of this C++ class and all those |
319 | /// inherited conversion functions that are visible in this class. |
320 | /// |
321 | /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl or a |
322 | /// FunctionTemplateDecl. |
323 | LazyASTUnresolvedSet VisibleConversions; |
324 | |
325 | /// The declaration which defines this record. |
326 | CXXRecordDecl *Definition; |
327 | |
328 | /// The first friend declaration in this class, or null if there |
329 | /// aren't any. |
330 | /// |
331 | /// This is actually currently stored in reverse order. |
332 | LazyDeclPtr FirstFriend; |
333 | |
334 | DefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D); |
335 | |
336 | /// Retrieve the set of direct base classes. |
337 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBases() const { |
338 | if (!Bases.isOffset()) |
339 | return Bases.get(nullptr); |
340 | return getBasesSlowCase(); |
341 | } |
342 | |
343 | /// Retrieve the set of virtual base classes. |
344 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBases() const { |
345 | if (!VBases.isOffset()) |
346 | return VBases.get(nullptr); |
347 | return getVBasesSlowCase(); |
348 | } |
349 | |
350 | ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> bases() const { |
351 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getBases(), NumBases); |
352 | } |
353 | |
354 | ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> vbases() const { |
355 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getVBases(), NumVBases); |
356 | } |
357 | |
358 | private: |
359 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBasesSlowCase() const; |
360 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBasesSlowCase() const; |
361 | }; |
362 | |
363 | struct DefinitionData *DefinitionData; |
364 | |
365 | /// Describes a C++ closure type (generated by a lambda expression). |
366 | struct LambdaDefinitionData : public DefinitionData { |
367 | using Capture = LambdaCapture; |
368 | |
369 | /// Whether this lambda is known to be dependent, even if its |
370 | /// context isn't dependent. |
371 | /// |
372 | /// A lambda with a non-dependent context can be dependent if it occurs |
373 | /// within the default argument of a function template, because the |
374 | /// lambda will have been created with the enclosing context as its |
375 | /// declaration context, rather than function. This is an unfortunate |
376 | /// artifact of having to parse the default arguments before. |
377 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
378 | |
379 | /// Whether this lambda is a generic lambda. |
380 | unsigned IsGenericLambda : 1; |
381 | |
382 | /// The Default Capture. |
383 | unsigned CaptureDefault : 2; |
384 | |
385 | /// The number of captures in this lambda is limited 2^NumCaptures. |
386 | unsigned NumCaptures : 15; |
387 | |
388 | /// The number of explicit captures in this lambda. |
389 | unsigned NumExplicitCaptures : 13; |
390 | |
391 | /// Has known `internal` linkage. |
392 | unsigned HasKnownInternalLinkage : 1; |
393 | |
394 | /// The number used to indicate this lambda expression for name |
395 | /// mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI. |
396 | unsigned ManglingNumber : 31; |
397 | |
398 | /// The declaration that provides context for this lambda, if the |
399 | /// actual DeclContext does not suffice. This is used for lambdas that |
400 | /// occur within default arguments of function parameters within the class |
401 | /// or within a data member initializer. |
402 | LazyDeclPtr ContextDecl; |
403 | |
404 | /// The list of captures, both explicit and implicit, for this |
405 | /// lambda. |
406 | Capture *Captures = nullptr; |
407 | |
408 | /// The type of the call method. |
409 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodTyInfo; |
410 | |
411 | LambdaDefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D, TypeSourceInfo *Info, bool Dependent, |
412 | bool IsGeneric, LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault) |
413 | : DefinitionData(D), Dependent(Dependent), IsGenericLambda(IsGeneric), |
414 | CaptureDefault(CaptureDefault), NumCaptures(0), |
415 | NumExplicitCaptures(0), HasKnownInternalLinkage(0), ManglingNumber(0), |
416 | MethodTyInfo(Info) { |
417 | IsLambda = true; |
418 | |
419 | // C++1z [expr.prim.lambda]p4: |
420 | // This class type is not an aggregate type. |
421 | Aggregate = false; |
422 | PlainOldData = false; |
423 | } |
424 | }; |
425 | |
426 | struct DefinitionData *dataPtr() const { |
427 | // Complete the redecl chain (if necessary). |
428 | getMostRecentDecl(); |
429 | return DefinitionData; |
430 | } |
431 | |
432 | struct DefinitionData &data() const { |
433 | auto *DD = dataPtr(); |
434 | assert(DD && "queried property of class with no definition")((DD && "queried property of class with no definition" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD && \"queried property of class with no definition\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
435 | return *DD; |
436 | } |
437 | |
438 | struct LambdaDefinitionData &getLambdaData() const { |
439 | // No update required: a merged definition cannot change any lambda |
440 | // properties. |
441 | auto *DD = DefinitionData; |
442 | assert(DD && DD->IsLambda && "queried lambda property of non-lambda class")((DD && DD->IsLambda && "queried lambda property of non-lambda class" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD && DD->IsLambda && \"queried lambda property of non-lambda class\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 442, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
443 | return static_cast<LambdaDefinitionData&>(*DD); |
444 | } |
445 | |
446 | /// The template or declaration that this declaration |
447 | /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively. |
448 | /// |
449 | /// For non-templates, this value will be null. For record |
450 | /// declarations that describe a class template, this will be a |
451 | /// pointer to a ClassTemplateDecl. For member |
452 | /// classes of class template specializations, this will be the |
453 | /// MemberSpecializationInfo referring to the member class that was |
454 | /// instantiated or specialized. |
455 | llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *> |
456 | TemplateOrInstantiation; |
457 | |
458 | /// Called from setBases and addedMember to notify the class that a |
459 | /// direct or virtual base class or a member of class type has been added. |
460 | void addedClassSubobject(CXXRecordDecl *Base); |
461 | |
462 | /// Notify the class that member has been added. |
463 | /// |
464 | /// This routine helps maintain information about the class based on which |
465 | /// members have been added. It will be invoked by DeclContext::addDecl() |
466 | /// whenever a member is added to this record. |
467 | void addedMember(Decl *D); |
468 | |
469 | void markedVirtualFunctionPure(); |
470 | |
471 | /// Get the head of our list of friend declarations, possibly |
472 | /// deserializing the friends from an external AST source. |
473 | FriendDecl *getFirstFriend() const; |
474 | |
475 | /// Determine whether this class has an empty base class subobject of type X |
476 | /// or of one of the types that might be at offset 0 within X (per the C++ |
477 | /// "standard layout" rules). |
478 | bool hasSubobjectAtOffsetZeroOfEmptyBaseType(ASTContext &Ctx, |
479 | const CXXRecordDecl *X); |
480 | |
481 | protected: |
482 | CXXRecordDecl(Kind K, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
483 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
484 | IdentifierInfo *Id, CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl); |
485 | |
486 | public: |
487 | /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class. |
488 | using base_class_iterator = CXXBaseSpecifier *; |
489 | |
490 | /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class. |
491 | using base_class_const_iterator = const CXXBaseSpecifier *; |
492 | |
493 | CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
494 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
495 | } |
496 | |
497 | const CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
498 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
502 | return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>( |
503 | static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
504 | } |
505 | |
506 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
507 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
508 | } |
509 | |
510 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
511 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>( |
512 | static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
513 | } |
514 | |
515 | const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
516 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
517 | } |
518 | |
519 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() { |
520 | CXXRecordDecl *Recent = |
521 | static_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
522 | while (Recent->isInjectedClassName()) { |
523 | // FIXME: Does injected class name need to be in the redeclarations chain? |
524 | assert(Recent->getPreviousDecl())((Recent->getPreviousDecl()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Recent->getPreviousDecl()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 524, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
525 | Recent = Recent->getPreviousDecl(); |
526 | } |
527 | return Recent; |
528 | } |
529 | |
530 | const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() const { |
531 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl(); |
532 | } |
533 | |
534 | CXXRecordDecl *getDefinition() const { |
535 | // We only need an update if we don't already know which |
536 | // declaration is the definition. |
537 | auto *DD = DefinitionData ? DefinitionData : dataPtr(); |
538 | return DD ? DD->Definition : nullptr; |
539 | } |
540 | |
541 | bool hasDefinition() const { return DefinitionData || dataPtr(); } |
542 | |
543 | static CXXRecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, |
544 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
545 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
546 | CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr, |
547 | bool DelayTypeCreation = false); |
548 | static CXXRecordDecl *CreateLambda(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
549 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, SourceLocation Loc, |
550 | bool DependentLambda, bool IsGeneric, |
551 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
552 | static CXXRecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
553 | |
554 | bool isDynamicClass() const { |
555 | return data().Polymorphic || data().NumVBases != 0; |
556 | } |
557 | |
558 | /// @returns true if class is dynamic or might be dynamic because the |
559 | /// definition is incomplete of dependent. |
560 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const { |
561 | return !hasDefinition() || isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases(); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | /// @returns true if class is non dynamic or might be non dynamic because the |
565 | /// definition is incomplete of dependent. |
566 | bool mayBeNonDynamicClass() const { |
567 | return !hasDefinition() || !isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases(); |
568 | } |
569 | |
570 | void setIsParsingBaseSpecifiers() { data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers = true; } |
571 | |
572 | bool isParsingBaseSpecifiers() const { |
573 | return data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers; |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | unsigned getODRHash() const; |
577 | |
578 | /// Sets the base classes of this struct or class. |
579 | void setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases, unsigned NumBases); |
580 | |
581 | /// Retrieves the number of base classes of this class. |
582 | unsigned getNumBases() const { return data().NumBases; } |
583 | |
584 | using base_class_range = llvm::iterator_range<base_class_iterator>; |
585 | using base_class_const_range = |
586 | llvm::iterator_range<base_class_const_iterator>; |
587 | |
588 | base_class_range bases() { |
589 | return base_class_range(bases_begin(), bases_end()); |
590 | } |
591 | base_class_const_range bases() const { |
592 | return base_class_const_range(bases_begin(), bases_end()); |
593 | } |
594 | |
595 | base_class_iterator bases_begin() { return data().getBases(); } |
596 | base_class_const_iterator bases_begin() const { return data().getBases(); } |
597 | base_class_iterator bases_end() { return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; } |
598 | base_class_const_iterator bases_end() const { |
599 | return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; |
600 | } |
601 | |
602 | /// Retrieves the number of virtual base classes of this class. |
603 | unsigned getNumVBases() const { return data().NumVBases; } |
604 | |
605 | base_class_range vbases() { |
606 | return base_class_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end()); |
607 | } |
608 | base_class_const_range vbases() const { |
609 | return base_class_const_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end()); |
610 | } |
611 | |
612 | base_class_iterator vbases_begin() { return data().getVBases(); } |
613 | base_class_const_iterator vbases_begin() const { return data().getVBases(); } |
614 | base_class_iterator vbases_end() { return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; } |
615 | base_class_const_iterator vbases_end() const { |
616 | return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; |
617 | } |
618 | |
619 | /// Determine whether this class has any dependent base classes which |
620 | /// are not the current instantiation. |
621 | bool hasAnyDependentBases() const; |
622 | |
623 | /// Iterator access to method members. The method iterator visits |
624 | /// all method members of the class, including non-instance methods, |
625 | /// special methods, etc. |
626 | using method_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>; |
627 | using method_range = |
628 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>>; |
629 | |
630 | method_range methods() const { |
631 | return method_range(method_begin(), method_end()); |
632 | } |
633 | |
634 | /// Method begin iterator. Iterates in the order the methods |
635 | /// were declared. |
636 | method_iterator method_begin() const { |
637 | return method_iterator(decls_begin()); |
638 | } |
639 | |
640 | /// Method past-the-end iterator. |
641 | method_iterator method_end() const { |
642 | return method_iterator(decls_end()); |
643 | } |
644 | |
645 | /// Iterator access to constructor members. |
646 | using ctor_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>; |
647 | using ctor_range = |
648 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>>; |
649 | |
650 | ctor_range ctors() const { return ctor_range(ctor_begin(), ctor_end()); } |
651 | |
652 | ctor_iterator ctor_begin() const { |
653 | return ctor_iterator(decls_begin()); |
654 | } |
655 | |
656 | ctor_iterator ctor_end() const { |
657 | return ctor_iterator(decls_end()); |
658 | } |
659 | |
660 | /// An iterator over friend declarations. All of these are defined |
661 | /// in DeclFriend.h. |
662 | class friend_iterator; |
663 | using friend_range = llvm::iterator_range<friend_iterator>; |
664 | |
665 | friend_range friends() const; |
666 | friend_iterator friend_begin() const; |
667 | friend_iterator friend_end() const; |
668 | void pushFriendDecl(FriendDecl *FD); |
669 | |
670 | /// Determines whether this record has any friends. |
671 | bool hasFriends() const { |
672 | return data().FirstFriend.isValid(); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | /// \c true if a defaulted copy constructor for this class would be |
676 | /// deleted. |
677 | bool defaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted() const { |
678 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
679 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
680 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 680, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
681 | return data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted; |
682 | } |
683 | |
684 | /// \c true if a defaulted move constructor for this class would be |
685 | /// deleted. |
686 | bool defaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted() const { |
687 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
688 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
689 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 689, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
690 | return data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted; |
691 | } |
692 | |
693 | /// \c true if a defaulted destructor for this class would be deleted. |
694 | bool defaultedDestructorIsDeleted() const { |
695 | assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() ||(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
696 | (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) &&(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
697 | "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")(((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && "this property has not yet been computed by Sema" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() || (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) && \"this property has not yet been computed by Sema\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
698 | return data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted; |
699 | } |
700 | |
701 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
702 | /// accessible, unambiguous copy constructor that is not deleted. |
703 | bool hasSimpleCopyConstructor() const { |
704 | return !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
705 | !data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted; |
706 | } |
707 | |
708 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
709 | /// accessible, unambiguous move constructor that is not deleted. |
710 | bool hasSimpleMoveConstructor() const { |
711 | return !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && hasMoveConstructor() && |
712 | !data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted; |
713 | } |
714 | |
715 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
716 | /// accessible, unambiguous copy assignment operator that is not deleted. |
717 | bool hasSimpleCopyAssignment() const { |
718 | return !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
719 | !data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted; |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single, |
723 | /// accessible, unambiguous move assignment operator that is not deleted. |
724 | bool hasSimpleMoveAssignment() const { |
725 | return !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && hasMoveAssignment() && |
726 | !data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted; |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has an accessible |
730 | /// destructor that is not deleted. |
731 | bool hasSimpleDestructor() const { |
732 | return !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() && |
733 | !data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted; |
734 | } |
735 | |
736 | /// Determine whether this class has any default constructors. |
737 | bool hasDefaultConstructor() const { |
738 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) || |
739 | needsImplicitDefaultConstructor(); |
740 | } |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine if we need to declare a default constructor for |
743 | /// this class. |
744 | /// |
745 | /// This value is used for lazy creation of default constructors. |
746 | bool needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() const { |
747 | return (!data().UserDeclaredConstructor && |
748 | !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) && |
749 | (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable())) || |
750 | // FIXME: Proposed fix to core wording issue: if a class inherits |
751 | // a default constructor and doesn't explicitly declare one, one |
752 | // is declared implicitly. |
753 | (data().HasInheritedDefaultConstructor && |
754 | !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor)); |
755 | } |
756 | |
757 | /// Determine whether this class has any user-declared constructors. |
758 | /// |
759 | /// When true, a default constructor will not be implicitly declared. |
760 | bool hasUserDeclaredConstructor() const { |
761 | return data().UserDeclaredConstructor; |
762 | } |
763 | |
764 | /// Whether this class has a user-provided default constructor |
765 | /// per C++11. |
766 | bool hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor() const { |
767 | return data().UserProvidedDefaultConstructor; |
768 | } |
769 | |
770 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy constructor. |
771 | /// |
772 | /// When false, a copy constructor will be implicitly declared. |
773 | bool hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() const { |
774 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
775 | } |
776 | |
777 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy |
778 | /// constructor to be lazily declared. |
779 | bool needsImplicitCopyConstructor() const { |
780 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor); |
781 | } |
782 | |
783 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy |
784 | /// constructor for this class. |
785 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() const { |
786 | // C++17 [class.copy.ctor]p6: |
787 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment |
788 | // operator, the implicitly declared copy constructor is defined as |
789 | // deleted. |
790 | // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move assignment does not delete an |
791 | // implicit copy constructor, so defer this choice to Sema. |
792 | if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
793 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment)) |
794 | return true; |
795 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor; |
796 | } |
797 | |
798 | /// Determine whether an implicit copy constructor for this type |
799 | /// would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type. |
800 | bool implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam() const { |
801 | return data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForNonVBase && |
802 | (isAbstract() || |
803 | data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForVBase); |
804 | } |
805 | |
806 | /// Determine whether this class has a copy constructor with |
807 | /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type. |
808 | bool hasCopyConstructorWithConstParam() const { |
809 | return data().HasDeclaredCopyConstructorWithConstParam || |
810 | (needsImplicitCopyConstructor() && |
811 | implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam()); |
812 | } |
813 | |
814 | /// Whether this class has a user-declared move constructor or |
815 | /// assignment operator. |
816 | /// |
817 | /// When false, a move constructor and assignment operator may be |
818 | /// implicitly declared. |
819 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveOperation() const { |
820 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
821 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment); |
822 | } |
823 | |
824 | /// Determine whether this class has had a move constructor |
825 | /// declared by the user. |
826 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() const { |
827 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor; |
828 | } |
829 | |
830 | /// Determine whether this class has a move constructor. |
831 | bool hasMoveConstructor() const { |
832 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
833 | needsImplicitMoveConstructor(); |
834 | } |
835 | |
836 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy |
837 | /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
838 | void setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted() { |
839 | assert((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
840 | needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | "Copy constructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor ()) && "Copy constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) && \"Copy constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted = true; |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move |
846 | /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
847 | void setImplicitMoveConstructorIsDeleted() { |
848 | assert((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
849 | needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
850 | "move constructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor ()) && "move constructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) && \"move constructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 850, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
851 | data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted = true; |
852 | } |
853 | |
854 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit destructor, |
855 | /// but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
856 | void setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted() { |
857 | assert((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
858 | needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) &&(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
859 | "destructor should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor ()) && "destructor should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) && \"destructor should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
860 | data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted = true; |
861 | } |
862 | |
863 | /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move |
864 | /// constructor or if any existing special member function inhibits this. |
865 | bool needsImplicitMoveConstructor() const { |
866 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) && |
867 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
868 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
869 | !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && |
870 | !hasUserDeclaredDestructor(); |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted move |
874 | /// constructor for this class. |
875 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() const { |
876 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor; |
877 | } |
878 | |
879 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy assignment |
880 | /// operator. |
881 | /// |
882 | /// When false, a copy assignment operator will be implicitly declared. |
883 | bool hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() const { |
884 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy assignment |
888 | /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
889 | void setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted() { |
890 | assert((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
891 | needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) &&(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
892 | "copy assignment should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment ()) && "copy assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) && \"copy assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 892, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
893 | data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted = true; |
894 | } |
895 | |
896 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy |
897 | /// assignment operator to be lazily declared. |
898 | bool needsImplicitCopyAssignment() const { |
899 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment); |
900 | } |
901 | |
902 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy |
903 | /// assignment operator for this class. |
904 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment() const { |
905 | // C++20 [class.copy.assign]p2: |
906 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment |
907 | // operator, the implicitly declared copy assignment operator is defined |
908 | // as deleted. |
909 | // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move constructor does not delete an |
910 | // implicit copy assignment, so defer this choice to Sema. |
911 | if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & |
912 | (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment)) |
913 | return true; |
914 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment; |
915 | } |
916 | |
917 | /// Determine whether an implicit copy assignment operator for this |
918 | /// type would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type. |
919 | bool implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam() const { |
920 | return data().ImplicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam; |
921 | } |
922 | |
923 | /// Determine whether this class has a copy assignment operator with |
924 | /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type or is not |
925 | /// a reference. |
926 | bool hasCopyAssignmentWithConstParam() const { |
927 | return data().HasDeclaredCopyAssignmentWithConstParam || |
928 | (needsImplicitCopyAssignment() && |
929 | implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam()); |
930 | } |
931 | |
932 | /// Determine whether this class has had a move assignment |
933 | /// declared by the user. |
934 | bool hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() const { |
935 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment; |
936 | } |
937 | |
938 | /// Determine whether this class has a move assignment operator. |
939 | bool hasMoveAssignment() const { |
940 | return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) || |
941 | needsImplicitMoveAssignment(); |
942 | } |
943 | |
944 | /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move assignment |
945 | /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it. |
946 | void setImplicitMoveAssignmentIsDeleted() { |
947 | assert((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted ||(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
948 | needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) &&(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
949 | "move assignment should not be deleted")(((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment ()) && "move assignment should not be deleted") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted || needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) && \"move assignment should not be deleted\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 949, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
950 | data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted = true; |
951 | } |
952 | |
953 | /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move |
954 | /// assignment operator or if any existing special member function inhibits |
955 | /// this. |
956 | bool needsImplicitMoveAssignment() const { |
957 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) && |
958 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() && |
959 | !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() && |
960 | !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && |
961 | !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() && |
962 | (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable()); |
963 | } |
964 | |
965 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a move assignment |
966 | /// operator for this class. |
967 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment() const { |
968 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared destructor. |
972 | /// |
973 | /// When false, a destructor will be implicitly declared. |
974 | bool hasUserDeclaredDestructor() const { |
975 | return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit destructor to |
979 | /// be lazily declared. |
980 | bool needsImplicitDestructor() const { |
981 | return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor); |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a destructor for this |
985 | /// class. |
986 | bool needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() const { |
987 | return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForDestructor; |
988 | } |
989 | |
990 | /// Determine whether this class describes a lambda function object. |
991 | bool isLambda() const { |
992 | // An update record can't turn a non-lambda into a lambda. |
993 | auto *DD = DefinitionData; |
994 | return DD && DD->IsLambda; |
995 | } |
996 | |
997 | /// Determine whether this class describes a generic |
998 | /// lambda function object (i.e. function call operator is |
999 | /// a template). |
1000 | bool isGenericLambda() const; |
1001 | |
1002 | /// Determine whether this lambda should have an implicit default constructor |
1003 | /// and copy and move assignment operators. |
1004 | bool lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable() const; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type |
1007 | /// if this is a closure type. |
1008 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaCallOperator() const; |
1009 | |
1010 | /// Retrieve the dependent lambda call operator of the closure type |
1011 | /// if this is a templated closure type. |
1012 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDependentLambdaCallOperator() const; |
1013 | |
1014 | /// Retrieve the lambda static invoker, the address of which |
1015 | /// is returned by the conversion operator, and the body of which |
1016 | /// is forwarded to the lambda call operator. The version that does not |
1017 | /// take a calling convention uses the 'default' calling convention for free |
1018 | /// functions if the Lambda's calling convention was not modified via |
1019 | /// attribute. Otherwise, it will return the calling convention specified for |
1020 | /// the lambda. |
1021 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker() const; |
1022 | CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker(CallingConv CC) const; |
1023 | |
1024 | /// Retrieve the generic lambda's template parameter list. |
1025 | /// Returns null if the class does not represent a lambda or a generic |
1026 | /// lambda. |
1027 | TemplateParameterList *getGenericLambdaTemplateParameterList() const; |
1028 | |
1029 | /// Retrieve the lambda template parameters that were specified explicitly. |
1030 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getLambdaExplicitTemplateParameters() const; |
1031 | |
1032 | LambdaCaptureDefault getLambdaCaptureDefault() const { |
1033 | assert(isLambda())((isLambda()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "isLambda()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1033, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1034 | return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(getLambdaData().CaptureDefault); |
1035 | } |
1036 | |
1037 | /// Set the captures for this lambda closure type. |
1038 | void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<LambdaCapture> Captures); |
1039 | |
1040 | /// For a closure type, retrieve the mapping from captured |
1041 | /// variables and \c this to the non-static data members that store the |
1042 | /// values or references of the captures. |
1043 | /// |
1044 | /// \param Captures Will be populated with the mapping from captured |
1045 | /// variables to the corresponding fields. |
1046 | /// |
1047 | /// \param ThisCapture Will be set to the field declaration for the |
1048 | /// \c this capture. |
1049 | /// |
1050 | /// \note No entries will be added for init-captures, as they do not capture |
1051 | /// variables. |
1052 | void getCaptureFields(llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> &Captures, |
1053 | FieldDecl *&ThisCapture) const; |
1054 | |
1055 | using capture_const_iterator = const LambdaCapture *; |
1056 | using capture_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_const_iterator>; |
1057 | |
1058 | capture_const_range captures() const { |
1059 | return capture_const_range(captures_begin(), captures_end()); |
1060 | } |
1061 | |
1062 | capture_const_iterator captures_begin() const { |
1063 | return isLambda() ? getLambdaData().Captures : nullptr; |
1064 | } |
1065 | |
1066 | capture_const_iterator captures_end() const { |
1067 | return isLambda() ? captures_begin() + getLambdaData().NumCaptures |
1068 | : nullptr; |
1069 | } |
1070 | |
1071 | unsigned capture_size() const { return getLambdaData().NumCaptures; } |
1072 | |
1073 | using conversion_iterator = UnresolvedSetIterator; |
1074 | |
1075 | conversion_iterator conversion_begin() const { |
1076 | return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).begin(); |
1077 | } |
1078 | |
1079 | conversion_iterator conversion_end() const { |
1080 | return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).end(); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | /// Removes a conversion function from this class. The conversion |
1084 | /// function must currently be a member of this class. Furthermore, |
1085 | /// this class must currently be in the process of being defined. |
1086 | void removeConversion(const NamedDecl *Old); |
1087 | |
1088 | /// Get all conversion functions visible in current class, |
1089 | /// including conversion function templates. |
1090 | llvm::iterator_range<conversion_iterator> |
1091 | getVisibleConversionFunctions() const; |
1092 | |
1093 | /// Determine whether this class is an aggregate (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]), |
1094 | /// which is a class with no user-declared constructors, no private |
1095 | /// or protected non-static data members, no base classes, and no virtual |
1096 | /// functions (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1). |
1097 | bool isAggregate() const { return data().Aggregate; } |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Whether this class has any in-class initializers |
1100 | /// for non-static data members (including those in anonymous unions or |
1101 | /// structs). |
1102 | bool hasInClassInitializer() const { return data().HasInClassInitializer; } |
1103 | |
1104 | /// Whether this class or any of its subobjects has any members of |
1105 | /// reference type which would make value-initialization ill-formed. |
1106 | /// |
1107 | /// Per C++03 [dcl.init]p5: |
1108 | /// - if T is a non-union class type without a user-declared constructor, |
1109 | /// then every non-static data member and base-class component of T is |
1110 | /// value-initialized [...] A program that calls for [...] |
1111 | /// value-initialization of an entity of reference type is ill-formed. |
1112 | bool hasUninitializedReferenceMember() const { |
1113 | return !isUnion() && !hasUserDeclaredConstructor() && |
1114 | data().HasUninitializedReferenceMember; |
1115 | } |
1116 | |
1117 | /// Whether this class is a POD-type (C++ [class]p4) |
1118 | /// |
1119 | /// For purposes of this function a class is POD if it is an aggregate |
1120 | /// that has no non-static non-POD data members, no reference data |
1121 | /// members, no user-defined copy assignment operator and no |
1122 | /// user-defined destructor. |
1123 | /// |
1124 | /// Note that this is the C++ TR1 definition of POD. |
1125 | bool isPOD() const { return data().PlainOldData; } |
1126 | |
1127 | /// True if this class is C-like, without C++-specific features, e.g. |
1128 | /// it contains only public fields, no bases, tag kind is not 'class', etc. |
1129 | bool isCLike() const; |
1130 | |
1131 | /// Determine whether this is an empty class in the sense of |
1132 | /// (C++11 [meta.unary.prop]). |
1133 | /// |
1134 | /// The CXXRecordDecl is a class type, but not a union type, |
1135 | /// with no non-static data members other than bit-fields of length 0, |
1136 | /// no virtual member functions, no virtual base classes, |
1137 | /// and no base class B for which is_empty<B>::value is false. |
1138 | /// |
1139 | /// \note This does NOT include a check for union-ness. |
1140 | bool isEmpty() const { return data().Empty; } |
1141 | |
1142 | bool hasPrivateFields() const { |
1143 | return data().HasPrivateFields; |
1144 | } |
1145 | |
1146 | bool hasProtectedFields() const { |
1147 | return data().HasProtectedFields; |
1148 | } |
1149 | |
1150 | /// Determine whether this class has direct non-static data members. |
1151 | bool hasDirectFields() const { |
1152 | auto &D = data(); |
1153 | return D.HasPublicFields || D.HasProtectedFields || D.HasPrivateFields; |
1154 | } |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Whether this class is polymorphic (C++ [class.virtual]), |
1157 | /// which means that the class contains or inherits a virtual function. |
1158 | bool isPolymorphic() const { return data().Polymorphic; } |
1159 | |
1160 | /// Determine whether this class has a pure virtual function. |
1161 | /// |
1162 | /// The class is is abstract per (C++ [class.abstract]p2) if it declares |
1163 | /// a pure virtual function or inherits a pure virtual function that is |
1164 | /// not overridden. |
1165 | bool isAbstract() const { return data().Abstract; } |
1166 | |
1167 | /// Determine whether this class is standard-layout per |
1168 | /// C++ [class]p7. |
1169 | bool isStandardLayout() const { return data().IsStandardLayout; } |
1170 | |
1171 | /// Determine whether this class was standard-layout per |
1172 | /// C++11 [class]p7, specifically using the C++11 rules without any DRs. |
1173 | bool isCXX11StandardLayout() const { return data().IsCXX11StandardLayout; } |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Determine whether this class, or any of its class subobjects, |
1176 | /// contains a mutable field. |
1177 | bool hasMutableFields() const { return data().HasMutableFields; } |
1178 | |
1179 | /// Determine whether this class has any variant members. |
1180 | bool hasVariantMembers() const { return data().HasVariantMembers; } |
1181 | |
1182 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor |
1183 | /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5). |
1184 | bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const { |
1185 | return hasDefaultConstructor() && |
1186 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor); |
1187 | } |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial default constructor |
1190 | /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5). |
1191 | bool hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor() const { |
1192 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) || |
1193 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1194 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor)); |
1195 | } |
1196 | |
1197 | /// Determine whether this class has at least one constexpr constructor |
1198 | /// other than the copy or move constructors. |
1199 | bool hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() const { |
1200 | return data().HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor || |
1201 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1202 | defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr()); |
1203 | } |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class |
1206 | /// would be constexpr. |
1207 | bool defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr() const { |
1208 | return data().DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr && |
1209 | (!isUnion() || hasInClassInitializer() || !hasVariantMembers() || |
1210 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20); |
1211 | } |
1212 | |
1213 | /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr default constructor. |
1214 | bool hasConstexprDefaultConstructor() const { |
1215 | return data().HasConstexprDefaultConstructor || |
1216 | (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() && |
1217 | defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr()); |
1218 | } |
1219 | |
1220 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy constructor |
1221 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1222 | bool hasTrivialCopyConstructor() const { |
1223 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
1224 | } |
1225 | |
1226 | bool hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const { |
1227 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_CopyConstructor; |
1228 | } |
1229 | |
1230 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy constructor |
1231 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1232 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() const { |
1233 | return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor || |
1234 | !hasTrivialCopyConstructor(); |
1235 | } |
1236 | |
1237 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const { |
1238 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & |
1239 | SMF_CopyConstructor) || |
1240 | !hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall(); |
1241 | } |
1242 | |
1243 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move constructor |
1244 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1245 | bool hasTrivialMoveConstructor() const { |
1246 | return hasMoveConstructor() && |
1247 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor); |
1248 | } |
1249 | |
1250 | bool hasTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const { |
1251 | return hasMoveConstructor() && |
1252 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor); |
1253 | } |
1254 | |
1255 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move constructor |
1256 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12) |
1257 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() const { |
1258 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
1259 | (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() && |
1260 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)); |
1261 | } |
1262 | |
1263 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const { |
1264 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & |
1265 | SMF_MoveConstructor) || |
1266 | (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() && |
1267 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor)); |
1268 | } |
1269 | |
1270 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy assignment operator |
1271 | /// (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1272 | bool hasTrivialCopyAssignment() const { |
1273 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment; |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy assignment |
1277 | /// operator (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1278 | bool hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment() const { |
1279 | return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment || |
1280 | !hasTrivialCopyAssignment(); |
1281 | } |
1282 | |
1283 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move assignment operator |
1284 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1285 | bool hasTrivialMoveAssignment() const { |
1286 | return hasMoveAssignment() && |
1287 | (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment); |
1288 | } |
1289 | |
1290 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move assignment |
1291 | /// operator (C++11 [class.copy]p25) |
1292 | bool hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment() const { |
1293 | return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) || |
1294 | (needsImplicitMoveAssignment() && |
1295 | !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment)); |
1296 | } |
1297 | |
1298 | /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class |
1299 | /// would be constexpr. |
1300 | bool defaultedDestructorIsConstexpr() const { |
1301 | return data().DefaultedDestructorIsConstexpr && |
1302 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20; |
1303 | } |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr destructor. |
1306 | bool hasConstexprDestructor() const; |
1307 | |
1308 | /// Determine whether this class has a trivial destructor |
1309 | /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3) |
1310 | bool hasTrivialDestructor() const { |
1311 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor; |
1312 | } |
1313 | |
1314 | bool hasTrivialDestructorForCall() const { |
1315 | return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor; |
1316 | } |
1317 | |
1318 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial destructor |
1319 | /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3) |
1320 | bool hasNonTrivialDestructor() const { |
1321 | return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor); |
1322 | } |
1323 | |
1324 | bool hasNonTrivialDestructorForCall() const { |
1325 | return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor); |
1326 | } |
1327 | |
1328 | void setHasTrivialSpecialMemberForCall() { |
1329 | data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall = |
1330 | (SMF_CopyConstructor | SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_Destructor); |
1331 | } |
1332 | |
1333 | /// Determine whether declaring a const variable with this type is ok |
1334 | /// per core issue 253. |
1335 | bool allowConstDefaultInit() const { |
1336 | return !data().HasUninitializedFields || |
1337 | !(data().HasDefaultedDefaultConstructor || |
1338 | needsImplicitDefaultConstructor()); |
1339 | } |
1340 | |
1341 | /// Determine whether this class has a destructor which has no |
1342 | /// semantic effect. |
1343 | /// |
1344 | /// Any such destructor will be trivial, public, defaulted and not deleted, |
1345 | /// and will call only irrelevant destructors. |
1346 | bool hasIrrelevantDestructor() const { |
1347 | return data().HasIrrelevantDestructor; |
1348 | } |
1349 | |
1350 | /// Determine whether this class has a non-literal or/ volatile type |
1351 | /// non-static data member or base class. |
1352 | bool hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() const { |
1353 | return data().HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases; |
1354 | } |
1355 | |
1356 | /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names |
1357 | /// a user-declared base class constructor. |
1358 | bool hasInheritedConstructor() const { |
1359 | return data().HasInheritedConstructor; |
1360 | } |
1361 | |
1362 | /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names |
1363 | /// a base class assignment operator. |
1364 | bool hasInheritedAssignment() const { |
1365 | return data().HasInheritedAssignment; |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | /// Determine whether this class is considered trivially copyable per |
1369 | /// (C++11 [class]p6). |
1370 | bool isTriviallyCopyable() const; |
1371 | |
1372 | /// Determine whether this class is considered trivial. |
1373 | /// |
1374 | /// C++11 [class]p6: |
1375 | /// "A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor and |
1376 | /// is trivially copyable." |
1377 | bool isTrivial() const { |
1378 | return isTriviallyCopyable() && hasTrivialDefaultConstructor(); |
1379 | } |
1380 | |
1381 | /// Determine whether this class is a literal type. |
1382 | /// |
1383 | /// C++11 [basic.types]p10: |
1384 | /// A class type that has all the following properties: |
1385 | /// - it has a trivial destructor |
1386 | /// - every constructor call and full-expression in the |
1387 | /// brace-or-equal-intializers for non-static data members (if any) is |
1388 | /// a constant expression. |
1389 | /// - it is an aggregate type or has at least one constexpr constructor |
1390 | /// or constructor template that is not a copy or move constructor, and |
1391 | /// - all of its non-static data members and base classes are of literal |
1392 | /// types |
1393 | /// |
1394 | /// We resolve DR1361 by ignoring the second bullet. We resolve DR1452 by |
1395 | /// treating types with trivial default constructors as literal types. |
1396 | /// |
1397 | /// Only in C++17 and beyond, are lambdas literal types. |
1398 | bool isLiteral() const { |
1399 | const LangOptions &LangOpts = getLangOpts(); |
1400 | return (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 ? hasConstexprDestructor() |
1401 | : hasTrivialDestructor()) && |
1402 | (!isLambda() || LangOpts.CPlusPlus17) && |
1403 | !hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() && |
1404 | (isAggregate() || isLambda() || |
1405 | hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() || |
1406 | hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()); |
1407 | } |
1408 | |
1409 | /// Determine whether this is a structural type. |
1410 | bool isStructural() const { |
1411 | return isLiteral() && data().StructuralIfLiteral; |
1412 | } |
1413 | |
1414 | /// If this record is an instantiation of a member class, |
1415 | /// retrieves the member class from which it was instantiated. |
1416 | /// |
1417 | /// This routine will return non-null for (non-templated) member |
1418 | /// classes of class templates. For example, given: |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// \code |
1421 | /// template<typename T> |
1422 | /// struct X { |
1423 | /// struct A { }; |
1424 | /// }; |
1425 | /// \endcode |
1426 | /// |
1427 | /// The declaration for X<int>::A is a (non-templated) CXXRecordDecl |
1428 | /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For |
1429 | /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() will return |
1430 | /// the CXXRecordDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of |
1431 | /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the |
1432 | /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberClass(). |
1433 | CXXRecordDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() const; |
1434 | |
1435 | /// If this class is an instantiation of a member class of a |
1436 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
1437 | /// information. |
1438 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
1439 | |
1440 | /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
1441 | /// member class \p RD. |
1442 | void setInstantiationOfMemberClass(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1443 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1444 | |
1445 | /// Retrieves the class template that is described by this |
1446 | /// class declaration. |
1447 | /// |
1448 | /// Every class template is represented as a ClassTemplateDecl and a |
1449 | /// CXXRecordDecl. The former contains template properties (such as |
1450 | /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the |
1451 | /// actual description of the template's |
1452 | /// contents. ClassTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
1453 | /// CXXRecordDecl that from a ClassTemplateDecl, while |
1454 | /// getDescribedClassTemplate() retrieves the ClassTemplateDecl from |
1455 | /// a CXXRecordDecl. |
1456 | ClassTemplateDecl *getDescribedClassTemplate() const; |
1457 | |
1458 | void setDescribedClassTemplate(ClassTemplateDecl *Template); |
1459 | |
1460 | /// Determine whether this particular class is a specialization or |
1461 | /// instantiation of a class template or member class of a class template, |
1462 | /// and how it was instantiated or specialized. |
1463 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
1464 | |
1465 | /// Set the kind of specialization or template instantiation this is. |
1466 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1467 | |
1468 | /// Retrieve the record declaration from which this record could be |
1469 | /// instantiated. Returns null if this class is not a template instantiation. |
1470 | const CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
1471 | |
1472 | CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() { |
1473 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl *>(this) |
1474 | ->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()); |
1475 | } |
1476 | |
1477 | /// Returns the destructor decl for this class. |
1478 | CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const; |
1479 | |
1480 | /// Returns true if the class destructor, or any implicitly invoked |
1481 | /// destructors are marked noreturn. |
1482 | bool isAnyDestructorNoReturn() const; |
1483 | |
1484 | /// If the class is a local class [class.local], returns |
1485 | /// the enclosing function declaration. |
1486 | const FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() const { |
1487 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext())) |
1488 | return RD->isLocalClass(); |
1489 | |
1490 | return dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
1491 | } |
1492 | |
1493 | FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() { |
1494 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>( |
1495 | const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->isLocalClass()); |
1496 | } |
1497 | |
1498 | /// Determine whether this dependent class is a current instantiation, |
1499 | /// when viewed from within the given context. |
1500 | bool isCurrentInstantiation(const DeclContext *CurContext) const; |
1501 | |
1502 | /// Determine whether this class is derived from the class \p Base. |
1503 | /// |
1504 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base, |
1505 | /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class |
1506 | /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous |
1507 | /// base class subobjects. |
1508 | /// |
1509 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1510 | /// |
1511 | /// \returns true if this class is derived from Base, false otherwise. |
1512 | bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1513 | |
1514 | /// Determine whether this class is derived from the type \p Base. |
1515 | /// |
1516 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base, |
1517 | /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class |
1518 | /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous |
1519 | /// base class subobjects. |
1520 | /// |
1521 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1522 | /// |
1523 | /// \param Paths will contain the paths taken from the current class to the |
1524 | /// given \p Base class. |
1525 | /// |
1526 | /// \returns true if this class is derived from \p Base, false otherwise. |
1527 | /// |
1528 | /// \todo add a separate parameter to configure IsDerivedFrom, rather than |
1529 | /// tangling input and output in \p Paths |
1530 | bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths) const; |
1531 | |
1532 | /// Determine whether this class is virtually derived from |
1533 | /// the class \p Base. |
1534 | /// |
1535 | /// This routine only determines whether this class is virtually |
1536 | /// derived from \p Base, but does not account for factors that may |
1537 | /// make a Derived -> Base class ill-formed, such as |
1538 | /// private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous base class |
1539 | /// subobjects. |
1540 | /// |
1541 | /// \param Base the base class we are searching for. |
1542 | /// |
1543 | /// \returns true if this class is virtually derived from Base, |
1544 | /// false otherwise. |
1545 | bool isVirtuallyDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// Determine whether this class is provably not derived from |
1548 | /// the type \p Base. |
1549 | bool isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const; |
1550 | |
1551 | /// Function type used by forallBases() as a callback. |
1552 | /// |
1553 | /// \param BaseDefinition the definition of the base class |
1554 | /// |
1555 | /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria |
1556 | using ForallBasesCallback = |
1557 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDefinition)>; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// Determines if the given callback holds for all the direct |
1560 | /// or indirect base classes of this type. |
1561 | /// |
1562 | /// The class itself does not count as a base class. This routine |
1563 | /// returns false if the class has non-computable base classes. |
1564 | /// |
1565 | /// \param BaseMatches Callback invoked for each (direct or indirect) base |
1566 | /// class of this type until a call returns false. |
1567 | bool forallBases(ForallBasesCallback BaseMatches) const; |
1568 | |
1569 | /// Function type used by lookupInBases() to determine whether a |
1570 | /// specific base class subobject matches the lookup criteria. |
1571 | /// |
1572 | /// \param Specifier the base-class specifier that describes the inheritance |
1573 | /// from the base class we are trying to match. |
1574 | /// |
1575 | /// \param Path the current path, from the most-derived class down to the |
1576 | /// base named by the \p Specifier. |
1577 | /// |
1578 | /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria, false otherwise. |
1579 | using BaseMatchesCallback = |
1580 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1581 | CXXBasePath &Path)>; |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Look for entities within the base classes of this C++ class, |
1584 | /// transitively searching all base class subobjects. |
1585 | /// |
1586 | /// This routine uses the callback function \p BaseMatches to find base |
1587 | /// classes meeting some search criteria, walking all base class subobjects |
1588 | /// and populating the given \p Paths structure with the paths through the |
1589 | /// inheritance hierarchy that resulted in a match. On a successful search, |
1590 | /// the \p Paths structure can be queried to retrieve the matching paths and |
1591 | /// to determine if there were any ambiguities. |
1592 | /// |
1593 | /// \param BaseMatches callback function used to determine whether a given |
1594 | /// base matches the user-defined search criteria. |
1595 | /// |
1596 | /// \param Paths used to record the paths from this class to its base class |
1597 | /// subobjects that match the search criteria. |
1598 | /// |
1599 | /// \param LookupInDependent can be set to true to extend the search to |
1600 | /// dependent base classes. |
1601 | /// |
1602 | /// \returns true if there exists any path from this class to a base class |
1603 | /// subobject that matches the search criteria. |
1604 | bool lookupInBases(BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches, CXXBasePaths &Paths, |
1605 | bool LookupInDependent = false) const; |
1606 | |
1607 | /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the given |
1608 | /// base class specifier refers to a specific class declaration. |
1609 | /// |
1610 | /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine whether |
1611 | /// a given derived class has is a base class subobject of a particular type. |
1612 | /// The base record pointer should refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the |
1613 | /// base class that we are searching for. |
1614 | static bool FindBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1615 | CXXBasePath &Path, const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord); |
1616 | |
1617 | /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the |
1618 | /// given base class specifier refers to a specific class |
1619 | /// declaration and describes virtual derivation. |
1620 | /// |
1621 | /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine |
1622 | /// whether a given derived class has is a virtual base class |
1623 | /// subobject of a particular type. The base record pointer should |
1624 | /// refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the base class that we |
1625 | /// are searching for. |
1626 | static bool FindVirtualBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
1627 | CXXBasePath &Path, |
1628 | const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord); |
1629 | |
1630 | /// Retrieve the final overriders for each virtual member |
1631 | /// function in the class hierarchy where this class is the |
1632 | /// most-derived class in the class hierarchy. |
1633 | void getFinalOverriders(CXXFinalOverriderMap &FinaOverriders) const; |
1634 | |
1635 | /// Get the indirect primary bases for this class. |
1636 | void getIndirectPrimaryBases(CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet& Bases) const; |
1637 | |
1638 | /// Determine whether this class has a member with the given name, possibly |
1639 | /// in a non-dependent base class. |
1640 | /// |
1641 | /// No check for ambiguity is performed, so this should never be used when |
1642 | /// implementing language semantics, but it may be appropriate for warnings, |
1643 | /// static analysis, or similar. |
1644 | bool hasMemberName(DeclarationName N) const; |
1645 | |
1646 | /// Performs an imprecise lookup of a dependent name in this class. |
1647 | /// |
1648 | /// This function does not follow strict semantic rules and should be used |
1649 | /// only when lookup rules can be relaxed, e.g. indexing. |
1650 | std::vector<const NamedDecl *> |
1651 | lookupDependentName(DeclarationName Name, |
1652 | llvm::function_ref<bool(const NamedDecl *ND)> Filter); |
1653 | |
1654 | /// Renders and displays an inheritance diagram |
1655 | /// for this C++ class and all of its base classes (transitively) using |
1656 | /// GraphViz. |
1657 | void viewInheritance(ASTContext& Context) const; |
1658 | |
1659 | /// Calculates the access of a decl that is reached |
1660 | /// along a path. |
1661 | static AccessSpecifier MergeAccess(AccessSpecifier PathAccess, |
1662 | AccessSpecifier DeclAccess) { |
1663 | assert(DeclAccess != AS_none)((DeclAccess != AS_none) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclAccess != AS_none", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1663, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1664 | if (DeclAccess == AS_private) return AS_none; |
1665 | return (PathAccess > DeclAccess ? PathAccess : DeclAccess); |
1666 | } |
1667 | |
1668 | /// Indicates that the declaration of a defaulted or deleted special |
1669 | /// member function is now complete. |
1670 | void finishedDefaultedOrDeletedMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1671 | |
1672 | void setTrivialForCallFlags(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1673 | |
1674 | /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete. |
1675 | void completeDefinition() override; |
1676 | |
1677 | /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete, |
1678 | /// and provides a final overrider map to help determine |
1679 | /// |
1680 | /// \param FinalOverriders The final overrider map for this class, which can |
1681 | /// be provided as an optimization for abstract-class checking. If NULL, |
1682 | /// final overriders will be computed if they are needed to complete the |
1683 | /// definition. |
1684 | void completeDefinition(CXXFinalOverriderMap *FinalOverriders); |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Determine whether this class may end up being abstract, even though |
1687 | /// it is not yet known to be abstract. |
1688 | /// |
1689 | /// \returns true if this class is not known to be abstract but has any |
1690 | /// base classes that are abstract. In this case, \c completeDefinition() |
1691 | /// will need to compute final overriders to determine whether the class is |
1692 | /// actually abstract. |
1693 | bool mayBeAbstract() const; |
1694 | |
1695 | /// Determine whether it's impossible for a class to be derived from this |
1696 | /// class. This is best-effort, and may conservatively return false. |
1697 | bool isEffectivelyFinal() const; |
1698 | |
1699 | /// If this is the closure type of a lambda expression, retrieve the |
1700 | /// number to be used for name mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI. |
1701 | /// |
1702 | /// Zero indicates that this closure type has internal linkage, so the |
1703 | /// mangling number does not matter, while a non-zero value indicates which |
1704 | /// lambda expression this is in this particular context. |
1705 | unsigned getLambdaManglingNumber() const { |
1706 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1706, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1707 | return getLambdaData().ManglingNumber; |
1708 | } |
1709 | |
1710 | /// The lambda is known to has internal linkage no matter whether it has name |
1711 | /// mangling number. |
1712 | bool hasKnownLambdaInternalLinkage() const { |
1713 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1713, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1714 | return getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage; |
1715 | } |
1716 | |
1717 | /// Retrieve the declaration that provides additional context for a |
1718 | /// lambda, when the normal declaration context is not specific enough. |
1719 | /// |
1720 | /// Certain contexts (default arguments of in-class function parameters and |
1721 | /// the initializers of data members) have separate name mangling rules for |
1722 | /// lambdas within the Itanium C++ ABI. For these cases, this routine provides |
1723 | /// the declaration in which the lambda occurs, e.g., the function parameter |
1724 | /// or the non-static data member. Otherwise, it returns NULL to imply that |
1725 | /// the declaration context suffices. |
1726 | Decl *getLambdaContextDecl() const; |
1727 | |
1728 | /// Set the mangling number and context declaration for a lambda |
1729 | /// class. |
1730 | void setLambdaMangling(unsigned ManglingNumber, Decl *ContextDecl, |
1731 | bool HasKnownInternalLinkage = false) { |
1732 | assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isLambda() && \"Not a lambda closure type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 1732, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1733 | getLambdaData().ManglingNumber = ManglingNumber; |
1734 | getLambdaData().ContextDecl = ContextDecl; |
1735 | getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage = HasKnownInternalLinkage; |
1736 | } |
1737 | |
1738 | /// Set the device side mangling number. |
1739 | void setDeviceLambdaManglingNumber(unsigned Num) const; |
1740 | |
1741 | /// Retrieve the device side mangling number. |
1742 | unsigned getDeviceLambdaManglingNumber() const; |
1743 | |
1744 | /// Returns the inheritance model used for this record. |
1745 | MSInheritanceModel getMSInheritanceModel() const; |
1746 | |
1747 | /// Calculate what the inheritance model would be for this class. |
1748 | MSInheritanceModel calculateInheritanceModel() const; |
1749 | |
1750 | /// In the Microsoft C++ ABI, use zero for the field offset of a null data |
1751 | /// member pointer if we can guarantee that zero is not a valid field offset, |
1752 | /// or if the member pointer has multiple fields. Polymorphic classes have a |
1753 | /// vfptr at offset zero, so we can use zero for null. If there are multiple |
1754 | /// fields, we can use zero even if it is a valid field offset because |
1755 | /// null-ness testing will check the other fields. |
1756 | bool nullFieldOffsetIsZero() const; |
1757 | |
1758 | /// Controls when vtordisps will be emitted if this record is used as a |
1759 | /// virtual base. |
1760 | MSVtorDispMode getMSVtorDispMode() const; |
1761 | |
1762 | /// Determine whether this lambda expression was known to be dependent |
1763 | /// at the time it was created, even if its context does not appear to be |
1764 | /// dependent. |
1765 | /// |
1766 | /// This flag is a workaround for an issue with parsing, where default |
1767 | /// arguments are parsed before their enclosing function declarations have |
1768 | /// been created. This means that any lambda expressions within those |
1769 | /// default arguments will have as their DeclContext the context enclosing |
1770 | /// the function declaration, which may be non-dependent even when the |
1771 | /// function declaration itself is dependent. This flag indicates when we |
1772 | /// know that the lambda is dependent despite that. |
1773 | bool isDependentLambda() const { |
1774 | return isLambda() && getLambdaData().Dependent; |
1775 | } |
1776 | |
1777 | TypeSourceInfo *getLambdaTypeInfo() const { |
1778 | return getLambdaData().MethodTyInfo; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | // Determine whether this type is an Interface Like type for |
1782 | // __interface inheritance purposes. |
1783 | bool isInterfaceLike() const; |
1784 | |
1785 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1786 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
1787 | return K >= firstCXXRecord && K <= lastCXXRecord; |
1788 | } |
1789 | }; |
1790 | |
1791 | /// Store information needed for an explicit specifier. |
1792 | /// Used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl, CXXConstructorDecl and CXXConversionDecl. |
1793 | class ExplicitSpecifier { |
1794 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 2, ExplicitSpecKind> ExplicitSpec{ |
1795 | nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse}; |
1796 | |
1797 | public: |
1798 | ExplicitSpecifier() = default; |
1799 | ExplicitSpecifier(Expr *Expression, ExplicitSpecKind Kind) |
1800 | : ExplicitSpec(Expression, Kind) {} |
1801 | ExplicitSpecKind getKind() const { return ExplicitSpec.getInt(); } |
1802 | const Expr *getExpr() const { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); } |
1803 | Expr *getExpr() { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); } |
1804 | |
1805 | /// Determine if the declaration had an explicit specifier of any kind. |
1806 | bool isSpecified() const { |
1807 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() != ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse || |
1808 | ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); |
1809 | } |
1810 | |
1811 | /// Check for equivalence of explicit specifiers. |
1812 | /// \return true if the explicit specifier are equivalent, false otherwise. |
1813 | bool isEquivalent(const ExplicitSpecifier Other) const; |
1814 | /// Determine whether this specifier is known to correspond to an explicit |
1815 | /// declaration. Returns false if the specifier is absent or has an |
1816 | /// expression that is value-dependent or evaluates to false. |
1817 | bool isExplicit() const { |
1818 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue; |
1819 | } |
1820 | /// Determine if the explicit specifier is invalid. |
1821 | /// This state occurs after a substitution failures. |
1822 | bool isInvalid() const { |
1823 | return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved && |
1824 | !ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); |
1825 | } |
1826 | void setKind(ExplicitSpecKind Kind) { ExplicitSpec.setInt(Kind); } |
1827 | void setExpr(Expr *E) { ExplicitSpec.setPointer(E); } |
1828 | // Retrieve the explicit specifier in the given declaration, if any. |
1829 | static ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(FunctionDecl *Function); |
1830 | static const ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
1831 | return getFromDecl(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Function)); |
1832 | } |
1833 | static ExplicitSpecifier Invalid() { |
1834 | return ExplicitSpecifier(nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved); |
1835 | } |
1836 | }; |
1837 | |
1838 | /// Represents a C++ deduction guide declaration. |
1839 | /// |
1840 | /// \code |
1841 | /// template<typename T> struct A { A(); A(T); }; |
1842 | /// A() -> A<int>; |
1843 | /// \endcode |
1844 | /// |
1845 | /// In this example, there will be an explicit deduction guide from the |
1846 | /// second line, and implicit deduction guide templates synthesized from |
1847 | /// the constructors of \c A. |
1848 | class CXXDeductionGuideDecl : public FunctionDecl { |
1849 | void anchor() override; |
1850 | |
1851 | private: |
1852 | CXXDeductionGuideDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1853 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, |
1854 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1855 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation) |
1856 | : FunctionDecl(CXXDeductionGuide, C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
1857 | SC_None, false, ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified), |
1858 | ExplicitSpec(ES) { |
1859 | if (EndLocation.isValid()) |
1860 | setRangeEnd(EndLocation); |
1861 | setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(false); |
1862 | } |
1863 | |
1864 | ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec; |
1865 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; } |
1866 | |
1867 | public: |
1868 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
1869 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
1870 | |
1871 | static CXXDeductionGuideDecl * |
1872 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1873 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1874 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation); |
1875 | |
1876 | static CXXDeductionGuideDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1877 | |
1878 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { return ExplicitSpec; } |
1879 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { return ExplicitSpec; } |
1880 | |
1881 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
1882 | bool isExplicit() const { return ExplicitSpec.isExplicit(); } |
1883 | |
1884 | /// Get the template for which this guide performs deduction. |
1885 | TemplateDecl *getDeducedTemplate() const { |
1886 | return getDeclName().getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(); |
1887 | } |
1888 | |
1889 | void setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(bool isCDC = true) { |
1890 | FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate = isCDC; |
1891 | } |
1892 | |
1893 | bool isCopyDeductionCandidate() const { |
1894 | return FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate; |
1895 | } |
1896 | |
1897 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1898 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1899 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDeductionGuide; } |
1900 | }; |
1901 | |
1902 | /// \brief Represents the body of a requires-expression. |
1903 | /// |
1904 | /// This decl exists merely to serve as the DeclContext for the local |
1905 | /// parameters of the requires expression as well as other declarations inside |
1906 | /// it. |
1907 | /// |
1908 | /// \code |
1909 | /// template<typename T> requires requires (T t) { {t++} -> regular; } |
1910 | /// \endcode |
1911 | /// |
1912 | /// In this example, a RequiresExpr object will be generated for the expression, |
1913 | /// and a RequiresExprBodyDecl will be created to hold the parameter t and the |
1914 | /// template argument list imposed by the compound requirement. |
1915 | class RequiresExprBodyDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
1916 | RequiresExprBodyDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc) |
1917 | : Decl(RequiresExprBody, DC, StartLoc), DeclContext(RequiresExprBody) {} |
1918 | |
1919 | public: |
1920 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
1921 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
1922 | |
1923 | static RequiresExprBodyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1924 | SourceLocation StartLoc); |
1925 | |
1926 | static RequiresExprBodyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1927 | |
1928 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1929 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1930 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == RequiresExprBody; } |
1931 | }; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class. |
1934 | /// |
1935 | /// In the terminology of the C++ Standard, these are the (static and |
1936 | /// non-static) member functions, whether virtual or not. |
1937 | class CXXMethodDecl : public FunctionDecl { |
1938 | void anchor() override; |
1939 | |
1940 | protected: |
1941 | CXXMethodDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1942 | SourceLocation StartLoc, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
1943 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
1944 | bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
1945 | SourceLocation EndLocation, |
1946 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
1947 | : FunctionDecl(DK, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, SC, isInline, |
1948 | ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause) { |
1949 | if (EndLocation.isValid()) |
1950 | setRangeEnd(EndLocation); |
1951 | } |
1952 | |
1953 | public: |
1954 | static CXXMethodDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
1955 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1956 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1957 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
1958 | bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
1959 | SourceLocation EndLocation, |
1960 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
1961 | |
1962 | static CXXMethodDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1963 | |
1964 | bool isStatic() const; |
1965 | bool isInstance() const { return !isStatic(); } |
1966 | |
1967 | /// Returns true if the given operator is implicitly static in a record |
1968 | /// context. |
1969 | static bool isStaticOverloadedOperator(OverloadedOperatorKind OOK) { |
1970 | // [class.free]p1: |
1971 | // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member |
1972 | // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
1973 | // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member |
1974 | // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
1975 | return OOK == OO_New || OOK == OO_Array_New || OOK == OO_Delete || |
1976 | OOK == OO_Array_Delete; |
1977 | } |
1978 | |
1979 | bool isConst() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isConst(); } |
1980 | bool isVolatile() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isVolatile(); } |
1981 | |
1982 | bool isVirtual() const { |
1983 | CXXMethodDecl *CD = const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
1984 | |
1985 | // Member function is virtual if it is marked explicitly so, or if it is |
1986 | // declared in __interface -- then it is automatically pure virtual. |
1987 | if (CD->isVirtualAsWritten() || CD->isPure()) |
1988 | return true; |
1989 | |
1990 | return CD->size_overridden_methods() != 0; |
1991 | } |
1992 | |
1993 | /// If it's possible to devirtualize a call to this method, return the called |
1994 | /// function. Otherwise, return null. |
1995 | |
1996 | /// \param Base The object on which this virtual function is called. |
1997 | /// \param IsAppleKext True if we are compiling for Apple kext. |
1998 | CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base, bool IsAppleKext); |
1999 | |
2000 | const CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base, |
2001 | bool IsAppleKext) const { |
2002 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)->getDevirtualizedMethod( |
2003 | Base, IsAppleKext); |
2004 | } |
2005 | |
2006 | /// Determine whether this is a usual deallocation function (C++ |
2007 | /// [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2), which is an overloaded delete or |
2008 | /// delete[] operator with a particular signature. Populates \p PreventedBy |
2009 | /// with the declarations of the functions of the same kind if they were the |
2010 | /// reason for this function returning false. This is used by |
2011 | /// Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction to reconsider the answer based on the |
2012 | /// context. |
2013 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction( |
2014 | SmallVectorImpl<const FunctionDecl *> &PreventedBy) const; |
2015 | |
2016 | /// Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless |
2017 | /// of whether it was declared implicitly or explicitly. |
2018 | bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const; |
2019 | |
2020 | /// Determine whether this is a move assignment operator. |
2021 | bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const; |
2022 | |
2023 | CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2024 | return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2025 | } |
2026 | const CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2027 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2028 | } |
2029 | |
2030 | CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
2031 | return cast<CXXMethodDecl>( |
2032 | static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
2033 | } |
2034 | const CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
2035 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
2036 | } |
2037 | |
2038 | void addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2039 | |
2040 | using method_iterator = const CXXMethodDecl *const *; |
2041 | |
2042 | method_iterator begin_overridden_methods() const; |
2043 | method_iterator end_overridden_methods() const; |
2044 | unsigned size_overridden_methods() const; |
2045 | |
2046 | using overridden_method_range = llvm::iterator_range< |
2047 | llvm::TinyPtrVector<const CXXMethodDecl *>::const_iterator>; |
2048 | |
2049 | overridden_method_range overridden_methods() const; |
2050 | |
2051 | /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which |
2052 | /// is the class in which this method is defined. |
2053 | const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const { |
2054 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent()); |
2055 | } |
2056 | |
2057 | /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which |
2058 | /// is the class in which this method is defined. |
2059 | CXXRecordDecl *getParent() { |
2060 | return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>( |
2061 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent())); |
2062 | } |
2063 | |
2064 | /// Return the type of the \c this pointer. |
2065 | /// |
2066 | /// Should only be called for instance (i.e., non-static) methods. Note |
2067 | /// that for the call operator of a lambda closure type, this returns the |
2068 | /// desugared 'this' type (a pointer to the closure type), not the captured |
2069 | /// 'this' type. |
2070 | QualType getThisType() const; |
2071 | |
2072 | /// Return the type of the object pointed by \c this. |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// See getThisType() for usage restriction. |
2075 | QualType getThisObjectType() const; |
2076 | |
2077 | static QualType getThisType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT, |
2078 | const CXXRecordDecl *Decl); |
2079 | |
2080 | static QualType getThisObjectType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT, |
2081 | const CXXRecordDecl *Decl); |
2082 | |
2083 | Qualifiers getMethodQualifiers() const { |
2084 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getMethodQuals(); |
2085 | } |
2086 | |
2087 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this method. |
2088 | /// |
2089 | /// In the following example, \c f() has an lvalue ref-qualifier, \c g() |
2090 | /// has an rvalue ref-qualifier, and \c h() has no ref-qualifier. |
2091 | /// @code |
2092 | /// struct X { |
2093 | /// void f() &; |
2094 | /// void g() &&; |
2095 | /// void h(); |
2096 | /// }; |
2097 | /// @endcode |
2098 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
2099 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier(); |
2100 | } |
2101 | |
2102 | bool hasInlineBody() const; |
2103 | |
2104 | /// Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member |
2105 | /// function that is used for the result of the lambda's conversion to |
2106 | /// function pointer (for a lambda with no captures). |
2107 | /// |
2108 | /// The function itself, if used, will have a placeholder body that will be |
2109 | /// supplied by IR generation to either forward to the function call operator |
2110 | /// or clone the function call operator. |
2111 | bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const; |
2112 | |
2113 | /// Find the method in \p RD that corresponds to this one. |
2114 | /// |
2115 | /// Find if \p RD or one of the classes it inherits from override this method. |
2116 | /// If so, return it. \p RD is assumed to be a subclass of the class defining |
2117 | /// this method (or be the class itself), unless \p MayBeBase is set to true. |
2118 | CXXMethodDecl * |
2119 | getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2120 | bool MayBeBase = false); |
2121 | |
2122 | const CXXMethodDecl * |
2123 | getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2124 | bool MayBeBase = false) const { |
2125 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this) |
2126 | ->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(RD, MayBeBase); |
2127 | } |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Find if \p RD declares a function that overrides this function, and if so, |
2130 | /// return it. Does not search base classes. |
2131 | CXXMethodDecl *getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2132 | bool MayBeBase = false); |
2133 | const CXXMethodDecl * |
2134 | getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2135 | bool MayBeBase = false) const { |
2136 | return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this) |
2137 | ->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(RD, MayBeBase); |
2138 | } |
2139 | |
2140 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2141 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2142 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
2143 | return K >= firstCXXMethod && K <= lastCXXMethod; |
2144 | } |
2145 | }; |
2146 | |
2147 | /// Represents a C++ base or member initializer. |
2148 | /// |
2149 | /// This is part of a constructor initializer that |
2150 | /// initializes one non-static member variable or one base class. For |
2151 | /// example, in the following, both 'A(a)' and 'f(3.14159)' are member |
2152 | /// initializers: |
2153 | /// |
2154 | /// \code |
2155 | /// class A { }; |
2156 | /// class B : public A { |
2157 | /// float f; |
2158 | /// public: |
2159 | /// B(A& a) : A(a), f(3.14159) { } |
2160 | /// }; |
2161 | /// \endcode |
2162 | class CXXCtorInitializer final { |
2163 | /// Either the base class name/delegating constructor type (stored as |
2164 | /// a TypeSourceInfo*), an normal field (FieldDecl), or an anonymous field |
2165 | /// (IndirectFieldDecl*) being initialized. |
2166 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, FieldDecl *, IndirectFieldDecl *> |
2167 | Initializee; |
2168 | |
2169 | /// The argument used to initialize the base or member, which may |
2170 | /// end up constructing an object (when multiple arguments are involved). |
2171 | Stmt *Init; |
2172 | |
2173 | /// The source location for the field name or, for a base initializer |
2174 | /// pack expansion, the location of the ellipsis. |
2175 | /// |
2176 | /// In the case of a delegating |
2177 | /// constructor, it will still include the type's source location as the |
2178 | /// Initializee points to the CXXConstructorDecl (to allow loop detection). |
2179 | SourceLocation MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Location of the left paren of the ctor-initializer. |
2182 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Location of the right paren of the ctor-initializer. |
2185 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
2186 | |
2187 | /// If the initializee is a type, whether that type makes this |
2188 | /// a delegating initialization. |
2189 | unsigned IsDelegating : 1; |
2190 | |
2191 | /// If the initializer is a base initializer, this keeps track |
2192 | /// of whether the base is virtual or not. |
2193 | unsigned IsVirtual : 1; |
2194 | |
2195 | /// Whether or not the initializer is explicitly written |
2196 | /// in the sources. |
2197 | unsigned IsWritten : 1; |
2198 | |
2199 | /// If IsWritten is true, then this number keeps track of the textual order |
2200 | /// of this initializer in the original sources, counting from 0. |
2201 | unsigned SourceOrder : 13; |
2202 | |
2203 | public: |
2204 | /// Creates a new base-class initializer. |
2205 | explicit |
2206 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool IsVirtual, |
2207 | SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R, |
2208 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
2209 | |
2210 | /// Creates a new member initializer. |
2211 | explicit |
2212 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member, |
2213 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, |
2214 | SourceLocation R); |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Creates a new anonymous field initializer. |
2217 | explicit |
2218 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, IndirectFieldDecl *Member, |
2219 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, |
2220 | SourceLocation R); |
2221 | |
2222 | /// Creates a new delegating initializer. |
2223 | explicit |
2224 | CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2225 | SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R); |
2226 | |
2227 | /// \return Unique reproducible object identifier. |
2228 | int64_t getID(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2229 | |
2230 | /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a base class. |
2231 | bool isBaseInitializer() const { |
2232 | return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && !IsDelegating; |
2233 | } |
2234 | |
2235 | /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a non-static |
2236 | /// data member. |
2237 | bool isMemberInitializer() const { return Initializee.is<FieldDecl*>(); } |
2238 | |
2239 | bool isAnyMemberInitializer() const { |
2240 | return isMemberInitializer() || isIndirectMemberInitializer(); |
2241 | } |
2242 | |
2243 | bool isIndirectMemberInitializer() const { |
2244 | return Initializee.is<IndirectFieldDecl*>(); |
2245 | } |
2246 | |
2247 | /// Determine whether this initializer is an implicit initializer |
2248 | /// generated for a field with an initializer defined on the member |
2249 | /// declaration. |
2250 | /// |
2251 | /// In-class member initializers (also known as "non-static data member |
2252 | /// initializations", NSDMIs) were introduced in C++11. |
2253 | bool isInClassMemberInitializer() const { |
2254 | return Init->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CXXDefaultInitExprClass; |
2255 | } |
2256 | |
2257 | /// Determine whether this initializer is creating a delegating |
2258 | /// constructor. |
2259 | bool isDelegatingInitializer() const { |
2260 | return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && IsDelegating; |
2261 | } |
2262 | |
2263 | /// Determine whether this initializer is a pack expansion. |
2264 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
2265 | return isBaseInitializer() && MemberOrEllipsisLocation.isValid(); |
2266 | } |
2267 | |
2268 | // For a pack expansion, returns the location of the ellipsis. |
2269 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
2270 | assert(isPackExpansion() && "Initializer is not a pack expansion")((isPackExpansion() && "Initializer is not a pack expansion" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isPackExpansion() && \"Initializer is not a pack expansion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2271 | return MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2272 | } |
2273 | |
2274 | /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the |
2275 | /// base class with location information. Otherwise, returns an NULL |
2276 | /// type location. |
2277 | TypeLoc getBaseClassLoc() const; |
2278 | |
2279 | /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the base class. |
2280 | /// Otherwise, returns null. |
2281 | const Type *getBaseClass() const; |
2282 | |
2283 | /// Returns whether the base is virtual or not. |
2284 | bool isBaseVirtual() const { |
2285 | assert(isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!")((isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isBaseInitializer() && \"Must call this on base initializer!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2286 | |
2287 | return IsVirtual; |
2288 | } |
2289 | |
2290 | /// Returns the declarator information for a base class or delegating |
2291 | /// initializer. |
2292 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
2293 | return Initializee.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(); |
2294 | } |
2295 | |
2296 | /// If this is a member initializer, returns the declaration of the |
2297 | /// non-static data member being initialized. Otherwise, returns null. |
2298 | FieldDecl *getMember() const { |
2299 | if (isMemberInitializer()) |
2300 | return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>(); |
2301 | return nullptr; |
2302 | } |
2303 | |
2304 | FieldDecl *getAnyMember() const { |
2305 | if (isMemberInitializer()) |
2306 | return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>(); |
2307 | if (isIndirectMemberInitializer()) |
2308 | return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>()->getAnonField(); |
2309 | return nullptr; |
2310 | } |
2311 | |
2312 | IndirectFieldDecl *getIndirectMember() const { |
2313 | if (isIndirectMemberInitializer()) |
2314 | return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>(); |
2315 | return nullptr; |
2316 | } |
2317 | |
2318 | SourceLocation getMemberLocation() const { |
2319 | return MemberOrEllipsisLocation; |
2320 | } |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Determine the source location of the initializer. |
2323 | SourceLocation getSourceLocation() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Determine the source range covering the entire initializer. |
2326 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Determine whether this initializer is explicitly written |
2329 | /// in the source code. |
2330 | bool isWritten() const { return IsWritten; } |
2331 | |
2332 | /// Return the source position of the initializer, counting from 0. |
2333 | /// If the initializer was implicit, -1 is returned. |
2334 | int getSourceOrder() const { |
2335 | return IsWritten ? static_cast<int>(SourceOrder) : -1; |
2336 | } |
2337 | |
2338 | /// Set the source order of this initializer. |
2339 | /// |
2340 | /// This can only be called once for each initializer; it cannot be called |
2341 | /// on an initializer having a positive number of (implicit) array indices. |
2342 | /// |
2343 | /// This assumes that the initializer was written in the source code, and |
2344 | /// ensures that isWritten() returns true. |
2345 | void setSourceOrder(int Pos) { |
2346 | assert(!IsWritten &&((!IsWritten && "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsWritten && \"setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2347, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2347 | "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer")((!IsWritten && "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsWritten && \"setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2347, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2348 | assert(SourceOrder == 0 &&((SourceOrder == 0 && "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SourceOrder == 0 && \"calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2349, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2349 | "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer")((SourceOrder == 0 && "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SourceOrder == 0 && \"calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2349, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2350 | assert(Pos >= 0 &&((Pos >= 0 && "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Pos >= 0 && \"setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2351, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2351 | "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit")((Pos >= 0 && "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Pos >= 0 && \"setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2351, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2352 | IsWritten = true; |
2353 | SourceOrder = static_cast<unsigned>(Pos); |
2354 | } |
2355 | |
2356 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
2357 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Get the initializer. |
2360 | Expr *getInit() const { return static_cast<Expr *>(Init); } |
2361 | }; |
2362 | |
2363 | /// Description of a constructor that was inherited from a base class. |
2364 | class InheritedConstructor { |
2365 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow = nullptr; |
2366 | CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor = nullptr; |
2367 | |
2368 | public: |
2369 | InheritedConstructor() = default; |
2370 | InheritedConstructor(ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow, |
2371 | CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor) |
2372 | : Shadow(Shadow), BaseCtor(BaseCtor) {} |
2373 | |
2374 | explicit operator bool() const { return Shadow; } |
2375 | |
2376 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getShadowDecl() const { return Shadow; } |
2377 | CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return BaseCtor; } |
2378 | }; |
2379 | |
2380 | /// Represents a C++ constructor within a class. |
2381 | /// |
2382 | /// For example: |
2383 | /// |
2384 | /// \code |
2385 | /// class X { |
2386 | /// public: |
2387 | /// explicit X(int); // represented by a CXXConstructorDecl. |
2388 | /// }; |
2389 | /// \endcode |
2390 | class CXXConstructorDecl final |
2391 | : public CXXMethodDecl, |
2392 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXConstructorDecl, InheritedConstructor, |
2393 | ExplicitSpecifier> { |
2394 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::CXXConstructorDeclBits |
2395 | // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
2396 | |
2397 | /// \name Support for base and member initializers. |
2398 | /// \{ |
2399 | /// The arguments used to initialize the base or member. |
2400 | LazyCXXCtorInitializersPtr CtorInitializers; |
2401 | |
2402 | CXXConstructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2403 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2404 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline, |
2405 | bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2406 | InheritedConstructor Inherited, |
2407 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
2408 | |
2409 | void anchor() override; |
2410 | |
2411 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>) const { |
2412 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor; |
2413 | } |
2414 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>) const { |
2415 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier; |
2416 | } |
2417 | |
2418 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifierInternal() const { |
2419 | if (CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) |
2420 | return *getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>(); |
2421 | return ExplicitSpecifier( |
2422 | nullptr, CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit |
2423 | ? ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue |
2424 | : ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse); |
2425 | } |
2426 | |
2427 | enum TraillingAllocKind { |
2428 | TAKInheritsConstructor = 1, |
2429 | TAKHasTailExplicit = 1 << 1, |
2430 | }; |
2431 | |
2432 | uint64_t getTraillingAllocKind() const { |
2433 | return numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>()) | |
2434 | (numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>()) << 1); |
2435 | } |
2436 | |
2437 | public: |
2438 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2439 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2440 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2441 | |
2442 | static CXXConstructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
2443 | uint64_t AllocKind); |
2444 | static CXXConstructorDecl * |
2445 | Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2446 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2447 | ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared, |
2448 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2449 | InheritedConstructor Inherited = InheritedConstructor(), |
2450 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2451 | |
2452 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { |
2453 | assert((!ES.getExpr() ||(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2454 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) &&(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2455 | "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for "(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2456 | "explicit")(((!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier ) && "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for " "explicit") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ES.getExpr() || CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) && \"cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for \" \"explicit\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2456, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2457 | if (ES.getExpr()) |
2458 | *getCanonicalDecl()->getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>() = ES; |
2459 | else |
2460 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit = ES.isExplicit(); |
2461 | } |
2462 | |
2463 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { |
2464 | return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal(); |
2465 | } |
2466 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { |
2467 | return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal(); |
2468 | } |
2469 | |
2470 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
2471 | bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); } |
2472 | |
2473 | /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list. |
2474 | using init_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer **; |
2475 | |
2476 | /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list. |
2477 | using init_const_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer *const *; |
2478 | |
2479 | using init_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_iterator>; |
2480 | using init_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_const_iterator>; |
2481 | |
2482 | init_range inits() { return init_range(init_begin(), init_end()); } |
2483 | init_const_range inits() const { |
2484 | return init_const_range(init_begin(), init_end()); |
2485 | } |
2486 | |
2487 | /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer. |
2488 | init_iterator init_begin() { |
2489 | const auto *ConstThis = this; |
2490 | return const_cast<init_iterator>(ConstThis->init_begin()); |
2491 | } |
2492 | |
2493 | /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer. |
2494 | init_const_iterator init_begin() const; |
2495 | |
2496 | /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer. |
2497 | init_iterator init_end() { |
2498 | return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers(); |
2499 | } |
2500 | |
2501 | /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer. |
2502 | init_const_iterator init_end() const { |
2503 | return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers(); |
2504 | } |
2505 | |
2506 | using init_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<init_iterator>; |
2507 | using init_const_reverse_iterator = |
2508 | std::reverse_iterator<init_const_iterator>; |
2509 | |
2510 | init_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() { |
2511 | return init_reverse_iterator(init_end()); |
2512 | } |
2513 | init_const_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() const { |
2514 | return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_end()); |
2515 | } |
2516 | |
2517 | init_reverse_iterator init_rend() { |
2518 | return init_reverse_iterator(init_begin()); |
2519 | } |
2520 | init_const_reverse_iterator init_rend() const { |
2521 | return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_begin()); |
2522 | } |
2523 | |
2524 | /// Determine the number of arguments used to initialize the member |
2525 | /// or base. |
2526 | unsigned getNumCtorInitializers() const { |
2527 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers; |
2528 | } |
2529 | |
2530 | void setNumCtorInitializers(unsigned numCtorInitializers) { |
2531 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers = numCtorInitializers; |
2532 | // This assert added because NumCtorInitializers is stored |
2533 | // in CXXConstructorDeclBits as a bitfield and its width has |
2534 | // been shrunk from 32 bits to fit into CXXConstructorDeclBitfields. |
2535 | assert(CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers ==((CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && \"NumCtorInitializers overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2536, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2536 | numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!")((CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers == numCtorInitializers && \"NumCtorInitializers overflow!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2536, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | void setCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers) { |
2540 | CtorInitializers = Initializers; |
2541 | } |
2542 | |
2543 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a delegating constructor. |
2544 | bool isDelegatingConstructor() const { |
2545 | return (getNumCtorInitializers() == 1) && |
2546 | init_begin()[0]->isDelegatingInitializer(); |
2547 | } |
2548 | |
2549 | /// When this constructor delegates to another, retrieve the target. |
2550 | CXXConstructorDecl *getTargetConstructor() const; |
2551 | |
2552 | /// Whether this constructor is a default |
2553 | /// constructor (C++ [class.ctor]p5), which can be used to |
2554 | /// default-initialize a class of this type. |
2555 | bool isDefaultConstructor() const; |
2556 | |
2557 | /// Whether this constructor is a copy constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, |
2558 | /// which can be used to copy the class. |
2559 | /// |
2560 | /// \p TypeQuals will be set to the qualifiers on the |
2561 | /// argument type. For example, \p TypeQuals would be set to \c |
2562 | /// Qualifiers::Const for the following copy constructor: |
2563 | /// |
2564 | /// \code |
2565 | /// class X { |
2566 | /// public: |
2567 | /// X(const X&); |
2568 | /// }; |
2569 | /// \endcode |
2570 | bool isCopyConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2571 | |
2572 | /// Whether this constructor is a copy |
2573 | /// constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, which can be used to copy the |
2574 | /// class. |
2575 | bool isCopyConstructor() const { |
2576 | unsigned TypeQuals = 0; |
2577 | return isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals); |
2578 | } |
2579 | |
2580 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor |
2581 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class. |
2582 | /// |
2583 | /// \param TypeQuals If this constructor is a move constructor, will be set |
2584 | /// to the type qualifiers on the referent of the first parameter's type. |
2585 | bool isMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2586 | |
2587 | /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor |
2588 | /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class. |
2589 | bool isMoveConstructor() const { |
2590 | unsigned TypeQuals = 0; |
2591 | return isMoveConstructor(TypeQuals); |
2592 | } |
2593 | |
2594 | /// Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor. |
2595 | /// |
2596 | /// \param TypeQuals Will be set to the type qualifiers on the reference |
2597 | /// parameter, if in fact this is a copy or move constructor. |
2598 | bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const; |
2599 | |
2600 | /// Determine whether this a copy or move constructor. |
2601 | bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor() const { |
2602 | unsigned Quals; |
2603 | return isCopyOrMoveConstructor(Quals); |
2604 | } |
2605 | |
2606 | /// Whether this constructor is a |
2607 | /// converting constructor (C++ [class.conv.ctor]), which can be |
2608 | /// used for user-defined conversions. |
2609 | bool isConvertingConstructor(bool AllowExplicit) const; |
2610 | |
2611 | /// Determine whether this is a member template specialization that |
2612 | /// would copy the object to itself. Such constructors are never used to copy |
2613 | /// an object. |
2614 | bool isSpecializationCopyingObject() const; |
2615 | |
2616 | /// Determine whether this is an implicit constructor synthesized to |
2617 | /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class. |
2618 | bool isInheritingConstructor() const { |
2619 | return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor; |
2620 | } |
2621 | |
2622 | /// State that this is an implicit constructor synthesized to |
2623 | /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class. |
2624 | void setInheritingConstructor(bool isIC = true) { |
2625 | CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor = isIC; |
2626 | } |
2627 | |
2628 | /// Get the constructor that this inheriting constructor is based on. |
2629 | InheritedConstructor getInheritedConstructor() const { |
2630 | return isInheritingConstructor() ? |
2631 | *getTrailingObjects<InheritedConstructor>() : InheritedConstructor(); |
2632 | } |
2633 | |
2634 | CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2635 | return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2636 | } |
2637 | const CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2638 | return const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2639 | } |
2640 | |
2641 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2642 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2643 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConstructor; } |
2644 | }; |
2645 | |
2646 | /// Represents a C++ destructor within a class. |
2647 | /// |
2648 | /// For example: |
2649 | /// |
2650 | /// \code |
2651 | /// class X { |
2652 | /// public: |
2653 | /// ~X(); // represented by a CXXDestructorDecl. |
2654 | /// }; |
2655 | /// \endcode |
2656 | class CXXDestructorDecl : public CXXMethodDecl { |
2657 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2658 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2659 | |
2660 | // FIXME: Don't allocate storage for these except in the first declaration |
2661 | // of a virtual destructor. |
2662 | FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; |
2663 | Expr *OperatorDeleteThisArg = nullptr; |
2664 | |
2665 | CXXDestructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2666 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2667 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline, |
2668 | bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2669 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
2670 | : CXXMethodDecl(CXXDestructor, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
2671 | SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), |
2672 | TrailingRequiresClause) { |
2673 | setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); |
2674 | } |
2675 | |
2676 | void anchor() override; |
2677 | |
2678 | public: |
2679 | static CXXDestructorDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
2680 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2681 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2682 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2683 | bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared, |
2684 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2685 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2686 | static CXXDestructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext & C, unsigned ID); |
2687 | |
2688 | void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *OD, Expr *ThisArg); |
2689 | |
2690 | const FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const { |
2691 | return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDelete; |
2692 | } |
2693 | |
2694 | Expr *getOperatorDeleteThisArg() const { |
2695 | return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDeleteThisArg; |
2696 | } |
2697 | |
2698 | CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2699 | return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2700 | } |
2701 | const CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2702 | return const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2706 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2707 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDestructor; } |
2708 | }; |
2709 | |
2710 | /// Represents a C++ conversion function within a class. |
2711 | /// |
2712 | /// For example: |
2713 | /// |
2714 | /// \code |
2715 | /// class X { |
2716 | /// public: |
2717 | /// operator bool(); |
2718 | /// }; |
2719 | /// \endcode |
2720 | class CXXConversionDecl : public CXXMethodDecl { |
2721 | CXXConversionDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2722 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
2723 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES, |
2724 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, SourceLocation EndLocation, |
2725 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr) |
2726 | : CXXMethodDecl(CXXConversion, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
2727 | SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, EndLocation, |
2728 | TrailingRequiresClause), |
2729 | ExplicitSpec(ES) {} |
2730 | void anchor() override; |
2731 | |
2732 | ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec; |
2733 | |
2734 | public: |
2735 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2736 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2737 | |
2738 | static CXXConversionDecl * |
2739 | Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2740 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2741 | bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
2742 | SourceLocation EndLocation, Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr); |
2743 | static CXXConversionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2744 | |
2745 | ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { |
2746 | return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec; |
2747 | } |
2748 | |
2749 | const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { |
2750 | return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec; |
2751 | } |
2752 | |
2753 | /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit. |
2754 | bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); } |
2755 | void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; } |
2756 | |
2757 | /// Returns the type that this conversion function is converting to. |
2758 | QualType getConversionType() const { |
2759 | return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
2760 | } |
2761 | |
2762 | /// Determine whether this conversion function is a conversion from |
2763 | /// a lambda closure type to a block pointer. |
2764 | bool isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion() const; |
2765 | |
2766 | CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
2767 | return cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
2768 | } |
2769 | const CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2770 | return const_cast<CXXConversionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2774 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2775 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConversion; } |
2776 | }; |
2777 | |
2778 | /// Represents a linkage specification. |
2779 | /// |
2780 | /// For example: |
2781 | /// \code |
2782 | /// extern "C" void foo(); |
2783 | /// \endcode |
2784 | class LinkageSpecDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
2785 | virtual void anchor(); |
2786 | // This class stores some data in DeclContext::LinkageSpecDeclBits to save |
2787 | // some space. Use the provided accessors to access it. |
2788 | public: |
2789 | /// Represents the language in a linkage specification. |
2790 | /// |
2791 | /// The values are part of the serialization ABI for |
2792 | /// ASTs and cannot be changed without altering that ABI. |
2793 | enum LanguageIDs { lang_c = 1, lang_cxx = 2 }; |
2794 | |
2795 | private: |
2796 | /// The source location for the extern keyword. |
2797 | SourceLocation ExternLoc; |
2798 | |
2799 | /// The source location for the right brace (if valid). |
2800 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
2801 | |
2802 | LinkageSpecDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
2803 | SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs lang, bool HasBraces); |
2804 | |
2805 | public: |
2806 | static LinkageSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2807 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
2808 | SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs Lang, |
2809 | bool HasBraces); |
2810 | static LinkageSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2811 | |
2812 | /// Return the language specified by this linkage specification. |
2813 | LanguageIDs getLanguage() const { |
2814 | return static_cast<LanguageIDs>(LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language); |
2815 | } |
2816 | |
2817 | /// Set the language specified by this linkage specification. |
2818 | void setLanguage(LanguageIDs L) { LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language = L; } |
2819 | |
2820 | /// Determines whether this linkage specification had braces in |
2821 | /// its syntactic form. |
2822 | bool hasBraces() const { |
2823 | assert(!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces)((!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 2823, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2824 | return LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces; |
2825 | } |
2826 | |
2827 | SourceLocation getExternLoc() const { return ExternLoc; } |
2828 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
2829 | void setExternLoc(SourceLocation L) { ExternLoc = L; } |
2830 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
2831 | RBraceLoc = L; |
2832 | LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces = RBraceLoc.isValid(); |
2833 | } |
2834 | |
2835 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2836 | if (hasBraces()) |
2837 | return getRBraceLoc(); |
2838 | // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context |
2839 | // (if present). |
2840 | return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getEndLoc(); |
2841 | } |
2842 | |
2843 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2844 | return SourceRange(ExternLoc, getEndLoc()); |
2845 | } |
2846 | |
2847 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2848 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == LinkageSpec; } |
2849 | |
2850 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const LinkageSpecDecl *D) { |
2851 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<LinkageSpecDecl*>(D)); |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | static LinkageSpecDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
2855 | return static_cast<LinkageSpecDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
2856 | } |
2857 | }; |
2858 | |
2859 | /// Represents C++ using-directive. |
2860 | /// |
2861 | /// For example: |
2862 | /// \code |
2863 | /// using namespace std; |
2864 | /// \endcode |
2865 | /// |
2866 | /// \note UsingDirectiveDecl should be Decl not NamedDecl, but we provide |
2867 | /// artificial names for all using-directives in order to store |
2868 | /// them in DeclContext effectively. |
2869 | class UsingDirectiveDecl : public NamedDecl { |
2870 | /// The location of the \c using keyword. |
2871 | SourceLocation UsingLoc; |
2872 | |
2873 | /// The location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2874 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc; |
2875 | |
2876 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace. |
2877 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
2878 | |
2879 | /// The namespace nominated by this using-directive. |
2880 | NamedDecl *NominatedNamespace; |
2881 | |
2882 | /// Enclosing context containing both using-directive and nominated |
2883 | /// namespace. |
2884 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor; |
2885 | |
2886 | UsingDirectiveDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
2887 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
2888 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2889 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2890 | NamedDecl *Nominated, |
2891 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor) |
2892 | : NamedDecl(UsingDirective, DC, IdentLoc, getName()), UsingLoc(UsingLoc), |
2893 | NamespaceLoc(NamespcLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), |
2894 | NominatedNamespace(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {} |
2895 | |
2896 | /// Returns special DeclarationName used by using-directives. |
2897 | /// |
2898 | /// This is only used by DeclContext for storing UsingDirectiveDecls in |
2899 | /// its lookup structure. |
2900 | static DeclarationName getName() { |
2901 | return DeclarationName::getUsingDirectiveName(); |
2902 | } |
2903 | |
2904 | void anchor() override; |
2905 | |
2906 | public: |
2907 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2908 | |
2909 | // Friend for getUsingDirectiveName. |
2910 | friend class DeclContext; |
2911 | |
2912 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
2913 | /// name of the namespace, with source-location information. |
2914 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
2915 | |
2916 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
2917 | /// name of the namespace. |
2918 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
2919 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
2920 | } |
2921 | |
2922 | NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() { return NominatedNamespace; } |
2923 | const NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() const { |
2924 | return NominatedNamespace; |
2925 | } |
2926 | |
2927 | /// Returns the namespace nominated by this using-directive. |
2928 | NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace(); |
2929 | |
2930 | const NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace() const { |
2931 | return const_cast<UsingDirectiveDecl*>(this)->getNominatedNamespace(); |
2932 | } |
2933 | |
2934 | /// Returns the common ancestor context of this using-directive and |
2935 | /// its nominated namespace. |
2936 | DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() { return CommonAncestor; } |
2937 | const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const { return CommonAncestor; } |
2938 | |
2939 | /// Return the location of the \c using keyword. |
2940 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLoc; } |
2941 | |
2942 | // FIXME: Could omit 'Key' in name. |
2943 | /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2944 | SourceLocation getNamespaceKeyLocation() const { return NamespaceLoc; } |
2945 | |
2946 | /// Returns the location of this using declaration's identifier. |
2947 | SourceLocation getIdentLocation() const { return getLocation(); } |
2948 | |
2949 | static UsingDirectiveDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2950 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
2951 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
2952 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2953 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2954 | NamedDecl *Nominated, |
2955 | DeclContext *CommonAncestor); |
2956 | static UsingDirectiveDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2957 | |
2958 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2959 | return SourceRange(UsingLoc, getLocation()); |
2960 | } |
2961 | |
2962 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2963 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingDirective; } |
2964 | }; |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Represents a C++ namespace alias. |
2967 | /// |
2968 | /// For example: |
2969 | /// |
2970 | /// \code |
2971 | /// namespace Foo = Bar; |
2972 | /// \endcode |
2973 | class NamespaceAliasDecl : public NamedDecl, |
2974 | public Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl> { |
2975 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2976 | |
2977 | /// The location of the \c namespace keyword. |
2978 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc; |
2979 | |
2980 | /// The location of the namespace's identifier. |
2981 | /// |
2982 | /// This is accessed by TargetNameLoc. |
2983 | SourceLocation IdentLoc; |
2984 | |
2985 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace. |
2986 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
2987 | |
2988 | /// The Decl that this alias points to, either a NamespaceDecl or |
2989 | /// a NamespaceAliasDecl. |
2990 | NamedDecl *Namespace; |
2991 | |
2992 | NamespaceAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2993 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
2994 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
2995 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, NamedDecl *Namespace) |
2996 | : NamedDecl(NamespaceAlias, DC, AliasLoc, Alias), redeclarable_base(C), |
2997 | NamespaceLoc(NamespaceLoc), IdentLoc(IdentLoc), |
2998 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), Namespace(Namespace) {} |
2999 | |
3000 | void anchor() override; |
3001 | |
3002 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl>; |
3003 | |
3004 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override; |
3005 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override; |
3006 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override; |
3007 | |
3008 | public: |
3009 | static NamespaceAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3010 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
3011 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
3012 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
3013 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3014 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3015 | NamedDecl *Namespace); |
3016 | |
3017 | static NamespaceAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3018 | |
3019 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
3020 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
3021 | |
3022 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
3023 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
3024 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
3025 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
3026 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
3027 | |
3028 | NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3029 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3030 | } |
3031 | const NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3032 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
3036 | /// name of the namespace, with source-location information. |
3037 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3038 | |
3039 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the |
3040 | /// name of the namespace. |
3041 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3042 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3043 | } |
3044 | |
3045 | /// Retrieve the namespace declaration aliased by this directive. |
3046 | NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() { |
3047 | if (auto *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(Namespace)) |
3048 | return AD->getNamespace(); |
3049 | |
3050 | return cast<NamespaceDecl>(Namespace); |
3051 | } |
3052 | |
3053 | const NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() const { |
3054 | return const_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl *>(this)->getNamespace(); |
3055 | } |
3056 | |
3057 | /// Returns the location of the alias name, i.e. 'foo' in |
3058 | /// "namespace foo = ns::bar;". |
3059 | SourceLocation getAliasLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
3060 | |
3061 | /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword. |
3062 | SourceLocation getNamespaceLoc() const { return NamespaceLoc; } |
3063 | |
3064 | /// Returns the location of the identifier in the named namespace. |
3065 | SourceLocation getTargetNameLoc() const { return IdentLoc; } |
3066 | |
3067 | /// Retrieve the namespace that this alias refers to, which |
3068 | /// may either be a NamespaceDecl or a NamespaceAliasDecl. |
3069 | NamedDecl *getAliasedNamespace() const { return Namespace; } |
3070 | |
3071 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3072 | return SourceRange(NamespaceLoc, IdentLoc); |
3073 | } |
3074 | |
3075 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3076 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == NamespaceAlias; } |
3077 | }; |
3078 | |
3079 | /// Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by |
3080 | /// a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-extended by a declaration |
3081 | class LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl final |
3082 | : public Decl, |
3083 | public Mergeable<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl> { |
3084 | friend class MaterializeTemporaryExpr; |
3085 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3086 | |
3087 | Stmt *ExprWithTemporary = nullptr; |
3088 | |
3089 | /// The declaration which lifetime-extended this reference, if any. |
3090 | /// Either a VarDecl, or (for a ctor-initializer) a FieldDecl. |
3091 | ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = nullptr; |
3092 | unsigned ManglingNumber; |
3093 | |
3094 | mutable APValue *Value = nullptr; |
3095 | |
3096 | virtual void anchor(); |
3097 | |
3098 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDecl, unsigned Mangling) |
3099 | : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EDecl->getDeclContext(), |
3100 | EDecl->getLocation()), |
3101 | ExprWithTemporary(Temp), ExtendingDecl(EDecl), |
3102 | ManglingNumber(Mangling) {} |
3103 | |
3104 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell) |
3105 | : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EmptyShell{}) {} |
3106 | |
3107 | public: |
3108 | static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *Create(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDec, |
3109 | unsigned Mangling) { |
3110 | return new (EDec->getASTContext(), EDec->getDeclContext()) |
3111 | LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Temp, EDec, Mangling); |
3112 | } |
3113 | static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, |
3114 | unsigned ID) { |
3115 | return new (C, ID) LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell{}); |
3116 | } |
3117 | |
3118 | ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() { return ExtendingDecl; } |
3119 | const ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() const { return ExtendingDecl; } |
3120 | |
3121 | /// Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary. |
3122 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const; |
3123 | |
3124 | /// Retrieve the expression to which the temporary materialization conversion |
3125 | /// was applied. This isn't necessarily the initializer of the temporary due |
3126 | /// to the C++98 delayed materialization rules, but |
3127 | /// skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments can be used to find said initializer within |
3128 | /// the subexpression. |
3129 | Expr *getTemporaryExpr() { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); } |
3130 | const Expr *getTemporaryExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); } |
3131 | |
3132 | unsigned getManglingNumber() const { return ManglingNumber; } |
3133 | |
3134 | /// Get the storage for the constant value of a materialized temporary |
3135 | /// of static storage duration. |
3136 | APValue *getOrCreateValue(bool MayCreate) const; |
3137 | |
3138 | APValue *getValue() const { return Value; } |
3139 | |
3140 | // Iterators |
3141 | Stmt::child_range childrenExpr() { |
3142 | return Stmt::child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1); |
3143 | } |
3144 | |
3145 | Stmt::const_child_range childrenExpr() const { |
3146 | return Stmt::const_child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1); |
3147 | } |
3148 | |
3149 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3150 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
3151 | return K == Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary; |
3152 | } |
3153 | }; |
3154 | |
3155 | /// Represents a shadow declaration introduced into a scope by a |
3156 | /// (resolved) using declaration. |
3157 | /// |
3158 | /// For example, |
3159 | /// \code |
3160 | /// namespace A { |
3161 | /// void foo(); |
3162 | /// } |
3163 | /// namespace B { |
3164 | /// using A::foo; // <- a UsingDecl |
3165 | /// // Also creates a UsingShadowDecl for A::foo() in B |
3166 | /// } |
3167 | /// \endcode |
3168 | class UsingShadowDecl : public NamedDecl, public Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl> { |
3169 | friend class UsingDecl; |
3170 | |
3171 | /// The referenced declaration. |
3172 | NamedDecl *Underlying = nullptr; |
3173 | |
3174 | /// The using declaration which introduced this decl or the next using |
3175 | /// shadow declaration contained in the aforementioned using declaration. |
3176 | NamedDecl *UsingOrNextShadow = nullptr; |
3177 | |
3178 | void anchor() override; |
3179 | |
3180 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl>; |
3181 | |
3182 | UsingShadowDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
3183 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
3184 | } |
3185 | |
3186 | UsingShadowDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
3187 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
3188 | } |
3189 | |
3190 | UsingShadowDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
3191 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
3192 | } |
3193 | |
3194 | protected: |
3195 | UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc, |
3196 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target); |
3197 | UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, EmptyShell); |
3198 | |
3199 | public: |
3200 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3201 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3202 | |
3203 | static UsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3204 | SourceLocation Loc, UsingDecl *Using, |
3205 | NamedDecl *Target) { |
3206 | return new (C, DC) UsingShadowDecl(UsingShadow, C, DC, Loc, Using, Target); |
3207 | } |
3208 | |
3209 | static UsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3210 | |
3211 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
3212 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
3213 | |
3214 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
3215 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
3216 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
3217 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
3218 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
3219 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
3220 | |
3221 | UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3222 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3223 | } |
3224 | const UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3225 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3226 | } |
3227 | |
3228 | /// Gets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the |
3229 | /// local scope. |
3230 | NamedDecl *getTargetDecl() const { return Underlying; } |
3231 | |
3232 | /// Sets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the |
3233 | /// local scope. |
3234 | void setTargetDecl(NamedDecl *ND) { |
3235 | assert(ND && "Target decl is null!")((ND && "Target decl is null!") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("ND && \"Target decl is null!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" , 3235, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3236 | Underlying = ND; |
3237 | // A UsingShadowDecl is never a friend or local extern declaration, even |
3238 | // if it is a shadow declaration for one. |
3239 | IdentifierNamespace = |
3240 | ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & |
3241 | ~(IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_LocalExtern); |
3242 | } |
3243 | |
3244 | /// Gets the using declaration to which this declaration is tied. |
3245 | UsingDecl *getUsingDecl() const; |
3246 | |
3247 | /// The next using shadow declaration contained in the shadow decl |
3248 | /// chain of the using declaration which introduced this decl. |
3249 | UsingShadowDecl *getNextUsingShadowDecl() const { |
3250 | return dyn_cast_or_null<UsingShadowDecl>(UsingOrNextShadow); |
3251 | } |
3252 | |
3253 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3254 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
3255 | return K == Decl::UsingShadow || K == Decl::ConstructorUsingShadow; |
3256 | } |
3257 | }; |
3258 | |
3259 | /// Represents a shadow constructor declaration introduced into a |
3260 | /// class by a C++11 using-declaration that names a constructor. |
3261 | /// |
3262 | /// For example: |
3263 | /// \code |
3264 | /// struct Base { Base(int); }; |
3265 | /// struct Derived { |
3266 | /// using Base::Base; // creates a UsingDecl and a ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3267 | /// }; |
3268 | /// \endcode |
3269 | class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl final : public UsingShadowDecl { |
3270 | /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor |
3271 | /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3272 | /// in the named direct base class from which the declaration was inherited. |
3273 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr; |
3274 | |
3275 | /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor |
3276 | /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl |
3277 | /// that will be used to construct the unique direct or virtual base class |
3278 | /// that receives the constructor arguments. |
3279 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr; |
3280 | |
3281 | /// \c true if the constructor ultimately named by this using shadow |
3282 | /// declaration is within a virtual base class subobject of the class that |
3283 | /// contains this declaration. |
3284 | unsigned IsVirtual : 1; |
3285 | |
3286 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc, |
3287 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target, |
3288 | bool TargetInVirtualBase) |
3289 | : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, DC, Loc, Using, |
3290 | Target->getUnderlyingDecl()), |
3291 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl( |
3292 | dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Target)), |
3293 | ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl(NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl), |
3294 | IsVirtual(TargetInVirtualBase) { |
3295 | // If we found a constructor that chains to a constructor for a virtual |
3296 | // base, we should directly call that virtual base constructor instead. |
3297 | // FIXME: This logic belongs in Sema. |
3298 | if (NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl && |
3299 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->constructsVirtualBase()) { |
3300 | ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl = |
3301 | NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3302 | IsVirtual = true; |
3303 | } |
3304 | } |
3305 | |
3306 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty) |
3307 | : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, Empty), IsVirtual(false) {} |
3308 | |
3309 | void anchor() override; |
3310 | |
3311 | public: |
3312 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3313 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3314 | |
3315 | static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3316 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3317 | UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target, |
3318 | bool IsVirtual); |
3319 | static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, |
3320 | unsigned ID); |
3321 | |
3322 | /// Returns the parent of this using shadow declaration, which |
3323 | /// is the class in which this is declared. |
3324 | //@{ |
3325 | const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const { |
3326 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
3327 | } |
3328 | CXXRecordDecl *getParent() { |
3329 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
3330 | } |
3331 | //@} |
3332 | |
3333 | /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the direct base |
3334 | /// class from which this using shadow declaration was inherited, if there is |
3335 | /// one. This can be different for each redeclaration of the same shadow decl. |
3336 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getNominatedBaseClassShadowDecl() const { |
3337 | return NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3338 | } |
3339 | |
3340 | /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the base class |
3341 | /// for which we don't have an explicit initializer, if there is one. |
3342 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl() const { |
3343 | return ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl; |
3344 | } |
3345 | |
3346 | /// Get the base class that was named in the using declaration. This |
3347 | /// can be different for each redeclaration of this same shadow decl. |
3348 | CXXRecordDecl *getNominatedBaseClass() const; |
3349 | |
3350 | /// Get the base class whose constructor or constructor shadow |
3351 | /// declaration is passed the constructor arguments. |
3352 | CXXRecordDecl *getConstructedBaseClass() const { |
3353 | return cast<CXXRecordDecl>((ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl |
3354 | ? ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl |
3355 | : getTargetDecl()) |
3356 | ->getDeclContext()); |
3357 | } |
3358 | |
3359 | /// Returns \c true if the constructed base class is a virtual base |
3360 | /// class subobject of this declaration's class. |
3361 | bool constructsVirtualBase() const { |
3362 | return IsVirtual; |
3363 | } |
3364 | |
3365 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3366 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ConstructorUsingShadow; } |
3367 | }; |
3368 | |
3369 | /// Represents a C++ using-declaration. |
3370 | /// |
3371 | /// For example: |
3372 | /// \code |
3373 | /// using someNameSpace::someIdentifier; |
3374 | /// \endcode |
3375 | class UsingDecl : public NamedDecl, public Mergeable<UsingDecl> { |
3376 | /// The source location of the 'using' keyword itself. |
3377 | SourceLocation UsingLocation; |
3378 | |
3379 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3380 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3381 | |
3382 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
3383 | /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class. |
3384 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
3385 | |
3386 | /// The first shadow declaration of the shadow decl chain associated |
3387 | /// with this using declaration. |
3388 | /// |
3389 | /// The bool member of the pair store whether this decl has the \c typename |
3390 | /// keyword. |
3391 | llvm::PointerIntPair<UsingShadowDecl *, 1, bool> FirstUsingShadow; |
3392 | |
3393 | UsingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UL, |
3394 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3395 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool HasTypenameKeyword) |
3396 | : NamedDecl(Using, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName()), |
3397 | UsingLocation(UL), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), |
3398 | DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()), FirstUsingShadow(nullptr, HasTypenameKeyword) { |
3399 | } |
3400 | |
3401 | void anchor() override; |
3402 | |
3403 | public: |
3404 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3405 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3406 | |
3407 | /// Return the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3408 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; } |
3409 | |
3410 | /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3411 | void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; } |
3412 | |
3413 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3414 | /// with source-location information. |
3415 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3416 | |
3417 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3418 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3419 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3420 | } |
3421 | |
3422 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3423 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
3424 | } |
3425 | |
3426 | /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using'). |
3427 | bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); } |
3428 | |
3429 | /// Return true if the using declaration has 'typename'. |
3430 | bool hasTypename() const { return FirstUsingShadow.getInt(); } |
3431 | |
3432 | /// Sets whether the using declaration has 'typename'. |
3433 | void setTypename(bool TN) { FirstUsingShadow.setInt(TN); } |
3434 | |
3435 | /// Iterates through the using shadow declarations associated with |
3436 | /// this using declaration. |
3437 | class shadow_iterator { |
3438 | /// The current using shadow declaration. |
3439 | UsingShadowDecl *Current = nullptr; |
3440 | |
3441 | public: |
3442 | using value_type = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3443 | using reference = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3444 | using pointer = UsingShadowDecl *; |
3445 | using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag; |
3446 | using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; |
3447 | |
3448 | shadow_iterator() = default; |
3449 | explicit shadow_iterator(UsingShadowDecl *C) : Current(C) {} |
3450 | |
3451 | reference operator*() const { return Current; } |
3452 | pointer operator->() const { return Current; } |
3453 | |
3454 | shadow_iterator& operator++() { |
3455 | Current = Current->getNextUsingShadowDecl(); |
3456 | return *this; |
3457 | } |
3458 | |
3459 | shadow_iterator operator++(int) { |
3460 | shadow_iterator tmp(*this); |
3461 | ++(*this); |
3462 | return tmp; |
3463 | } |
3464 | |
3465 | friend bool operator==(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) { |
3466 | return x.Current == y.Current; |
3467 | } |
3468 | friend bool operator!=(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) { |
3469 | return x.Current != y.Current; |
3470 | } |
3471 | }; |
3472 | |
3473 | using shadow_range = llvm::iterator_range<shadow_iterator>; |
3474 | |
3475 | shadow_range shadows() const { |
3476 | return shadow_range(shadow_begin(), shadow_end()); |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | shadow_iterator shadow_begin() const { |
3480 | return shadow_iterator(FirstUsingShadow.getPointer()); |
3481 | } |
3482 | |
3483 | shadow_iterator shadow_end() const { return shadow_iterator(); } |
3484 | |
3485 | /// Return the number of shadowed declarations associated with this |
3486 | /// using declaration. |
3487 | unsigned shadow_size() const { |
3488 | return std::distance(shadow_begin(), shadow_end()); |
3489 | } |
3490 | |
3491 | void addShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S); |
3492 | void removeShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S); |
3493 | |
3494 | static UsingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3495 | SourceLocation UsingL, |
3496 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3497 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3498 | bool HasTypenameKeyword); |
3499 | |
3500 | static UsingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3501 | |
3502 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3503 | |
3504 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3505 | UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3506 | const UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3507 | |
3508 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3509 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Using; } |
3510 | }; |
3511 | |
3512 | /// Represents a pack of using declarations that a single |
3513 | /// using-declarator pack-expanded into. |
3514 | /// |
3515 | /// \code |
3516 | /// template<typename ...T> struct X : T... { |
3517 | /// using T::operator()...; |
3518 | /// using T::operator T...; |
3519 | /// }; |
3520 | /// \endcode |
3521 | /// |
3522 | /// In the second case above, the UsingPackDecl will have the name |
3523 | /// 'operator T' (which contains an unexpanded pack), but the individual |
3524 | /// UsingDecls and UsingShadowDecls will have more reasonable names. |
3525 | class UsingPackDecl final |
3526 | : public NamedDecl, public Mergeable<UsingPackDecl>, |
3527 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UsingPackDecl, NamedDecl *> { |
3528 | /// The UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl from |
3529 | /// which this waas instantiated. |
3530 | NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom; |
3531 | |
3532 | /// The number of using-declarations created by this pack expansion. |
3533 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
3534 | |
3535 | UsingPackDecl(DeclContext *DC, NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
3536 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls) |
3537 | : NamedDecl(UsingPack, DC, |
3538 | InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getLocation() |
3539 | : SourceLocation(), |
3540 | InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getDeclName() |
3541 | : DeclarationName()), |
3542 | InstantiatedFrom(InstantiatedFrom), NumExpansions(UsingDecls.size()) { |
3543 | std::uninitialized_copy(UsingDecls.begin(), UsingDecls.end(), |
3544 | getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>()); |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | void anchor() override; |
3548 | |
3549 | public: |
3550 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3551 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3552 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3553 | |
3554 | /// Get the using declaration from which this was instantiated. This will |
3555 | /// always be an UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or an UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl |
3556 | /// that is a pack expansion. |
3557 | NamedDecl *getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl() const { return InstantiatedFrom; } |
3558 | |
3559 | /// Get the set of using declarations that this pack expanded into. Note that |
3560 | /// some of these may still be unresolved. |
3561 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> expansions() const { |
3562 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>(), NumExpansions); |
3563 | } |
3564 | |
3565 | static UsingPackDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3566 | NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
3567 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls); |
3568 | |
3569 | static UsingPackDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
3570 | unsigned NumExpansions); |
3571 | |
3572 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3573 | return InstantiatedFrom->getSourceRange(); |
3574 | } |
3575 | |
3576 | UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3577 | const UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
3578 | |
3579 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3580 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingPack; } |
3581 | }; |
3582 | |
3583 | /// Represents a dependent using declaration which was not marked with |
3584 | /// \c typename. |
3585 | /// |
3586 | /// Unlike non-dependent using declarations, these *only* bring through |
3587 | /// non-types; otherwise they would break two-phase lookup. |
3588 | /// |
3589 | /// \code |
3590 | /// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> { |
3591 | /// using Base<T>::foo; |
3592 | /// }; |
3593 | /// \endcode |
3594 | class UnresolvedUsingValueDecl : public ValueDecl, |
3595 | public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl> { |
3596 | /// The source location of the 'using' keyword |
3597 | SourceLocation UsingLocation; |
3598 | |
3599 | /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'. |
3600 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3601 | |
3602 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3603 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3604 | |
3605 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
3606 | /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class. |
3607 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
3608 | |
3609 | UnresolvedUsingValueDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType Ty, |
3610 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3611 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3612 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3613 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
3614 | : ValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValue, DC, |
3615 | NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), Ty), |
3616 | UsingLocation(UsingLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), |
3617 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {} |
3618 | |
3619 | void anchor() override; |
3620 | |
3621 | public: |
3622 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3623 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3624 | |
3625 | /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3626 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; } |
3627 | |
3628 | /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3629 | void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; } |
3630 | |
3631 | /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using'). |
3632 | bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); } |
3633 | |
3634 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3635 | /// with source-location information. |
3636 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3637 | |
3638 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3639 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3640 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3641 | } |
3642 | |
3643 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3644 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
3645 | } |
3646 | |
3647 | /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion. |
3648 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
3649 | return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); |
3650 | } |
3651 | |
3652 | /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion. |
3653 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
3654 | return EllipsisLoc; |
3655 | } |
3656 | |
3657 | static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl * |
3658 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3659 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
3661 | |
3662 | static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl * |
3663 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3664 | |
3665 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3666 | |
3667 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3668 | UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3669 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3670 | } |
3671 | const UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3672 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3673 | } |
3674 | |
3675 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3676 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingValue; } |
3677 | }; |
3678 | |
3679 | /// Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with |
3680 | /// \c typename. |
3681 | /// |
3682 | /// \code |
3683 | /// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> { |
3684 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
3685 | /// }; |
3686 | /// \endcode |
3687 | /// |
3688 | /// The type associated with an unresolved using typename decl is |
3689 | /// currently always a typename type. |
3690 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl |
3691 | : public TypeDecl, |
3692 | public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl> { |
3693 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3694 | |
3695 | /// The source location of the 'typename' keyword |
3696 | SourceLocation TypenameLocation; |
3697 | |
3698 | /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'. |
3699 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3700 | |
3701 | /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
3702 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
3703 | |
3704 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3705 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
3706 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3707 | SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, |
3708 | IdentifierInfo *TargetName, |
3709 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) |
3710 | : TypeDecl(UnresolvedUsingTypename, DC, TargetNameLoc, TargetName, |
3711 | UsingLoc), |
3712 | TypenameLocation(TypenameLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), |
3713 | QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc) {} |
3714 | |
3715 | void anchor() override; |
3716 | |
3717 | public: |
3718 | /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword. |
3719 | SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return getBeginLoc(); } |
3720 | |
3721 | /// Returns the source location of the 'typename' keyword. |
3722 | SourceLocation getTypenameLoc() const { return TypenameLocation; } |
3723 | |
3724 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, |
3725 | /// with source-location information. |
3726 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; } |
3727 | |
3728 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name. |
3729 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3730 | return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
3731 | } |
3732 | |
3733 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
3734 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation()); |
3735 | } |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion. |
3738 | bool isPackExpansion() const { |
3739 | return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); |
3740 | } |
3741 | |
3742 | /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion. |
3743 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
3744 | return EllipsisLoc; |
3745 | } |
3746 | |
3747 | static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * |
3748 | Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
3749 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
3750 | SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, DeclarationName TargetName, |
3751 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
3752 | |
3753 | static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * |
3754 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3755 | |
3756 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration. |
3757 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3758 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3759 | } |
3760 | const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3761 | return getFirstDecl(); |
3762 | } |
3763 | |
3764 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3765 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingTypename; } |
3766 | }; |
3767 | |
3768 | /// Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration. |
3769 | class StaticAssertDecl : public Decl { |
3770 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> AssertExprAndFailed; |
3771 | StringLiteral *Message; |
3772 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
3773 | |
3774 | StaticAssertDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
3775 | Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message, |
3776 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed) |
3777 | : Decl(StaticAssert, DC, StaticAssertLoc), |
3778 | AssertExprAndFailed(AssertExpr, Failed), Message(Message), |
3779 | RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {} |
3780 | |
3781 | virtual void anchor(); |
3782 | |
3783 | public: |
3784 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3785 | |
3786 | static StaticAssertDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3787 | SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
3788 | Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message, |
3789 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed); |
3790 | static StaticAssertDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3791 | |
3792 | Expr *getAssertExpr() { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); } |
3793 | const Expr *getAssertExpr() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); } |
3794 | |
3795 | StringLiteral *getMessage() { return Message; } |
3796 | const StringLiteral *getMessage() const { return Message; } |
3797 | |
3798 | bool isFailed() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getInt(); } |
3799 | |
3800 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
3801 | |
3802 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3803 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getRParenLoc()); |
3804 | } |
3805 | |
3806 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3807 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == StaticAssert; } |
3808 | }; |
3809 | |
3810 | /// A binding in a decomposition declaration. For instance, given: |
3811 | /// |
3812 | /// int n[3]; |
3813 | /// auto &[a, b, c] = n; |
3814 | /// |
3815 | /// a, b, and c are BindingDecls, whose bindings are the expressions |
3816 | /// x[0], x[1], and x[2] respectively, where x is the implicit |
3817 | /// DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]'. |
3818 | class BindingDecl : public ValueDecl { |
3819 | /// The declaration that this binding binds to part of. |
3820 | LazyDeclPtr Decomp; |
3821 | /// The binding represented by this declaration. References to this |
3822 | /// declaration are effectively equivalent to this expression (except |
3823 | /// that it is only evaluated once at the point of declaration of the |
3824 | /// binding). |
3825 | Expr *Binding = nullptr; |
3826 | |
3827 | BindingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id) |
3828 | : ValueDecl(Decl::Binding, DC, IdLoc, Id, QualType()) {} |
3829 | |
3830 | void anchor() override; |
3831 | |
3832 | public: |
3833 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3834 | |
3835 | static BindingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3836 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3837 | static BindingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3838 | |
3839 | /// Get the expression to which this declaration is bound. This may be null |
3840 | /// in two different cases: while parsing the initializer for the |
3841 | /// decomposition declaration, and when the initializer is type-dependent. |
3842 | Expr *getBinding() const { return Binding; } |
3843 | |
3844 | /// Get the decomposition declaration that this binding represents a |
3845 | /// decomposition of. |
3846 | ValueDecl *getDecomposedDecl() const; |
3847 | |
3848 | /// Get the variable (if any) that holds the value of evaluating the binding. |
3849 | /// Only present for user-defined bindings for tuple-like types. |
3850 | VarDecl *getHoldingVar() const; |
3851 | |
3852 | /// Set the binding for this BindingDecl, along with its declared type (which |
3853 | /// should be a possibly-cv-qualified form of the type of the binding, or a |
3854 | /// reference to such a type). |
3855 | void setBinding(QualType DeclaredType, Expr *Binding) { |
3856 | setType(DeclaredType); |
3857 | this->Binding = Binding; |
3858 | } |
3859 | |
3860 | /// Set the decomposed variable for this BindingDecl. |
3861 | void setDecomposedDecl(ValueDecl *Decomposed) { Decomp = Decomposed; } |
3862 | |
3863 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3864 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::Binding; } |
3865 | }; |
3866 | |
3867 | /// A decomposition declaration. For instance, given: |
3868 | /// |
3869 | /// int n[3]; |
3870 | /// auto &[a, b, c] = n; |
3871 | /// |
3872 | /// the second line declares a DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]', and |
3873 | /// three BindingDecls (named a, b, and c). An instance of this class is always |
3874 | /// unnamed, but behaves in almost all other respects like a VarDecl. |
3875 | class DecompositionDecl final |
3876 | : public VarDecl, |
3877 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DecompositionDecl, BindingDecl *> { |
3878 | /// The number of BindingDecl*s following this object. |
3879 | unsigned NumBindings; |
3880 | |
3881 | DecompositionDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3882 | SourceLocation LSquareLoc, QualType T, |
3883 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC, |
3884 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) |
3885 | : VarDecl(Decomposition, C, DC, StartLoc, LSquareLoc, nullptr, T, TInfo, |
3886 | SC), |
3887 | NumBindings(Bindings.size()) { |
3888 | std::uninitialized_copy(Bindings.begin(), Bindings.end(), |
3889 | getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>()); |
3890 | for (auto *B : Bindings) |
3891 | B->setDecomposedDecl(this); |
3892 | } |
3893 | |
3894 | void anchor() override; |
3895 | |
3896 | public: |
3897 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3898 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3899 | |
3900 | static DecompositionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3901 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3902 | SourceLocation LSquareLoc, |
3903 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3904 | StorageClass S, |
3905 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings); |
3906 | static DecompositionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
3907 | unsigned NumBindings); |
3908 | |
3909 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> bindings() const { |
3910 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>(), NumBindings); |
3911 | } |
3912 | |
3913 | void printName(raw_ostream &os) const override; |
3914 | |
3915 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3916 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decomposition; } |
3917 | }; |
3918 | |
3919 | /// An instance of this class represents the declaration of a property |
3920 | /// member. This is a Microsoft extension to C++, first introduced in |
3921 | /// Visual Studio .NET 2003 as a parallel to similar features in C# |
3922 | /// and Managed C++. |
3923 | /// |
3924 | /// A property must always be a non-static class member. |
3925 | /// |
3926 | /// A property member superficially resembles a non-static data |
3927 | /// member, except preceded by a property attribute: |
3928 | /// __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x; |
3929 | /// Either (but not both) of the 'get' and 'put' names may be omitted. |
3930 | /// |
3931 | /// A reference to a property is always an lvalue. If the lvalue |
3932 | /// undergoes lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, then a getter name is |
3933 | /// required, and that member is called with no arguments. |
3934 | /// If the lvalue is assigned into, then a setter name is required, |
3935 | /// and that member is called with one argument, the value assigned. |
3936 | /// Both operations are potentially overloaded. Compound assignments |
3937 | /// are permitted, as are the increment and decrement operators. |
3938 | /// |
3939 | /// The getter and putter methods are permitted to be overloaded, |
3940 | /// although their return and parameter types are subject to certain |
3941 | /// restrictions according to the type of the property. |
3942 | /// |
3943 | /// A property declared using an incomplete array type may |
3944 | /// additionally be subscripted, adding extra parameters to the getter |
3945 | /// and putter methods. |
3946 | class MSPropertyDecl : public DeclaratorDecl { |
3947 | IdentifierInfo *GetterId, *SetterId; |
3948 | |
3949 | MSPropertyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N, |
3950 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL, |
3951 | IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter) |
3952 | : DeclaratorDecl(MSProperty, DC, L, N, T, TInfo, StartL), |
3953 | GetterId(Getter), SetterId(Setter) {} |
3954 | |
3955 | void anchor() override; |
3956 | public: |
3957 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3958 | |
3959 | static MSPropertyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3960 | SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
3961 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL, |
3962 | IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter); |
3963 | static MSPropertyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3964 | |
3965 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return D->getKind() == MSProperty; } |
3966 | |
3967 | bool hasGetter() const { return GetterId != nullptr; } |
3968 | IdentifierInfo* getGetterId() const { return GetterId; } |
3969 | bool hasSetter() const { return SetterId != nullptr; } |
3970 | IdentifierInfo* getSetterId() const { return SetterId; } |
3971 | }; |
3972 | |
3973 | /// Parts of a decomposed MSGuidDecl. Factored out to avoid unnecessary |
3974 | /// dependencies on DeclCXX.h. |
3975 | struct MSGuidDeclParts { |
3976 | /// {01234567-... |
3977 | uint32_t Part1; |
3978 | /// ...-89ab-... |
3979 | uint16_t Part2; |
3980 | /// ...-cdef-... |
3981 | uint16_t Part3; |
3982 | /// ...-0123-456789abcdef} |
3983 | uint8_t Part4And5[8]; |
3984 | |
3985 | uint64_t getPart4And5AsUint64() const { |
3986 | uint64_t Val; |
3987 | memcpy(&Val, &Part4And5, sizeof(Part4And5)); |
3988 | return Val; |
3989 | } |
3990 | }; |
3991 | |
3992 | /// A global _GUID constant. These are implicitly created by UuidAttrs. |
3993 | /// |
3994 | /// struct _declspec(uuid("01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef")) X{}; |
3995 | /// |
3996 | /// X is a CXXRecordDecl that contains a UuidAttr that references the (unique) |
3997 | /// MSGuidDecl for the specified UUID. |
3998 | class MSGuidDecl : public ValueDecl, |
3999 | public Mergeable<MSGuidDecl>, |
4000 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4001 | public: |
4002 | using Parts = MSGuidDeclParts; |
4003 | |
4004 | private: |
4005 | /// The decomposed form of the UUID. |
4006 | Parts PartVal; |
4007 | |
4008 | /// The resolved value of the UUID as an APValue. Computed on demand and |
4009 | /// cached. |
4010 | mutable APValue APVal; |
4011 | |
4012 | void anchor() override; |
4013 | |
4014 | MSGuidDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType T, Parts P); |
4015 | |
4016 | static MSGuidDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType T, Parts P); |
4017 | static MSGuidDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
4018 | |
4019 | // Only ASTContext::getMSGuidDecl and deserialization create these. |
4020 | friend class ASTContext; |
4021 | friend class ASTReader; |
4022 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
4023 | |
4024 | public: |
4025 | /// Print this UUID in a human-readable format. |
4026 | void printName(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const override; |
4027 | |
4028 | /// Get the decomposed parts of this declaration. |
4029 | Parts getParts() const { return PartVal; } |
4030 | |
4031 | /// Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue. This may fail and return |
4032 | /// an absent APValue if the type of the declaration is not of the expected |
4033 | /// shape. |
4034 | APValue &getAsAPValue() const; |
4035 | |
4036 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Parts P) { |
4037 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part1); |
4038 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part2); |
4039 | ID.AddInteger(P.Part3); |
4040 | ID.AddInteger(P.getPart4And5AsUint64()); |
4041 | } |
4042 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, PartVal); } |
4043 | |
4044 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4045 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::MSGuid; } |
4046 | }; |
4047 | |
4048 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending an AccessSpecifier |
4049 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
4050 | const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &DB, |
4051 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
4052 | |
4053 | } // namespace clang |
4054 | |
4055 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H |